IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE BULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIV NUMBER 22 May 1,
2002 Pages 1701 to 1808
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 1715 to 1805 include ARC 1559B to ARC
1598B
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Rescind chs 1 to 19; adopt chs 1 to 19
ARC
1581B 1789
AGENDA
Administrative rules review committee 1706
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 1704
Publication procedures 1705
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 1705
Agency identification numbers 1713
ATTORNEY GENERAL
Opinions summarized 1806
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Notice, Administrative organization and
procedures, 1.2 to
1.4, 1.5(1), 1.9, 1.11,
1.12 ARC 1566B 1715
Notice, Library for the blind and physically
handicapped,
6.2, 6.5 ARC 1567B 1716
Notice, Business enterprises program,
7.1 to 7.4, 7.5(2),
7.6(1), 7.9(2), 7.10(1),
7.11(1), 7.13, 7.15(1), 7.17 ARC
1568B 1717
Notice, Vocational rehabilitation services,
10.1, 10.3 to
10.6, 10.8 to 10.10
ARC 1570B 1719
Notice, Independent living rehabilitation
services, 11.2 to
11.5, 11.7 to 11.11
ARC 1571B 1721
Notice, Public records and fair information
practices,
13.1, 13.3, 13.13 ARC 1569B 1725
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 1712
CIVIL REPARATIONS TRUST FUND
Notice 1726
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Notice, Visitation for offenders,
20.1 to 20.3; rescind chs
21 to 29
ARC 1559B 1726
Filed Emergency, Visitation for offenders,
20.1 to 20.3;
rescind chs 21 to 29
ARC 1592B 1778
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, English as a second language
endorsement, 14.140(4)
ARC 1580B 1727
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Amended Notice, Offset of county debts
owed
department—organizational references and
appeal process, 14.2,
14.3, 14.4(1), 14.5,
14.6(2) ARC 1594B 1728
Notice, Waiver services, 77.30, 77.33, 77.34,
77.37, 77.39,
77.41, 78.34(9), 78.43, 78.46,
79.1, 83.2, 83.3, 83.11, 83.23(4), 83.31,
83.42,
83.43(3), 83.50, 83.61, 83.62, 83.67, 83.70,
83.71, 83.82, 83.83,
83.87, 83.90, 83.91,
83.102, 83.103(2), 83.107(3), 83.111
ARC
1595B 1729
Filed, Field operations structure, 1.4, 3.5(2)
ARC
1561B 1790
Filed, Family investment program, 41.24,
41.27(1), 41.28,
93.110(6), 93.134
ARC 1562B 1792
Filed Emergency, Medicaid—rescission of
reduction in
payments to providers,
78.3, 79.1(1)“g,” 79.1(2),
79.1(8)“a,”
79.1(18), 81.6(4)“a,” 81.6(16) ARC
1589B 1779
Filed, Medicaid—coverage for dental
services for
adults, 78.4, 78.4(14)
ARC 1563B 1794
Filed, Medicaid policy—dental services,
78.4,
78.28(2), 79.1(20) ARC 1564B 1794
Filed, Reimbursement to inpatient and
outpatient hospitals,
79.1 ARC 1565B 1797
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice, Long–term care insurance, 39.4 to
39.7,
39.9(1), 39.10, 39.11(6), 39.13, 39.15, 39.16,
39.18(9), 39.19,
39.20, 39.23 to 39.32
ARC 1593B 1738
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]“umbrella”
Filed, Housing assistance fund
(HAF)—rescind
definition of “hard–to–house
populations,”
15.6 ARC 1587B 1799
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Fees; permanent physician licensure,
8.4(1), 9.1,
9.4(1), 9.11(6), 9.12(1), 9.13,
9.15(2) ARC 1574B 1759
Notice, Definitions—“approved abuse
education
training program” and “mandatory training
for
identifying and reporting abuse,” 10.1
ARC 1578B 1761
Notice, Providers of abuse education
training—
hospitals and professional organizations for
physicians;
continuing education to be acquired
within the license period, 11.1,
11.4(1)“a”
ARC 1577B 1761
Notice, Update of federal drug
laws;
requirements—physicians who prescribe
or administer controlled
substances
for treatment of chronic, nonmalignant pain,
13.1(1), 13.2
ARC 1560B 1762
Filed, Fee for SPEX eliminated, 8.3
ARC
1573B 1799
Filed Emergency, Fees; permanent physician
licensure,
8.4(1), 9.13 ARC 1575B 1784
Filed, Special physician licenses—foreign
medical
graduates, 9.3(1)“d,” 10.4(1)
ARC 1576B 1800
Filed, Physicians designated to take mandatory
training on
identifying and reporting child
and dependent adult abuse,
11.4(1)“c”
ARC 1579B 1800
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice, IPERS, 21.4(1)“f,” 21.6,
21.8(4)“a,”
21.29, 21.34 ARC 1582B 1763
Filed, IPERS, 17.3(1), 21.3(6),
21.5(1)“a,”
21.18(2), 21.24(14)“a,” 21.26,
21.29(2)“c,”
21.34, 31.1(2), 33.3 ARC
1586B 1801
Filed Emergency, IPERS, 21.4(1)“f,”
21.6,
21.8(4)“a,” 21.29, 21.34 ARC 1583B 1785
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Chiropractors, chs 40 to 46
ARC
1588B 1764
Notice, Administrative and regulatory
authority for the
board of examiners
for nursing home administrators, ch 140
ARC
1590B 1775
Filed, Materials for board review, 17.1
ARC
1591B 1802
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 1709
USURY
Notice 1777
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Filed, Sale of goods and services, 1.6(2)
ARC
1584B 1803
Filed, Update of pipeline and transmission
line rules,
10.2(1), 10.3(4)“a,” 11.5(1)“a,”
13.2(1) ARC
1585B 1803
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Filed, Prehearing conference report;
prehearing procedure,
3.1(20), 4.2, 4.9,
4.20 ARC 1596B 1804
Filed Emergency, Payroll tax tables, 8.8
ARC
1597B 1787
WORKFORCE
DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Notice, Temporary extended unemployment
compensation, 24.50
ARC 1572B 1777
Filed Emergency, Temporary extended
unemployment
compensation, 24.50
ARC 1598B 1787
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $273.00 plus
$16.38 sales tax
October 1, 2001, to June 30, 2002 $215.00 plus $12.90
sales tax
January 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $144.50 plus $8.67 sales
tax
April 1, 2002, to June 30, 2002 $72.00 plus $4.32 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $20.50 plus $1.23 sales
tax.
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,252.75 plus $75.17 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin. Additional binders may be purchased for $11.75 plus $.71 sales
tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $440.50 plus
$26.43 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2002)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2002
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Jan. 4 ’02
|
Jan. 23 ’02
|
Feb. 12 ’02
|
Feb. 27 ’02
|
Mar. 1 ’02
|
Mar. 20 ’02
|
Apr. 24 ’02
|
July 22 ’02
|
Jan. 18
|
Feb. 6
|
Feb. 26
|
Mar. 13
|
Mar. 15
|
Apr. 3
|
May 8
|
Aug. 5
|
Feb. 1
|
Feb. 20
|
Mar. 12
|
Mar. 27
|
Mar. 29
|
Apr. 17
|
May 22
|
Aug. 19
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 6
|
Mar. 26
|
Apr. 10
|
Apr. 12
|
May 1
|
June 5
|
Sept. 2
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 20
|
Apr. 9
|
Apr. 24
|
Apr. 26
|
May 15
|
June 19
|
Sept. 16
|
Mar. 15
|
Apr. 3
|
Apr. 23
|
May 8
|
May 10
|
May 29
|
July 3
|
Sept. 30
|
Mar. 29
|
Apr. 17
|
May 7
|
May 22
|
May 24
|
June 12
|
July 17
|
Oct. 14
|
Apr. 12
|
May 1
|
May 21
|
June 5
|
June 7
|
June 26
|
July 31
|
Oct. 28
|
Apr. 26
|
May 15
|
June 4
|
June 19
|
June 21
|
July 10
|
Aug. 14
|
Nov. 11
|
May 10
|
May 29
|
June 18
|
July 3
|
July 5
|
July 24
|
Aug. 28
|
Nov. 25
|
May 24
|
June 12
|
July 2
|
July 17
|
July 19
|
Aug. 7
|
Sept. 11
|
Dec. 9
|
June 7
|
June 26
|
July 16
|
July 31
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 21
|
Sept. 25
|
Dec. 23
|
June 21
|
July 10
|
July 30
|
Aug. 14
|
Aug. 16
|
Sept. 4
|
Oct. 9
|
Jan. 6 ’03
|
July 5
|
July 24
|
Aug. 13
|
Aug. 28
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 18
|
Oct. 23
|
Jan. 20 ’03
|
July 19
|
Aug. 7
|
Aug. 27
|
Sept. 11
|
Sept. 13
|
Oct. 2
|
Nov. 6
|
Feb. 3 ’03
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 21
|
Sept. 10
|
Sept. 25
|
Sept. 27
|
Oct. 16
|
Nov. 20
|
Feb. 17 ’03
|
Aug. 16
|
Sept. 4
|
Sept. 24
|
Oct. 9
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 30
|
Dec. 4
|
Mar. 3 ’03
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 18
|
Oct. 8
|
Oct. 23
|
Oct. 25
|
Nov. 13
|
Dec. 18
|
Mar. 17 ’03
|
Sept. 13
|
Oct. 2
|
Oct. 22
|
Nov. 6
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 27
|
Jan. 1 ’03
|
Mar. 31 ’03
|
Sept. 27
|
Oct. 16
|
Nov. 5
|
Nov. 20
|
Nov. 22
|
Dec. 11
|
Jan. 15 ’03
|
Apr. 14 ’03
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 30
|
Nov. 19
|
Dec. 4
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 25
|
Jan. 29 ’03
|
Apr. 28 ’03
|
Oct. 25
|
Nov. 13
|
Dec. 3
|
Dec. 18
|
Dec. 20
|
Jan. 8 ’03
|
Feb. 12 ’03
|
May 12 ’03
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 27
|
Dec. 17
|
Jan. 1 ’03
|
Jan. 3 ’03
|
Jan. 22 ’03
|
Feb. 26 ’03
|
May 26 ’03
|
Nov. 22
|
Dec. 11
|
Dec. 31
|
Jan. 15 ’03
|
Jan. 17 ’03
|
Feb. 5 ’03
|
Mar. 12 ’03
|
June 9 ’03
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 25
|
Jan. 14 ’03
|
Jan. 29 ’03
|
Jan. 31 ’03
|
Feb. 19 ’03
|
Mar. 26 ’03
|
June 23 ’03
|
Dec. 20
|
Jan. 8 ’03
|
Jan. 28 ’03
|
Feb. 12 ’03
|
Feb. 14 ’03
|
Mar. 5 ’03
|
Apr. 9 ’03
|
July 7 ’03
|
Jan. 3 ’03
|
Jan. 22 ’03
|
Feb. 11 ’03
|
Feb. 26 ’03
|
Feb. 28 ’03
|
Mar. 19 ’03
|
Apr. 23 ’03
|
July 21 ’03
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
24
|
Friday, May 10, 2002
|
May 29, 2002
|
25
|
Friday, May 24, 2002
|
June 12, 2002
|
26
|
Friday, June 7, 2002
|
June 26, 2002
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the publication of rule–making
documents, we request that you send your document(s) as an attachment(s) to an
E–mail message, addressed to both of the following:
bruce.carr@legis.state.ia.us and
kathleen.bates@legis.state.ia.us
2. Alternatively, you may send a PC–compatible diskette
of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information:
agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended.
Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, First Floor
South, Grimes State Office Building, or included with the documents submitted to
the Governor’s Administrative Rules Coordinator.
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2001 WINTER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
December 2001)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (July 2001 through
December 2001)
Iowa Court Rules (effective February 15,
2002)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Runde
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
AGENDA
The Administrative Rules Review Committee will hold its
regular, statutory meeting on Tuesday, May 14, 2002, at 9 a.m. in
Room 116,
State Capitol, Des Moines, Iowa. The following rules will be
reviewed:
- NOTE: See also Agenda published in the April 17, 2002,
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.
Bulletin
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation
Division[193]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Organization and administration; certification of
CPAs; licensure of LPAs; registration and renewal;
attest
services; licensed public accounting firms; certified public accounting
firms;
substantial equivalency; continuing education;
fees; peer review; professional conduct;
discipline,
rescind chs 1 to 19; adopt new chs 1 to 19,
Filed ARC 1581B 5/1/02
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
Administrative organization and procedures, 1.2
to 1.4, 1.5(1), 1.9, 1.11, 1.12, Notice ARC
1566B 5/1/02
Library services, 6.2, 6.5, Notice
ARC 1567B 5/1/02
Business enterprises program, 7.1 to 7.4, 7.5(2),
7.6(1), 7.9(2), 7.10(1), 7.11(1), 7.13, 7.15(1),
7.17,
7.17(2) to 7.17(4), Notice ARC
1568B 5/1/02
Vocational rehabilitation services, 10.1, 10.3 to
10.6, 10.8, 10.8(4)“b,” “e” and
“f,”
10.8(5), 10.9, 10.10, Notice
ARC 1570B 5/1/02
Independent living rehabilitation services, 11.2
to 11.5, 11.7 to 11.11, Notice ARC
1571B 5/1/02
Public records and fair information practices,
13.1, 13.3(2), 13.3(3), 13.13(2),
13.13(4),
Notice ARC 1569B 5/1/02
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Visitation, 20.1 to 20.3, 20.3(2) to 20.3(4),
20.3(4)“a,” “i” and “j,” 20.3(5) to
20.3(20),
rescind chs 21 to 29, Notice ARC
1559B, also Filed Emergency ARC
1592B 5/1/02
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Endorsement for English as a second language,
14.140(4), Notice ARC 1580B 5/1/02
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
New field operations service delivery structure;
locations for oral proceedings,
1.4, 3.5(2),
Filed ARC 1561B 5/1/02
Offset of county debts owed the department,
14.2(1)“c,” 14.2(2), 14.2(3), 14.2(3)“a” and
“b,”
14.3, 14.4(1), 14.4(1)“e,”
14.4(1)“e”(1) and (2), 14.4(1)“f” and “g,”
14.5, 14.5(1),
14.5(2), 14.6(2), Amended Notice
ARC 1594B 5/1/02
Granting assistance; PROMISE JOBS program,
41.24(2)“d,” 41.24(7),
41.24(8)“f”(1),
41.27(1)“g,”
41.28(1), 41.28(1)“b”(3)“2,” 41.28(2)“b”(3),
93.110(6)“e”(1) and (3),
93.134,
93.134“6,” Filed ARC
1562B 5/1/02
Medicaid waiver services, 77.30,
77.30(8)“a”(5), 77.33, 77.34, 77.37, 77.37(14)“e,”
77.37(14)“e”(1) and
(2),
77.37(22)“a”(5),
77.37(23)“e,” 77.37(23)“e”(1) and (3), 77.39,
77.39(13)“d,” 77.39(13)“d”(1) and
(2),
77.39(25)“a”(5), 77.41, 77.41(1),
78.34(9)“g,” 78.43, 78.43(1)“b” to “d,”
78.43(2)“c,”
78.43(5)“g,”
78.43(7),
78.46(2)“g,” 78.46(5), 79.1(2), 79.1(15),
79.1(15)“a”(7), 79.1(15)“d”(4),
79.1(15)“f”(2),
83.2(1)“a,”
83.2(2)“b,” 83.3(2), 83.3(2)“a”(1) and (2),
83.3(2)“b”(1) and (4),
83.3(2)“c,”
83.3(3)“a”(4) and
(5), 83.3(3)“c,” 83.3(4)“d,” 83.11,
83.23(4)“c,” 83.31,
83.42(1)“c,”
83.42(2)“a,”
83.43(3)“a”(2), 83.43(3)“c,” 83.50,
83.61(2)“g”(4), 83.61(4)“a”(1) and
(2),
83.61(4)“b”(1) and (4),
83.61(4)“c,” 83.62(3)“c,” 83.62(4)“d,”
83.67(8), 83.67(8)“a” to “d,”
83.67(9),
83.67(9)“d,” 83.70, 83.71,
83.82(2)“a”(4), 83.82(2)“d,” 83.82(4)“a” and
“b,”
83.82(4)“b”(1),
83.83(2)“c,”
83.83(3)“c,” 83.87(2), 83.87(4), 83.87(4)“a” to
“d,” 83.90, 83.91,
83.102(1)“b,”
83.102(2)“b,”
83.102(5)“a” and “b,” 83.102(5)“b”(1),
83.103(2)“d,” 83.107(3), 83.111, Notice ARC
1595B 5/1/02
Rescission of reduction in payment to providers,
78.3(13), 78.3(14), 78.3(16), 79.1(1)“g,”
79.1(2),
79.1(8)“a,” 79.1(18),
81.6(4)“a”(1), 81.6(16), Filed Emergency ARC
1589B 5/1/02
Coverage for dental services for adults aged 21
and older, 78.4, 78.4(14), Filed ARC
1563B 5/1/02
Dental services, 78.4(1)“a” to
“c,” 78.4(2)“a” and “h,”
78.4(3)“b” to “d,”
78.4(3)“f”(4),
78.4(4)“a” to
“f,” 78.4(6)“i,” 78.4(7)“a” to
“c” and “k,” 78.4(8)“c,”
78.28(2)“a”(2) to (4),
78.28(2)“c”(1),
78.28(2)“e,”
79.1(20), Filed ARC 1564B 5/1/02
Reimbursement to inpatient and outpatient
hospitals, 79.1(1)“g,” 79.1(5)“a,” “c,”
“f,” “k” and
“t,”
79.1(5)“y”(7),
79.1(5)“aa,” 79.1(16)“a,” “d,”
“i,” “j,” “p,” “t” and
“u,” Filed ARC 1565B 5/1/02
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Long–term care insurance, 39.4, 39.5(7) to
39.5(21), 39.6(1)“d” and “e,“ 39.6(2), 39.6(6), 39.6(7),
39.7,
39.9(1)“g” to “i,” 39.10(5)
to 39.10(7), 39.11(6), 39.13, 39.15(1)“h,” 39.15(2)“d,”
39.15(3), 39.16,
39.18(9), 39.19, 39.20, 39.23 to 39.32,
ch 39 appendices A to G, Notice ARC
1593B 5/1/02
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]“umbrella”
Housing assistance fund—rescission of
definition of “hard–to–house
populations,”
15.6, Filed ARC
1587B 5/1/02
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Elimination of fee for special purpose
examination (SPEX), 8.3, Filed ARC
1573B 5/1/02
Reinstatement fees; permanent physician
licensure, 8.4(1)“f” and “g,” 9.1, 9.4(1)“b”
and “c,” 9.11(6),
9.12(1)“c,”
9.13(1) to 9.13(3), 9.15(2), Notice ARC
1574B 5/1/02
Reinstatement fees; permanent physician
licensure, 8.4(1)“f” and
“g,”
9.13(1) to 9.13(3), Filed
Emergency ARC 1575B 5/1/02
Special licensure, 9.3(1)“d”(4),
10.4(1)“i,” Filed ARC
1576B 5/1/02
Approved abuse education training program;
mandatory training for identifying and reporting
abuse,
10.1, Notice ARC
1578B 5/1/02
Providers of abuse identification training;
continuing education for permanent license renewal,
11.1,
11.4(1)“a,” Notice ARC
1577B 5/1/02
Mandatory training on identifying and reporting
child and adult abuse, 11.4(1)“c,” Filed ARC
1579B 5/1/02
Prescription or administration of controlled
substances for patients
with chronic, nonmalignant pain,
13.1(1), 13.2 Notice ARC 1560B 5/1/02
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
IPERS, 17.3(1), 21.3(6), 21.5(1)“a,”
21.18(2), 21.24(14)“a,” 21.26, 21.29(2)“c”(2) and
(4),
21.34, 31.1(2), 33.3, Filed ARC
1586B 5/1/02
IPERS, 21.4(1)“f,” 21.6(2), 21.6(4),
21.6(5), 21.6(9)“d”(6), 21.6(11), 21.8(4)“a,”
21.29(2)“a”(6),
21.29(3)“l” and
“m,” 21.34, Notice ARC 1582B, also Filed
Emergency ARC 1583B 5/1/02
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Materials for board review, 17.1, Filed
ARC 1591B 5/1/02
Chiropractic examiners, chs 40 to 44; 44.2(2) to
44.2(6), 44.6, 44.9, 44.10(4) to 44.10(6);
chs 45, 46
Notice ARC 1588B 5/1/02
Nursing home administrators examiners, ch 140,
Notice ARC 1590B 5/1/02
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Sale of goods and services, 1.6(2),
Filed ARC 1584B 5/1/02
Update of pipeline and transmission line rules,
10.2(1)“i” to “k,” 10.3(4)“a,”
11.5(1)“a,”
13.2(1)“i” to
“k,” Filed ARC 1585B 5/1/02
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION DIVISION[876]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]“umbrella”
Prehearing conference report, 3.1(20), 4.2,
4.9(6), 4.9(9), 4.20, Filed ARC 1596B 5/1/02
Payroll tax tables, 8.8, Filed Emergency
ARC 1597B 5/1/02
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Temporary extended unemployment compensation,
24.50,
Notice ARC 1572B, also
Filed Emergency ARC 1598B 5/1/02
ADMINISTRATIVE RULES REVIEW COMMITTEE
MEMBERS
Regular statutory meetings are held the second
Tuesday of each month at the seat of government as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.8. A special meeting may be called by the Chair at any place in the state
and at any time.
EDITOR’S NOTE: Terms ending April 30,
2003.
Senator Jeff Angelo 808 West Jefferson Creston, Iowa
50801
|
Representative Clyde Bradley
315 33rd Avenue North
Clinton, Iowa 52732
|
Senator Patricia M. Harper 3336 Santa Maria
Drive Waterloo, Iowa 50702
|
Representative Danny Carroll
244 400th Avenue
Grinnell, Iowa 50112
|
Senator John P. Kibbie
P.O. Box 190
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Representative Marcella R. Frevert
P.O. Box 324
Emmetsburg, Iowa 50536
|
Senator Paul McKinley Route 5, Box 101H Chariton, Iowa
50049
|
Representative Mark Kuhn
2667 240th Street
Charles City, Iowa 50616
|
Senator Sheldon Rittmer
3539 230th Street
DeWitt, Iowa 52742
|
Representative Janet Metcalf
12954 Oak Brook Drive
Urbandale, Iowa 50323
|
Joseph A. Royce
Legal Counsel
Capitol, Room 116A
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone (515)281–3084
Fax (515)281–5995
|
Brian Gentry
Administrative Rules Coordinator
Governor’s Ex Officio Representative
Capitol, Room 11
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
|
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
|
|
Administrative organization and procedures, 1.2 to
1.4, 1.5(1), 1.9, 1.11, 1.12 IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1566B
|
524 Fourth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 11 a.m.
|
Library for the blind and physically handicapped, 6.2,
6.5 IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1567B
|
524 Fourth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 11 a.m.
|
Business enterprises program, 7.1 to 7.4, 7.5(2), 7.6(1),
7.9(2), 7.10(1), 7.11(1), 7.13, 7.15(1), 7.17 IAB 5/1/02 ARC
1568B
|
524 Fourth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 11 a.m.
|
Vocational rehabilitation services, 10.1, 10.3 to 10.6,
10.8 to 10.10 IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1570B
|
524 Fourth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 11 a.m.
|
Independent living rehabilitation services, 11.2 to 11.5,
11.7 to 11.11 IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1571B
|
524 Fourth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 11 a.m.
|
Public records and fair information practices, 13.1, 13.3,
13.13 IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1569B
|
524 Fourth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 11 a.m.
|
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
|
|
Institutions administration—visitation, 20.1 to 20.3,
rescind chs 21 to 29 IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1559B (See
also ARC 1592B herein)
|
Second Floor Conference Room 420 Watson Powell Jr.
Way Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 11 a.m. to 1 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
ESL endorsement, 14.140(4) IAB 5/1/02 ARC
1580B
|
State Board Conference Room Second Floor Grimes State
Office Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 1:30 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Discarded appliance demanufacturing, 118.2 to 118.6, 118.11,
118.14 IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1540B (See also ARC
1541B)
|
Fourth Floor West Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 14, 2002 1 p.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
HCBS waiver services, amendments to chs 77 to 79,
83 IAB 5/1/02 ARC 1595B
|
Second Floor Conference Room 126 S. Kellogg St. Ames,
Iowa
|
May 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Seventh Floor Conference Room Iowa Bldg. 411 Third St.
SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
May 23, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Administrative Conference Room 417 E. Kanesville
Blvd. Council Bluffs, Iowa
|
May 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
Fifth Floor Conference Room Bicentennial Bldg. 428
Western Ave. Davenport, Iowa
|
May 22, 2002 10 a.m.
|
|
Conference Room 102 City View Plaza 1200
University Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 22, 2002 10 a.m.
|
|
Third Floor Conference Room Nesler Center 8th and
Main Dubuque, Iowa
|
May 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
|
First Floor Conference Room 822 Douglas Sioux City,
Iowa
|
May 22, 2002 1 p.m.
|
|
Room 213 Pinecrest Office Bldg. 1407 Independence
Ave. Waterloo, Iowa
|
May 23, 2002 10 a.m.
|
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
|
|
Long–term care insurance, amendments to ch 39 IAB
5/1/02 ARC 1593B
|
330 Maple St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 10:30 a.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653]
|
|
Reinstatement and renewal of licenses; mandatory training for
identifying and reporting abuse; examination requirements; appeal
procedure 8.4(1), 9.1, 9.4, 9.11(6), 9.12(1), 9.13, 9.15(2) IAB 5/1/02
ARC 1574B (See also ARC 1575B
herein)
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 3 p.m.
|
Approved abuse education training program, mandatory
training for identifying and reporting abuse, 10.1 IAB 5/1/02 ARC
1578B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 2:45 p.m.
|
MEDICAL EXAMINERS BOARD[653] (Cont’d)
|
|
Approved abuse education training program; continuing
education for permanent license renewal, 11.1, 11.4(1) IAB 5/1/02 ARC
1577B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 2:45 p.m.
|
Prescribing or administering controlled substances for the
treatment of patients with chronic, nonmalignant pain, 13.1(1), 13.2 IAB
5/1/02 ARC 1560B
|
Suite C 400 SW Eighth St. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 22, 2002 2 p.m
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
Fish habitat promotion for county conservation boards, ch
35 IAB 4/3/02 ARC 1518B
|
Fourth Floor East Conference Room Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 7, 2002 2 p.m.
|
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
|
|
IPERS, 21.4(1), 21.6, 21.8(4), 21.29, 21.34 IAB 5/1/02
ARC 1582B (See also ARC 1583B
herein)
|
7401 Register Dr. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 9 a.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Administrative and regulatory authority for the board of
behavioral science examiners, ch 30 IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1556B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 9, 2002 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Chiropractic examiners, chs 40 to 46 IAB 5/1/02 ARC
1588B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Administrative and regulatory authority for the board of
examiners for nursing home administrators, ch 140 IAB 5/1/02 ARC
1590B
|
Fifth Floor Board Conference Room Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 9 to 11 a.m.
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
|
|
Vehicles, 400.16, 400.26, 401.2, 401.16, 401.21, 401.25,
415.2 to 415.4, 424.1, 425.3, 425.10, 425.12, 425.17, 425.26, 425.70, 425.72,
431.2, 450.1, 450.6, 450.7, 451.2 IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1544B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 9, 2002 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
Mobile home dealers, manufacturers and distributors, 421.1
to 421.8 IAB 4/17/02 ARC 1546B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 9, 2002 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
(Cont’d)
|
|
Driver licenses, amendments to chs 600 to 602, 605,
607, 610, 611, 615, 620, 630, 640, 641 IAB 4/17/02 ARC
1545B
|
DOT Conference Room Park Fair Mall 100 Euclid
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 9, 2002 10 a.m. (If
requested)
|
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
|
|
Temporary extended unemployment compensation, 24.50 IAB
5/1/02 ARC 1572B (See also ARC 1598B
herein)
|
1000 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
May 21, 2002 9:30 a.m.
|
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL, IOWA[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT[471]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board for[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 1566B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR
THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the
Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
1, “Administrative Organization and Procedures,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments update the administrative organization
and procedures of the Department as outlined in Iowa Code chapter
216B.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a
public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the
Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed
amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C.
Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or
(800)362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need
interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17,
2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine
their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524
Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax
(515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—1.2(216B) as
follows:
111—1.2(216B) History and function. To respond
to the unique needs of the blind of Iowa, the general assembly established the
Iowa commission for the blind on April 1, 1925. Although specific programs for
the blind have varied even in recent years, the basic mission
to promote positive attitudes toward blindness has remained constant. As a
result of state government reorganization in 1986, the commission for the blind
became a division of the department of human rights. However, the 72nd General
Assembly restored the commission’s separate status by establishing a
department for the blind in 1988.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 111—1.3(216B) as
follows:
111—1.3(216B) Location and information. The
central office of the department is located at 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines,
Iowa 50309–2364, telephone (515)281–1333, (incoming WATS number
(800)362–2587). District offices are located at 411 Third Street SE,
Suite 745, Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401–1811, telephone (319)365–9111,
(incoming WATS number (888)346–9557); 2915 McClain Drive, Suite
A, Cedar Falls, Iowa 50613–5266, telephone (319)268–2981,
(incoming WATS number (888)378–4397). Information concerning department
services may be obtained by contacting any of these offices.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
111—1.4(216B), definition of “blind” or
“blindness,” as follows:
“Blind” or “blindness,” except as
applicable to the business enterprises program, refers to the condition of an
individual who meets one or more of the following criteria:(1) vision not more
than 20/200 central visual acuity in the better eye, with ordinary corrective
lenses, or a field defect in which the peripheral field has contracted to an
extent that the widest diameter of visual field subtends to an angular distance
of not greater than 20 degrees; (2) a combination of loss of visual acuity and
loss of visual field which imposes an employment handicap which is substantially
that of a blind person; (3) medical prognosis indicating a progressive loss of
sight which will terminate in the condition described in criteria one;
(4) a visual impairment sufficient to warrant attendance at the Iowa
braille and sight saving school or programs for the severely visually impaired
in the public schools; or (5) (4) a
visual impairment which by agreement of the division of vocational
rehabilitation services of the Iowa department of education and the department
is such that the individual can be best served by the department.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 1.5(1) as
follows:
1.5(1) Meetings. The commission shall hold at
least six meetings each year and as many additional meetings as are
needed meet as often as necessary to conduct business expeditiously and
efficiently. To the maximum extent practicable, meetings will be held outside
normal working hours to encourage attendance.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 111—1.9(216B) as
follows:
111—1.9(216B) Authorization for use of facilities.
Department facilities are available for the use of groups of blind
individuals or other groups or organizations interested in working with
blind individuals when the activity does not interfere with the conduct of
department business. Authorization for the use of facilities must be obtained
from the director or designee.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 111—1.11(216B)
as follows:
111—1.11(216B) Administration of the
expendable trust gifts and bequests fund. Pursuant
to Iowa Code section 216B.3(8), there is established an expendable
trust a gifts and bequests fund maintained by the
department of revenue and finance and administered by the department for the
blind.
1.11(1) Gifts and bequests fund. The gifts and
bequests fund is established primarily to provide direct financial
assistance in the form of grants or loans to blind Iowans which will materially
assist in independent living or vocational success or to provide department
services or support services for which other funds are not available. Grants or
loans may not be given for the purpose of income maintenance
or continuing support.
a. Use for department operations. Use of gifts and bequests
for routine, ongoing department operations must be approved by the
commission.
b. Eligibility. Recipients of grants or loans must be blind
individuals, as defined in rule 1.4(216B), who are residents of the state and
whom the director or committee commission has determined
to demonstrate a need for assistance.
c. Grants and loans review committee. There is
established a grants and loans review committee which may review applications
for grants and loans to be made from gifts and bequests, at the request of the
director, and make recommendations to the commission for approval of grants and
loans. The committee will consist of the assistant director, who will serve as
chairperson; the division administrators, as defined in rule 1.4(216B); two
additional staff members appointed by the director; and three blind individuals
appointed by the commission upon the recommendation of the director. Appointed
committee members shall serve two–year terms.
d c. Application process.
Applications must be submitted to the director or designee for
review. Applications not exceeding $2,500 may be approved by the
director or designee. Applications exceeding $2,500 shall not be subject to
approval or disapproval by the director or designee but shall be submitted to
the commission for approval. and, if appropriate, recommendation to
the grants and loans review committee. However, when the application is for a
grant or loan in the amount of $2,500 or less, the director may approve the
application. Upon recommendation by the director, the grants and loans review
committee will review an application. If approved by the grants and loans
review committee, the application will be forwarded to the commission for final
approval.
1.11(2) Vending facilities fund. The vending
facilities fund is established to provide low interest loans to active licensed
vendors. The director may approve loans in any amount from these moneys
for use as start–up capital or for the purchase of inventory. Upon
approval, the director will establish a repayment schedule.
1.11(3) Availability of records. Names of applicants
or recipients of grants or loans from these funds are confidential records under
111—subrule 13.13(2). Disclosure may be made only for routine use as
delineated in rule 111— 13.10(17A,22).
1.11(4) Deposit of funds.
Documentation of funds received will be maintained by the office of the
director. Funds will then be forwarded to the assistant director for processing
and deposit in the expendable trust fund.
1.11(5) Record keeping.
Financial records for these funds shall be maintained according to generally
accepted accounting practices. The assistant director will submit a report
detailing receipts and expenditures of the fund as a part of the financial
reports prepared for each commission meeting.
ITEM 7. Rescind rule 111—1.12(216B)
and adopt in lieu thereof the following new rule:
111—1.12(216B) Procurement.
1.12(1) The procurement of goods and services for
clients of the department shall be in accordance with the requirements of
informed choice as defined in 34 CFR 361.52 (effective March 13,
1997).
1.12(2) Procurement of goods. Except as provided in
1.12(1) above, the procurement of goods shall be conducted in accordance with
procurement standards and procedures established at 34 CFR 80.36 (effective
March 5, 2001) for state government grantees.
ARC 1567B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR
THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the
Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
6, “Library for the Blind and Physically Handicapped,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments provide for changes in library
services.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a
public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the
Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed
amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C.
Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or
(800)362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need
interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17,
2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine
their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524
Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax
(515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—6.2(216B) as
follows:
111—6.2(216B) Services. Services include, but
are not limited to, provision and circulation of books and
magazines, magazines and videos in braille, recorded disc,
recorded cassette, electronic text, descriptive video, or
large–type formats; provision and maintenance of playback equipment;
transcription, production and duplication of standard print material into
braille, recorded cassette, or large–type electronic
text formats; and research, acquisition by loan or purchase, or production
of, instructional materials.
6.2(1) Transcription of standard print reading
materials into alternative media. Transcription of standard print reading
materials into the alternative media of braille, cassette tape, or large
type electronic text shall be provided to the extent that
resources are available and following research of the library for the blind and
physically handicapped and other libraries, volunteer production agencies, and
vendors which confirm that the requested item is not available in any
alternative media which can be effectively used by the library patron; or that
the item exists, but cannot be acquired by loan, purchase, or duplication.
Priority will be given to requests which enable persons to meet a vocational or
educational need. Transcription is one method of providing access to standard
print reading materials, and will be used in combination with other resources in
order to provide as much support as possible to each person requesting
transcription services.
Other requests will be honored contingent upon availability of
resources.
6.2(2) Reserved.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve rule
111—6.5(17A).
ARC 1568B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR
THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the
Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
7, “Business Enterprises Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments update the department’s
responsibilities under the Randolph–Sheppard Act and Iowa Code chapter
216D.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a
public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the
Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed
amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C.
Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or
(800)362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need
interpreter services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17,
2002, at the numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine
their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524
Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax
(515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
216B and 216D.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—7.1(216D) as
follows:
111—7.1(216D) History and function. The
Randolph–Sheppard Act (Public Law 74–732), first adopted by Congress
in 1936, created a business enterprises program to give priority to the needs of
blind persons in securing employment and economic opportunities. This
legislation was revised in 1954 (Public Law 83–565) and again in 1974
(Public Law 93–516).
The Iowa business enterprises program prepares individuals
in the vocational rehabilitation program clients to
become independent operators of food service facilities by providing training in
management skills, food service and sanitation laws, and business systems. The
business enterprises program establishes facilities and renders ongoing
consultation and management assistance to blind operators.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
111—7.2(216D) as follows:
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Active participation” means routine consultation
with the committee of blind vendors on all matters affecting the business
enterprises program. When Congress amended the Randolph–Sheppard Act in
1974 to include a requirement for a committee of blind vendors elected by the
vendors themselves in every business enterprises program, congressional intent
was to create a routine, ongoing method for the citizens involved in the vending
program to participate in the decisions that affected their lives, given a long
history of agency decision making that had excluded vendors. While Congress
recognized that officials of state agencies are charged with the responsibility
of making decisions, Congress wished to create a situation in which these
officials routinely consult the persons whom these decisions affect. Thus,
“active participation” consists of the manager of the business
enterprises program and also the director of the entire agency making a
conscious effort to include the committee routinely in policy decisions, in
changes of policy, in decisions that will expand or contract the program, in
allocation of funding, and in any other matter that will affect individual
vendors or the program vendors or the program as a whole.
Amend the following definitions:
“Committee” means the state committee of blind
vendors which actively participates in routine, ongoing policy making for the
business enterprises program.
“Federal property” means any building, land or
other real property in this state which is owned, leased or occupied by any
department, agency or instrumentality of the United States (including, but
not limited to, the Department of Defense, the Department of Veterans
Affairs and the United States Postal Service).
ITEM 3. Amend rule 111—7.3(216D) as
follows:
111—7.3(216D) State committee of blind vendors.
There is established a state committee of blind vendors which will advise
and actively participate in routine, ongoing policy decisions made by the
department in the management of the business enterprises program. The committee
will hold a minimum of three meetings in each calendar year with the
agenda for each meeting jointly prepared by the division
administrator of the business enterprises program in consultation with the
chairperson of the committee.
7.3(1) The committee shall:
a. Actively participate with the department in major
administrative decisions and policy and program development decisions
affecting the overall administration of the business enterprises program
including, but not limited to, changes in longstanding policy, decisions to
add or remove locations, decisions regarding terms of permits varying from the
standard permits, and all other decisions or changes in decisions that will
affect the earning potential or promotional opportunities for vendors in the
program or those who join the program;
b. Receive and transmit to the department grievances at the
request of vendors and serve as an advocate for vendors in connection with these
grievances;
c. Actively participate with the department in the development
and administration of a state system for the transfer or promotion of
vendors;
d. Actively participate with the department in the development
of training and retraining programs for vendors; and
e. Sponsor, with the assistance of the department, meetings
and instructional conferences for vendors and trainees of the business
enterprises program.
7.3(2) to 7.3(4) No change.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 111—7.4(216D) as
follows:
111—7.4(216D) Statewide meeting. There will be
an annual statewide meeting of vendors at a time and place established by the
department and the committee. All licensees, trainees and all other
interested parties may shall attend this meeting;
however, only active licensees shall have the right to vote. Failure to
attend two consecutive entire meetings without a written excused absence from
the administrator of the business enterprises program shall result in placement
of active licensees on probation. Failure to attend three consecutive entire
meetings without a written excused absence from the administrator of the
business enterprises program shall result in termination of the operating
agreement (defined in 111—7.12(216D)).
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 7.5(2) as
follows:
7.5(2) The election shall be held by secret ballot.
The secret ballot may be waived by unanimous consent of the voting
members. Committee members shall take office immediately following the
meeting at which they were elected.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 7.6(1) as
follows:
7.6(1) The vocational rehabilitation counselor has the
primary responsibility for identifying potential
candidates applicants for the business enterprises
program. In order for a client an eligible individual
to be considered for placement in the business enterprises program, the
counselor must make a written recommendation to the division administrator of
the business enterprises program.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 7.9(2) as
follows:
7.9(2) The individual must meet the following criteria
for licensure by reciprocity or reinstatement:
a. Apply and be found eligible for vocational rehabilitation
services from the department;
b. Have no outstanding debts with the business enterprises
program or vocational rehabilitation program in any state and no delinquent
business taxes or delinquent bills to food service suppliers;
c. Comply with all licensing requirements of the
department.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 7.10(1) as
follows:
7.10(1) When a new vending facility is established or
when a vacancy occurs in an existing facility, the department shall first
provide the opportunity for transfer or promotion to licensees having priority
status. At that time, the department shall give priority status to a vendor who
has been displaced from a facility through no fault of the vendor.
Priority status may be given if the potential or actual earnings and
requirements for operating the available facility are reasonably comparable to
the facility from which the vendor was displaced. A vendor shall be
considered to have been displaced through no fault of the vendor if the building
in which the vendor’s facility is located has:
a. Closed; or
b. Lost a substantial portion of its population so that the
facility no longer meets the financial guidelines of profitability established
by the business enterprises program.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 7.11(1) as
follows:
7.11(1) Placement in provisional status. When a
vendor is appointed for the first time, the vendor will be placed in provisional
status. The vendor will be provided with the rating criteria for performance
evaluation as a part of the operating agreement (defined in
111—7.12(216D)). A vendor cannot remain in provisional status for
longer than two years.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 111—7.13(216D)
as follows:
111—7.13(216D) Reports. As specified in the
operating agreement, reports must be filed with the administrative office of the
department or postmarked by the fifteenth day of each month. The department
will accept no more than two consecutive reports which are submitted after the
deadline. When an operator exceeds this limit, the department shall impose a
fine in the amount of $25 $100 for each report filed
after the deadline. Operators submitting more than two late reports shall be
placed on probation and restricted from bidding for transfer or promotion for a
period of one year. For a report to be considered complete, it must contain
the following documents which relate to the reporting period:
1. A profit and loss statement;
2. A signed bill verification statement;
3. Business–related tax documents; and
4. Canceled checks verifying payment of
business–related taxes.
ITEM 11. Amend subrule 7.15(1) as
follows:
7.15(1) During the first 45 calendar days of the
vendor’s assignment to a location or facility, the department
assumes the responsibility for maintenance of equipment. Additionally, in
unusual circumstances, the department may negotiate with a vendor to pay
particular costs for maintenance of equipment.
ITEM 12. Amend rule 111—7.17(216D)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
111—7.17(216D) Disciplinary action. Following
the opportunity for a contested case hearing except in the case of an
emergency, and in consultation with the state committee of blind vendors,
the department may impose any or all of the following disciplinary actions as
appropriate:
Amend subrule 7.17(2), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
7.17(2) Probation. The department may place a vendor
on probation of the operating agreement for a period not to exceed one year.
The probationary period may include an emergency suspension of the operating
agreement when appropriate for a period not to exceed 30 days. If the
operator is deemed to be on probation after the end of that year, the operating
agreement will be terminated.
Amend subrule 7.17(3) as follows:
7.17(3) Termination of operating agreement. When the
department determines that a probationary period has been unsuccessful or when
the department determines and documents that serious and repeated
infractions of the operating agreement or vending facility permit have occurred,
the department may terminate an operating agreement.
Amend subrule 7.17(4) as follows:
7.17(4) License revocation. The department may revoke
a license in the following conditions:
a. Improvement of vision so that the operator is no longer
eligible for participation in the business enterprises program;
b. Written notification from the vendor requesting withdrawal
from the business enterprises program;
c. Failure to execute an operating agreement by abandoning a
facility;
d. Determination that the vendor is not competent to manage a
vending facility; or
e. Conviction of any theft or other
felony involving the vending facility or the
department.
ARC 1570B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR
THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the
Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
10, “Vocational Rehabilitation Services,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments provide for changes in vocational
rehabilitation services.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a
public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the
Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed
amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C.
Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800)
362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter
services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the
numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks
to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524
Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax
(515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 111—10.1(216B)
as follows:
111—10.1(216B) Function. Vocational
rehabilitation services assist consumers eligible
individuals to achieve an employment outcome consistent with their
individual strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities,
interests, and informed choice.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 111—10.3(216B)
as follows:
111—10.3(216B) Application procedures.
Persons desiring vocational rehabilitation services should contact
the department and must complete the application process. An individual is
considered to have submitted an application when the individual or the
individual’s representative, as appropriate, (1) has completed and signed
an agency application form; (2) has provided information necessary to initiate
an assessment to determine eligibility and priority of services; and (3) is
available to complete the assessment process. Persons desiring
vocational rehabilitation services should contact the department office and must
complete the application process.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 111—10.4(216B)
as follows:
111—10.4(216B) Eligibility.
10.4(1) Eligibility for vocational rehabilitation
shall be determined upon the presence of four basic conditions: (1) the
existence of blindness as defined in rule 111— 1.4(216B); (2) the
existence of blindness constitutes or results in a substantial impediment
to employment; (3) the ability to benefit in terms of employment
outcomes from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services
the individual intends to achieve an employment outcome consistent with the
individual’s unique strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities,
capabilities, interests, and informed choice; and (4) the applicant requires
vocational rehabilitation services to prepare for, secure, enter
into, engage in, or retain, or regain gainful
employment consistent with strengths, resources, priorities, concerns,
abilities, capabilities, and informed choice.
Applicants who meet the eligibility requirements stated in
the paragraph above will be presumed to be able to benefit from vocational
rehabilitation services in terms of an employment outcome, unless the department
can prove with clear and convincing evidence that the applicant is incapable of
benefiting in terms of an employment outcome from vocational rehabilitation
services due to the severity of the applicant’s disability.
Any applicant who has been determined eligible for social
security benefits under Title II or Title XVI of the Social Security Act is (1)
presumed eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, and (2) considered an
individual with a significant disability.
No duration of residence requirement is imposed thatexcludes
from services any applicant who is present in the state. No applicant or group
of applicants is excluded or found ineligible solely on the basis of the type of
disability. The eligibility requirements are applied without regard to the age,
gender, race, color, creed, or national origin of the
applicant.; type of expected employment outcome; source of
referral; or The eligibility requirements are applied without regard
to the particular service needs or anticipated cost of services
required by an applicant or the income level of an applicant or
applicant’s family.
Nothing in this rule is to be construed to create an
entitlement to any vocational rehabilitation service.
10.4(2) No change.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 111—10.5(216B)
as follows:
111—10.5(216B) Services.
10.5(1) Vocational rehabilitation services are any
services described in an individualized plan for employment necessary to assist
an individual in preparing for, securing, retaining, or regaining an employment
outcome that is consistent with the strengths, resources, priorities, concerns,
abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice of the
individual.
Services may include the following: assessment for
determining eligibility and priority for services; assessment for determining
vocational rehabilitation needs; vocational rehabilitation counseling and
guidance; referral and other services necessary to secure needed services from
other agencies and to advise individuals about the client assistance program;
physical and mental restoration; vocational and other training services,
including personal and vocational adjustment training; maintenance;
transportation; vocational rehabilitation services to family members;
interpreter services for individuals who are
deaf–blind,; reader
services,; rehabilitation teaching
services,; orientation and mobility
services,; job–related services, including
recruitment and training services to provide new employment
opportunities in fields of appropriate public service; job
search, and placement assistance, and
job retention services, follow–up services and follow–along
services; supported employment services; personal assistance services;
postemployment services; occupational licenses, tools, equipment, initial stocks
and supplies; rehabilitation technology; transition services; technical
assistance and other consultation services to eligible individuals who are
pursuing self–employment or telecommuting or establishing a small business
operation as an employment outcome; acquisition of equipment;
purchase and distribution of education, professional, and other materials to be
used by groups of individuals with disabilities; purchase and maintenance of
equipment in connection with these materials; special tools, aids and devices to
assist consumers in achieving self–sufficiency; and provision of
other goods and services considered beneficial to vocational
rehabilitation determined necessary to achieve an employment
outcome.
10.5(2) Services for groups of individuals who are
blind. The department may also provide for the following vocational
rehabilitation services for the benefit of groups of individuals who are blind:
(1) The establishment, development or improvement of a public or other nonprofit
community rehabilitation program that is used to provide vocational
rehabil–itation services that promote integration and competitive
employment including, under special circumstances, the construction of a
facility. (2) Telecommunication systems that have the potential for
substantially improving vocational rehabilitation service delivery methods and
developing appropriate programming to meet the particular needs of individuals
who are blind, including telephone, television, video description services,
satellite, tactile–vibratory devices, and similar systems, as appropriate.
(3) Special services to provide nonvisual access to information for individuals
who are blind, including the use of telecommunications, braille, sound
recordings, or other appropriate media; tactile materials for individuals who
are deaf–blind; and other special services that provide information
through tactile, vibratory, auditory, and visual media. (4) Technical
assistance and support services to businesses that are not subject to Title I of
the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 and that are seeking to employ
individuals with disabilities. (5) In the case of any small business enterprise
operated by individuals with significant disabilities under the supervision of
thedepartment, including enterprises established under the
Randolph–Sheppard program, management services and supervision provided by
the department along with the acquisition by the department of vending
facilities or other equipment, initial stocks and supplies, and initial
operating expenses. (6) Other services that promise to contribute substantially
to the rehabilitation of a group of individuals but that are not related
directly to the individualized plan for employment of any one individual. (7)
Consultative and technical assistance services to assist educational agencies in
planning for the transition of students with disabilities from school to
postschool activities, including employment.
10.5(3) Joint planning between an
eligible individual and staff will be employed in the development of the
individual written rehabilitation plan for employment in
order to determine which specific services may be needed and to ensure that the
individual has the opportunity to make an informed choice regarding
vocational rehabilitation employment goals and
objectives. The following factors may be taken into account in arriving at a
decision as to what services will be provided: the individual’s
strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests,
and informed choice.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 111—10.6(216B)
as follows:
111—10.6(216B) Consideration of comparable services
and benefits.
10.6(1) Prior to providing any vocational
rehabilitation services, except those services listed in subrule 10.6(3), to an
eligible individual or to members of the individual’s family, the
department must determine whether comparable services and benefits exist under
any other program and if those services and benefits are available to the
individual. Full consideration is given to any comparable service or
benefit available to an eligible blind person under any program, except for
grants or awards from organizations of the blind, prior to the provision
of services to the individual or members of the individual’s family,
except for those services listed in subrule 10.6(3).
10.6(2) To the extent that an individual is eligible
for comparable services or benefits, they are utilized insofar as they are
adequate and do not interfere with achieving the rehabil–itation
objective of the individual interrupt or delay: (1) the progress of
the individual toward achieving the employment outcome identified in the
individualized plan for employment or an immediate job placement; or (2) the
provision of vocational rehabilitation services to any individual who is
determined to be at extreme medical risk.
10.6(3) The following services are exempt from a
consideration of comparable services and benefits under subrule 10.6(1) above:
(1) assessment for determining eligibility; assessment for
determining and vocational rehabilitation needs; (2)
vocational rehabilitation counseling,
and guidance, and; (3) referral
services to other agencies; (4) job–related services,
including job search and placement assistance, job retention services,
follow–up services, and follow–along services;
vocational and other training services, including personal and
vocational adjustment training, books, tools, and other training materials,
except that no training or training services in an institution of higher
education (universities, colleges, community or junior colleges, vocational
schools, technical institutes, or hospital schools of nursing) may be paid with
vocational rehabilitation funds unless maximum efforts have been made to secure
grant assistance in whole or in part from other sources to pay for the training
or training services (5) rehabilitation technology services; and (6)
postemployment services.
10.6(4) No change.
10.6(5) In the event that severe revenue shortages
make budget reductions necessary, the department may invoke a limitation on
payment of tuition each semester to a rate no greater than the maximum tuition
rate effective at institutions operated by the Iowa board of regents for each
semester of the consumer’s individual’s
enrollment. When it is necessary to invoke this limitation with general notice
to the public and to consumers individuals potentially
affected, exceptions may be made in cases in which a reasonable necessity for a
waiver can be demonstrated, the consumer’s
individual’s counselor recommends a waiver, and the program
administrator approves the waiver before the consumer’s
individual’s enrollment. In no case, however, shall this rule be
construed as discouragement of a consumer’s an
individual’s attending private or out–of–state
institutions when utilization of other available funds makes it possible to do
so.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 111—10.8(216B),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
111—10.8(216B) Dispute resolution process. This
rule defines the procedures under which the dispute resolution proc–ess,
required by the federal Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973
as amended through 1998, shall be conducted by the
department.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 10.8(4),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. The impartial hearing officer shall be an individual who is
not an employee of a public agency other than an administrative law judge,
hearing examiner, or employee of an institution of higher education. (An
individual is not an employee of a public agency solely because the individual
is paid by that agency to serve as a hearing officer.) The impartial
hearing officer: (1) is not a member of the commission for the blind;
(2) has not been involved in previous decisions regarding the vocational
rehabilitation of the applicant or eligible individual; (3) has knowledge of the
delivery of vocational rehabilitation services, the state plan, and the federal
regulations and state regulations rules governing
the provision of services; (4) has received training with respect to the
performance of official duties; and (5) has no personal, professional, or
financial interest that would be in conflict with the hearing officer’s
objectivity. The director may also request that other designated department
personnel be present at the formal hearing. At the request of the applicant or
eligible individual, a representative of the applicant or eligible individual
and a representative of the Iowa client assistance program may also be present.
Any of these persons shall have the opportunity to present relevant
evidence.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 10.8(4),
paragraphs “e” and “f,” as
follows:
e. Within 30 days of the completion of the formal hearing, the
decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be mailed to the applicant or
eligible individual or, if appropriate, the applicant’s or eligible
individual’s representative, and the director. A representative of the
Iowa client assistance program who has attended the formal hearing shall also
receive a copy of the decision. The applicant or eligible individual may
receive a copy of the tape–recorded transcript of the hearing upon
written request to the director.
The decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be based
upon the provisions of the approved state plan, the federal Rehabilitation Act
of 1973, as amended through 1998, federal vocational
rehabilitation regulations, and state regulations rules
and policies.
f. The decision of the impartial hearing officer is
final.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 10.8(5) as
follows:
10.8(5) Documents provided. Transcripts,
notices, responses, and other documents which are an integral part of the
dispute resolution process shall be provided to involved parties in standard
print format. An applicant or eligible individual, or representative of an
applicant or eligible individual, or other involved party may request provision
of documents in the alternative medium of braille, cassette tape, or
large–type format. Documents in the alternative medium shall be provided
in a timely manner.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 111—10.9(216B)
as follows:
111—10.9(216B) Applicant
Applicant’s and consumer eligible
individual’s rights. The counselor/teacher must inform the
applicant or consumer eligible individual of the
applicant’s or consumer’s eligible
individual’s rights as follows:
10.9(1) and 10.9(2) No change.
10.9(3) The individual written
rehabilitation plan for employment will include a statement that
the consumer individual has been informed of the
department’s policies regarding administrative review, fair hearing,
confidentiality of rec–ords and nondiscrimination.
10.9(4) Upon termination of services through the
standard case closure procedure, the consumer individual
shall be given a written statement of the right to appeal the termination,
including information about services available through the Iowa client
assistance program.
10.9(5) When disagreement occurs, staff shall verbally
inform the applicant or consumer individual of the right
to appeal and provide information about services available through the Iowa
client assistance program.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 111—10.10(17A)
as follows:
111—10.10(17A) Forms. The following forms are used
by the vocational rehabilitation services program:
1. Application for rehabilitation services—used for
application for vocational rehabilitation services from the department. Also
contains statement of compliance with the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and release
of information form.
2. Individual Written Rehabilitation Plan
(IWRP) plan for employment (IPE)—used by the
counselor/teacher and consumer individual to develop a
blind person’s program for rehabilitation. Printed on the form are the
following statements: mutual agreement and understanding between
consumer individual and counselor; department’s
program responsibilities; consumer individual
responsibilities; review and evaluation of progress toward objectives and goal;
and consumer individual rights and remedies. In
addition, the IWRP IPE provides for mutual development
of a vocational goal, intermediate objectives, summary of
planned services, accepted criteria for review and evaluation purposes and
consumer individual acceptance and response.
ITEM 12. Amend 111—Chapter
10, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
section 17A.3 and chapter 216B.
ARC 1571B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR
THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 216B.6, the
Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
11, “Independent Living Rehabilitation Services,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments provide for changes in the independent
living rehabilitation services program.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a
public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the
Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed
amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C.
Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800)
362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter
services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the
numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks
to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524
Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax
(515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rules 111—11.2(216B)
to 111— 11.5(216B) as follows:
111—11.2(216B) Services. In addition to
appropriate vocational rehabilitation services enumerated in rule
111—10.2 10.5(216B), independent living
rehabilitation services may include, but are not limited to: teaching
alternative techniques of blindness; guidance and counseling; orientation and
mobility training; referral; recreational activities; provision and instruction
in the use of telecommunication, sensory and other technological aids and
devices; and provision of technical assistance through consultation with health
care providers and other agencies and organizations who serve blind
persons.
Joint planning between the client eligible
individual and the staff will be employed in the development of the
individualized written rehabilitation plan for independent living an
independent living rehabilitation plan (ILRP) in order to identify
independent living objectives and determine which specific
services that will be most beneficial in achieving a
client’s an eligible individual’s independence.
Determination of services to be provided will be based on available
resources, the constraints of the client’s desires and abilities and the
professional judgement of the staff. Eligible individuals will be
given the option of waiving the right to a formal, detailed ILRP and may choose
to simply list their independent living objectives.
111—11.3(216B) State plan. The state plan for
independent living (SPIL) rehabilitation services for the blind
of Iowa is developed pursuant to federal regulations every
three years and is submitted to the United States Department of
Education, rehabilitation services administration. The plan
SPIL delineates expenditure of funds, describes administrative
procedures, establishes program goals, and identifies the scope and
extent of services and guidelines for expenditure of funds.
It is developed, implemented, and evaluated jointly by the Iowa department
for the blind, the department of education, division of vocational
rehabilitation services, and the Iowa statewide independent living council. The
SPIL must be reviewed and revised as necessary but not less than once every
three years.
111—11.4(216B) Independent
living council of Iowa. Application for independent living services
for older individuals who are blind. The independent living
council of Iowa provides guidance for the development and expansion of
independent living programs and policies. The
application delineates expenditure of funds, establishes program goals,
identifies the scope and extent of services, and defines a plan of operation.
The application is submitted to the U.S. Department of Education, rehabilitation
services administration.
11.4(1) The director of the
department and the administrator of the division of vocational rehabilitation
services of the department of education shall jointly appoint the members of the
independent living council of Iowa. The administrator and the director shall
jointly determine the size and makeup of the council which may include
representatives of the principal state, local and nongovernmental agencies and
groups concerned with independent living services; disabled persons or parents
or guardians of disabled persons; directors of independent living centers;
representatives from private business employing or interested in employing
disabled persons; and representatives of other appropriate organizations or
individuals.
11.4(2) A majority of the
membership of the independent living council of Iowa shall be disabled persons
or parents or guardians of disabled persons.
11.4(3) Two–thirds of
the members of the council shall constitute a quorum. A vote of a majority of
the members of the council shall be required to act in the name of the council.
The council shall determine its own operating procedures. A chairperson for the
council shall be selected from among the council membership.
11.4(4) The independent
living council of Iowa shall submit to the commission a five–year plan
addressing long–term goals and recommendations for independent living
services in Iowa.
111—11.5(216B) Eligibility.
Determination of eligibility for independent living rehabilitation
services shall be based upon: (1) the existence of blindness as defined in
111— 1.4(216B) according to the examination of a licensed eye
practitioner; (2) presence of a severe limitation in ability to function
independently in family or community or to engage or continue in employment; and
(3) a reasonable expectation that independent living rehabilitation services
will significantly improve the individual’s ability to function
independently in family or community or to engage or continue in
employment. To be eligible for independent living
rehabilitation services, an individual must meet the following criteria: (1)
have a severe visual impairment; (2) either be aged 55 or older, or have a
severe mental, cognitive, physical, or other sensory impairment; (3) experience
a severe limitation in ability to function independently in the family or
community, or to obtain, maintain, or advance in employment; and (4) there must
be a reasonable expectation that independent living rehabilitation services will
improve the individual’s ability to function, continue functioning, or
move toward functioning independently in family or community, or to continue in
employment.
Eligibility will be determined in compliance with applicable
federal and state laws prohibiting discrimination on the basis of age, race,
creed, color, sex, national origin, religion or disability. Provision of
independent living rehabilitation services is not contingent upon economic need.
No duration of residence requirement is imposed that excludes from services any
applicant who is present in the state.
11.5(1) No residence
requirement, durational or other, which excludes from services any otherwise
eligible individual who is present in the state may be
imposed.
11.5(2) Provision of
independent living rehabilitation services is not contingent upon economic
need.
ITEM 2. Amend rules 111—11.7(216B)
to 111— 11.11(216B) as follows:
111—11.7(216B) Consideration of comparable services
and benefits.
11.7(1) Full consideration is given to any comparable
services and benefits available to a blind person under any program (for
example, workers’ compensation, supplemental security income, social
security disability insurance) to meet in whole or in part the cost of
independent living rehabilitation services provided to an individual except
evaluation of independent living rehabilitation potential;
counseling, guidance, and referral; vocational and other training services,
including personal and vocational adjustment training, books, tools and other
training materials which are not provided in institutions of higher learning;
services to members of the individual’s family; rehabilitation engineering
services, placement and postemployment services assessment for
determining eligibility and independent living rehabilitation needs; counseling
and guidance; information and referral; and personal and vocational adjustment
training and related training supplies.
11.7(2) Full consideration of comparable services and
benefits shall not be given when this consideration would delay the provision of
services to an individual at extreme medical risk, as defined in
111—1.4(216B). A determination of extreme medical risk shall be
based upon medical evidence provided by an appropriately licensed medical
professional.
111—11.8(216B) Termination of
services.
11.8(1) A decision to terminate independent living
reha–bilitation services shall be made only with the full participation of
the client, eligible individual or, as appropriate, the
client’s eligible individual’s parent,
guardian or other representative, unless the client eligible
individual has refused to participate, the client
eligible individual is no longer present in the state, or the
client’s eligible individual’s whereabouts
are unknown. The views of the client or the client’s
representative concerning the decision shall be recorded in the individualized
written rehabilitation plan.
11.8(2) A client An eligible
individual who is dissatisfied with a decision the
determination to terminate services may appeal the determination as provided
in rule 111— 11.9(216B).
111—11.9(216B) Administrative review
and formal hearing. Dispute resolution process.
Administrative review is a procedure by which the agency may provide an
opportunity for an applicant or client to express and seek remedy for
dissatisfaction with a decision regarding provision or denial of services.
Formal hearing is a procedure whereby an applicant or client who is dissatisfied
with the findings of an administrative review or any determinations made
concerning the furnishing or denial of services may seek redetermination of the
action or request a timely review of those determinations before an impartial
hearing officer. This rule defines the procedures
under which the dispute resolution process shall be conducted by the
department.
11.9(1) Definitions.
“Administrative review” means a procedure by
which the department may provide an opportunity for an applicant or eligible
individual to express and seek remedy for dissatisfaction with a decision
regarding the furnishing or denial of services.
“Formal hearing” means a procedure whereby an
applicant or eligible individual who is dissatisfied with the findings of an
administrative review or mediation concerning the furnishing or denial of
services may request a timely review of those determinations before an impartial
hearing officer.
While the department encourages the use of the administrative
review process to resolve grievances, the administrative review process is not
to be used as a means to delay mediation or a formal hearing before an
impartial hearing officer unless the parties jointly agree to a delay. An
applicant or client eligible individual may elect to
proceed directly either to mediation or to the formal hearing process.
The department will not suspend, reduce, or terminate independent living
rehabilitation services to any applicant or eligible individual throughout the
administrative review, mediation or formal hearing process before a final
agreement or decision is made, unless the applicant or eligible individual or,
as appropriate, the applicant’s or eligible individual’s
representative so requests, or the department has evidence that the services
have been obtained through misrepresentation, fraud, collusion, or criminal
conduct on the part of the applicant or eligible individual.
“Mediation” means an alternative which an
applicant or eligible individual may choose if the applicant or eligible
individual is dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review
concerning the furnishing or denial of services.
11.9(1 2) Administrative
review. An applicant for, or client eligible individual
of, independent living rehabilitation services may request review of a
decision regarding provision or denial of services with which they
are the applicant or eligible individual is dissatisfied by
submitting a letter to the division program
administrator for independent living rehabilitation services
of field operations.
a. The division program administrator
shall acknowledge receipt of the letter and arrangements shall be made for the
administrative review to be held at a mutually convenient date, time and place
which shall be within 15 ten days after receipt of the
request for review. The applicant or eligible individual shall also be
notified of the applicant’s or eligible individual’s right to obtain
assistance through the Iowa client assistance program.
b. The administrative review shall consist of: review of the
case file and any other documentation involved in the subject matter of the
review; interviews with the counselor/teacher service
specialist for the blind and any others directly involved with the subject
matter of the review; and an interview with the client or applicant, or
the parent, guardian or representative of the client or applicant
the applicant or eligible individual or, as appropriate, a representative of
the applicant or eligible individual.
c. The division program administrator
shall issue a written decision within seven five days of
the review. The decision shall set forth the issue, principle, and relevant
facts established during the review; pertinent provisions of law, administrative
rule or agency department policy; and the reasoning upon
which the decision is based. The letter transmitting the decision shall advise
the applicant or client eligible individual that the
applicant or client eligible individual shall inform the
division program administrator within seven days that
either: (1) the applicant or client eligible individual
accepts the decision; or (2) the applicant or client
eligible individual does not accept the decision and wishes to proceed
either to mediation or to a formal hearing.
d. A record of the decision and any action resulting from the
decision shall be mailed sent to the applicant or
client eligible individual by certified
mail. The decision and a record of any action resulting from the decision shall
be entered into the case file.
11.9(3) Mediation. An applicant or eligible
individual who is dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review or
has elected to bypass the administrative review proc–ess may request
mediation by submitting a letter to the program administrator. This letter must
be received within seven days of the date of determination of the administrative
review, if an administrative review has been conducted.
a. The program administrator shall acknowledge receipt of
the request for mediation and shall make arrangements for mediation to occur
within 30 days of the request to initiate the dispute resolution process. The
date, time, and place shall be mutually agreeable to all parties. The applicant
or eligible individual shall be notified in writing of the right to submit
evidence or information to support the applicant’s or eligible
individual’s position and to obtain representation to be present during
the mediation sessions. The applicant or eligible individual shall also be
notified of the applicant’s or eligible individual’s right to obtain
assistance through the Iowa client assistance program. All mediation sessions
shall be held in a timely manner and shall be concluded within 45 days of the
date that the applicant or eligible individual initiated the dispute resolution
process, unless an extension of this time is agreed upon by all parties. The
department will pay costs for the mediator and, when appropriate,
transportation, meals and lodging expenses for the applicant or eligible
individual which are directly associated with the mediation process. The
program administrator will determine who will represent the department during
mediation sessions.
b. The department in conjunction with the Iowa department
of education, division of vocational rehabilitation services, will maintain a
list of individuals who are impartial, qualified mediators and knowledgeable in
laws (including regulations) relating to the provision of vocational
rehabil–itation and independent living rehabilitation services. Potential
mediators will be identified by the division of vocational rehabilitation
services utilizing three primary sources: mediators used by the department of
education, the Iowa peace institute, and the Iowa extension services. The
department and the division of vocational rehabilitation services will train
potential mediators in the laws and regulations governing vocational
rehabilitation and independent living rehabilitation services.
c. A mediator will be selected at random or by agreement of
the director and the applicant or eligible individual or, as appropriate, the
applicant’s or eligible individual’s representative from the list
described in paragraph 11.9(3)“b.”
d. Discussions which occur during the mediation
proc–ess shall be confidential and shall not be used as evidence in any
subsequent due process hearing or civil proceeding.
e. All agreements reached by the parties to the dispute and
the mediation process shall be set forth in a written mediation agreement. This
agreement shall be prepared by the mediator and mailed within seven days to all
parties.
f. Either party to the dispute may request a formal
hearing. This request must be in writing and must be submitted to the director
within seven days of the date of the written mediation agreement.
11.9(2 4) Formal hearing. An
applicant for, or client eligible
individual of, independent living rehabilitation services, who is
dissatisfied with the findings of an administrative review, or who is
dissatisfied with any determinations made concerning the furnishing or denial of
independent living rehabilitation services or the findings of an
and has elected to bypass the administrative review or
mediation if an administrative review or mediation took place
process may request a formal hearing by submitting a letter to
the division administrator director.
a. The director shall acknowledge receipt of the request and
make arrangements for a formal hearing to be held within 45 days of the request
of the applicant or client eligible individual to
initiate the administrative review and formal hearing
dispute resolution process at a date, time and place mutually agreeable
to both parties. The applicant or client eligible
individual shall also be notified of the right to have a
representative present at the formal hearing and to seek assistance through
the Iowa client assistance program. Reasonable time extensions shall be
granted for good cause shown at the request of a party or at the request of both
parties.
b. The director shall appoint an impartial hearing
officer who, insofar as possible, has not taken part in the action under
consideration. As specified in section 361 of the federal regulations, the
impartial hearing officer shall be an individual who: (1) is not an employee of
the department or of any public agency involved in decisions regarding the
furnishing or denial of rehabilitation services to a vocational rehabilitation
applicant or client. An individual is not an employee of a public agency solely
because the individual is paid by that agency to serve as a hearing officer; (2)
has not been involved in previous decisions regarding the vocational
rehabilitation applicant or client; (3) has background and experience in, and
knowledge of, the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services; and (4) has no
personal or financial interest that would be in conflict with the
individual’s objectivity. The director may also request that the
counselor/teacher or the division administrator be present at the formal
hearing impartial hearing officer shall be an individual who is not
an employee of a public agency other than an administrative law judge, hearing
examiner, or employee of an institution of higher education. (An
individual is not an employee of a public agency solely because the individual
is paid by that agency to serve as a hearing officer.) The impartial hearing
officer (1) is not a member of the commission for the blind; (2) has not been
involved in previous decisions regarding the independent living rehabilitation
services of the applicant or eligible individual; (3) has knowledge of the
delivery of independent living rehabilitation services, the state plan, and the
federal regulations and state rules governing the provision of services; (4) has
received training with respect to the performance of official duties; and (5)
has no personal, professional, or financial interest that would be in conflict
with the hearing officer’s objectivity. The director may also request
that other designated department personnel be present at the formal hearing.
At the request of the applicant or client eligible
individual, a representative of the applicant or client
eligible individual and a representative of the Iowa client assistance
program may also be present. Any of these persons shall have the opportunity to
present relevant evidence.
c. An impartial hearing officer must be selected on a
random basis or by agreement between the director and the applicant or eligible
individual or, as appropriate, the applicant’s or eligible
individual’s representative from a pool of persons qualified to be an
impartial hearing officer.
c d. The impartial hearing officer
shall inform those present of the confidentiality of matters discussed. The
proceedings shall be recorded and transcribed.
d e. Within 30 days of the
completion of the formal hearing, the decision of the impartial hearing officer
shall be mailed to the applicant or client eligible
individual or, if appropriate, the individual’s parent,
guardian, or other applicant’s or eligible
individual’s representative, and the
director, division administrator and counselor/teacher. A
representative of the Iowa client assistance program who has attended
a the formal hearing shall also receive a copy of the
decision. The decision shall be sent to the applicant or client or, if
appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or other representative by
certified mail. The applicant or client eligible
individual may receive a copy of the tape–recorded transcript
of the hearing upon written request to the director.
The decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be based
upon the provisions of the approved state plan for independent
living, and the federal Rehabilitation Act, as
amended, and state rules and policies.
e f. The director may concur
with the decision of the impartial hearing officer or may decide to further
review the decision. If the director concurs with the decision of the impartial
hearing officer, the director shall issue a written statement concurring with
the decision of the impartial hearing officer within 20 days of the certified
mailing date of the impartial hearing officer’s decision. The statement
shall include the date of issuance; the name of the applicant or client;
reference to relevant statutes, rules, policies or previous decisions; the
particular facts upon which the decision of the impartial hearing officer was
based; and the reasons for the decision. A copy of the statement of concurrence
shall be sent by certified mail to the applicant or client. The
decision of the impartial hearing officer shall be effective on the date
of issuance of the statement of concurrence by the director is
final.
f. If the director decides to review the impartial
hearing officer’s decision, the director shall notify the applicant or
client or, if appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or
representative by certified mail, within 20 days of the certified mailing date
of the impartial hearing officer’s decision, of intent to review the
decision in whole or in part. The applicant or client or, if appropriate, the
individual’s parent, guardian, or representative shall have an opportunity
to submit additional evidence or information relevant to a final
decision.
If the director fails to provide notice of intent to
review the impartial hearing officer’s decision as required in these
rules, the impartial hearing officer’s decision becomes a final
decision.
g. Within 30 days of the date of notice of intent to
review the impartial hearing officer’s decision mailed to the applicant or
client, the director shall issue a written decision which shall include the date
of issuance; the name of the applicant or client; reference to relevant
statutes, rules, policies, or previous decisions; the particular facts upon
which the decision is based; and the reasons for the decision. A copy of the
decision shall be mailed by certified mail to the applicant or client or, if
appropriate, the individual’s parent, guardian, or other representative.
The decision shall be effective on the date of issuance.
h. The director may not delegate the responsibility
for decision making in the formal hearing process to any other officer or
employee of the department.
11.9(3 5) Documents provided.
Transcripts, notices, responses and other documents which are an integral part
of the administrative review and formal hearing dispute
resolution process shall be provided to involved parties in standard print
format. An applicant or client eligible individual, or
representative of an applicant or client eligible
individual, or other involved party, may request provision of documents in
the alternative medium of braille, cassette tape or
large–type format media. Documents in
the alternative medium media
shall be provided in a timely manner.
111—11.10(216B) Applicant and
client Applicant’s and eligible individual’s rights.
The counselor/teacher service specialist for the
blind must inform the applicant or client eligible
individual of the applicant applicant’s or
client’s eligible individual’s rights as
follows:
11.10(1) A written statement of rights, which
sets forth Written information on the Iowa client assistance
program and on the department’s policies and practices with regard to
administrative review, fair hearing, confidentiality of records and
nondiscrimination shall be provided to the applicant as part of the application
process. This information shall also be made available in the
applicant’s media of choice. Language interpreters will be used as
necessary.
11.10(2) When an applicant is determined ineligible to
receive independent living rehabilitation services, the applicant shall receive
written notification of the right to appeal and information concerning services
available through the Iowa client assistance program.
11.10(3) The individualized written
independent living rehabilitation plan will include a statement
that information in the client has been informed
of eligible individual’s media of choice on the
department’s policies regarding administrative review, fair hearing,
confidentiality of records and nondiscrimination. Language interpreters will
be used as necessary.
11.10(4) Upon termination of services
through the standard case closure procedure a case due to
ineligibility, the client individual shall be given
a written statement of information in the eligible
individual’s media of choice on the right to appeal the termination,
including information about services available through the Iowa client
assistance program. Language interpreters will be used as
necessary.
11.10(5) When disagreement occurs, staff shall
verbally inform the applicant or client individual of
the right to appeal and provide information about services available through the
Iowa client assistance program.
111—11.11(216B) Forms. The following forms are
used by the independent living rehabilitation services program:
1. Application for Independent Living Rehabilitation
Services—used for application for independent living rehabilitation
services from the department.
2. Individualized Written
Independent Living Rehabil–itation Plan (IWRP
ILRP)—used to develop a blind person’s program for
rehabilitation by providing for mutual development of goals, objectives, a
summary of planned services, criteria for review and evaluation and a time frame
for completion of services.
3. Waiver of Independent Living Rehabilitation Plan—a
signed statement acknowledging the eligible individual’s choice to waive
an ILRP and instead simply list the eligible individual’s independent
living objectives.
ARC 1569B
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR
THE[111]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section and 216B.6, the
Commission for the Blind hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
13, “Public Records and Fair Information Practices,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments update the requirements for public
records, confidentiality, and fair information practices in Iowa Code chapters
17A and 22.
Persons are invited to present oral or written comments at a
public hearing which will be held Tuesday, May 21, 2002, at 11 a.m. at the
Department for the Blind, 524 Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa. Proposed
amendments to Chapters 1, 6, 7, 10, 11, and 13 are available by calling Allen C.
Harris, Director, Department for the Blind, (515)281–1336 or (800)
362–2587. Persons who plan to attend the hearing and need interpreter
services or other accommodations should call Becky Cox by May 17, 2002, at the
numbers above. At the hearing, persons will be asked to confine their remarks
to the subject of the amendments.
Also, any interested person may make written suggestions or
comments on the proposed amendments through May 21, 2002. Such written
suggestions or comments should be directed to the Commission for the Blind, 524
Fourth Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–2364; fax
(515)281–1263.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 22, and 216B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
111—13.1(17A,22), definition of “case record,” as
follows:
“Case record ” means the file of personally
identifiable or confidential information on a client, collected pursuant to the
provisions of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 13.3(2) and
13.3(3) as follows:
13.3(2) Office hours. Open records shall be made
available during all customary office hours, which are between8 a.m. and
4:30 5 p.m. daily, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and
legal holidays.
13.3(3) Request for access. Requests for access to
open records may be made in writing, in person, by electronic mail, or by
telephone. Requests shall identify the particular records sought by name or
description in order to facilitate the location of the record. Mail or
telephone requests shall include the name, address, and phone number of the
person requesting the information. A person shall not be required to give a
reason for requesting an open record.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 13.13(2) as
follows:
Amend agency program area “Independent Living
Rehabilitation Services” by adopting the following new
entries in alphabetical order:
Records Statutory Authority
Client master list Iowa Code section 259.1
Client satisfaction survey Iowa Code section 259.1
Amend agency program area “Vocational Rehabilitation
Services” by adopting the following new entries in
alphabetical order:
Records Statutory Authority
Client master list Iowa Code section 259.1
Client satisfaction survey Iowa Code section 259.1
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 13.13(4) as
follows:
Amend agency program area “Independent Living
Rehabilitation Services” by adopting the following new
entries in alphabetical order:
Records
RSA 704 report
RSA 7OB report
Amend agency program area “Library for the Blind and
Physically Handicapped” by amending the following entry:
Records
Iowa Lions sight and hearing foundation
Amend agency program area “Vocational
Rehabilitation” by amending the following entry:
Records
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended 1986
Amend agency program area “Business Enterprise
Program” by amending the following entry:
Records Statutory Authority
Vending facilities Iowa Code section
259.1
(33 all locations)
NOTICE—CIVIL REPARATIONS TRUST
FUND
Pursuant to Iowa Administrative Code 361—subrule
12.2(1), the Executive Council gives Notice that the Civil Reparations Trust
Fund balance as of March 28, 2002, is approximately $222,000.00. Money in the
Civil Reparations Trust Fund is available for use for indigent civil litigation
programs or insurance assistance programs. Application forms are available in
the office of the State Treasurer by contacting GeorgAnna Madsen, Executive
Secretary, State Capitol Room 114, Des Moines, Iowa 50319; telephone
(515)281–5368. Applications must be filed on the thirtieth day after the
date of publication of this Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, or on
the thirtieth day after the date affixed to the Notice sent by first–class
mail, whichever is later. Any person/company that would like to receive future
notices should make request in writing to the above–mentioned contact.
Rules regarding the Civil Reparations Trust Fund can be found at 361 IAC Chapter
12.
ARC 1559B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.512, the
Department of Corrections hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 20, “Institutions Administration,” and to rescind Chapter
21, “Iowa State Penitentiary,” Chapter 22, “Iowa State
Men’s Reformatory,” Chapter 23, “Iowa Correctional Institution
for Women,” Chapter 24, “Medium Security Facility,” Chapter
25, “Correctional Treatment Unit,” Chapter 26, “North Central
Correctional Facility,” Chapter 27, “Iowa Medical and Classification
Center,” Chapter 28, “Newton Correctional Facility,” and
Chapter 29, “Fort Dodge Correctional Facility,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These rules provide for the visitation schedule at each
Department of Corrections institution. 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2304, was
recently passed by the Iowa General Assembly, signed into law by Governor Thomas
J. Vilsack on March 1, 2002, and became effective immediately. 2002 Iowa Acts,
Senate File 2304, requires the Department to achieve mandatory furlough savings
of $1.7 million by June 30, 2002. Other budgetary reductions, staff vacancies,
early retirements, layoffs and staff turnover have directly impacted the
Department’s ability to provide the privilege of visitation for
offenders.
Governor Thomas J. Vilsack issued Executive Order Number 8,
which requires state agencies to successfully identify and eliminate outdated,
redundant, ineffective, or otherwise unnecessary rules to reduce inconvenience
and confusion and increase public confidence in state government. To achieve
this goal, the Department proposes to rescind Chapters 21 to 29, each of which
governs institutional visitation, and to incorporate new language in Chapter 20
to govern all institutional visitation.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because of the underlying budget constraints. Needed savings would
not be achieved if waivers were provided.
The substance of these amendments was also Adopted and Filed
Emergency and is published herein as ARC 1592B. The purpose of this
Notice is to solicit comment on that submission, the subject matter of which is
incorporated by reference.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before May 21, 2002. Such written material
should be sent to the Director of Policy and Legal Services, Corrections
Department, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, from11 a.m. to
1 p.m. in the Second Floor Conference Room, 420 Watson Powell Jr. Way, Des
Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present their views orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments.
Any persons who intend to attend the public hearing and have
special requirements should contact the Department of Corrections and advise of
special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
ARC 1580B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment clarifies and strengthens the
requirements for the issuance of the English as a second language endorsement.
This amendment reduces the number of content hours required and also aligns the
requirements with national standards for teaching English as a second
language.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment on
May 21, 2002, at 1:30 p.m. in the State Board Conference Room, Second Floor,
Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in
writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed amendment. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public
hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners,
Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0147, or at (515) 281–5849 prior to the date of the public
hearing. Fax communication may be sent to (515)281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment through 4:30 p.m. on May 22, 2002. Written comments
and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director,
Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address, orE–mailed to
anne.kruse@ed.state.ia.us.
A waiver provision is not included. The Board has adopted a
uniform waiver rule.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend subrule 14.140(4) as follows:
14.140(4) English as a second language
(ESL). K–12.
a. Authorization. The holder of this endorsement is
authorized to teach English as a second language in kindergarten and grades one
through twelve.
b. Program requirements.
(1) Degree—baccalaureate.
(2) Completion of an approved human relations
program.
(3) Completion of the professional education core. See
14.123(3) and 14.123(4).
(4) Content. Completion of 24 18
semester hours of coursework in English as a second language to include the
following:
1. Teaching English as a second
language.
2. Applied linguistics.
3. Language in culture.
4. Bilingual education.
5. Nature of language.
6. Process of language acquisition.
1. Knowledge of pedagogy to include the
following:
• Methods and
curriculum to include the following:
— Bilingual and ESL methods.
— Literacy in native and second
language.
— Methods for subject matter content.
— Adaptation and modification of
curriculum.
• Assessment to
include language proficiency and academic content.
2. Knowledge of linguistics to include the
following:
• Psycholinguistics
and sociolinguistics.
• Language
acquisition and proficiency to include the following:
— Knowledge of first and second language
proficiency.
— Knowledge of first and second language
acquisition.
• Language to
include structure and grammar of English.
3. Knowledge of cultural and linguistic diversity to
include the following:
• History.
• Theory, models,
and research.
• Policy and
legislation.
• Current issues
with transient populations.
ARC 1594B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Amended Notice of Intended Action
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 217.6 and
234.6, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 14,
“Offset of County Debts Owed Department,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
Amendments to correct organizational references related to
offset of county debts owed the Department were published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on March 6, 2002, as ARC 1418B. The Department
is amending the Notice of Intended Action to clarify the appeal process to be
used when an offset occurs.
These amendments specify that the first avenue available to a
county that disagrees with a notice of liability is to request an administrative
review from the Department’s Division of Fiscal Management. If, after
review, the Department decides to proceed with an offset, the county has a right
to request a contested case proceeding under Iowa Code chapter 17A at the point
when the county receives a notice of potential offset from the Department. This
proceeding shall conform to the Department’s standard procedures for
appeals and hearings, as provided in 441—Chapter 7.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because these amendments merely correct organizational references and
clarify the offset process. The same process should apply in all
cases.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before May 22, 2002. Comments or suggestions
should be addressed to the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, 1305 East Walnut, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0114. Comments may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980; or by
electronic mail to policyanalysis@ dhs.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
217.6 and 234.6.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
441—14.2(234) as follows:
Amend subrule 14.2(1), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. Require the county to send a written
response request for review to the bureau of
finance division of fiscal management within 20 calendar days of
the date of notification if the county disputes the bill.
Rescind subrule 14.2(2) and adopt the following
new subrule in lieu thereof:
14.2(2) Request for administrative review. The county
may request an administrative review by providing to the division of fiscal
management within 20 calendar days of the date of the notice of liability a
written response that states why the county disagrees with the amount owed. The
county shall provide any relevant legal citations, client identifiers, and any
additional information supporting the county’s position.
Amend subrule 14.2(3) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph and paragraph
“a” as follows:
14.2(3) Review Administrative
review of county response regarding debt. The
bureau of finance division of fiscal management shall
review within ten 20 calendar days of receipt of the
written response request the basis for the bill and the
county’s position as stated in the written response
request for review. The division of fiscal management shall notify
the county of the findings of the review.
a. The bureau of finance division
shall make the necessary adjustments to subsequent billings sent to the county
when the bureau of finance division agrees with the
county’s position regarding the liability and shall so notify the
county.
Rescind paragraph “b” and adopt the
following new paragraph in lieu thereof:
b. Any further disputes concerning the amount due shall be
addressed when the offset notice is issued pursuant to rule
441—14.4(234).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—14.3(234) as
follows:
441—14.3(217,234) List of counties with
amounts owed.
14.3(1) Notification to department of revenue and
finance. The bureau of finance division of fiscal
management shall provide to the department of revenue and finance a list of
the counties with amounts owed as established through rule 441—14.2(234).
This list shall be maintained by the department of revenue and finance in a
liability file.
14.3(2) Notification of change. The bureau of
finance division of fiscal management shall notify the
department of revenue and finance of any change in the status of a debt in the
liability file within 30 calendar days from the occurrence of the
change.
14.3(3) Certification of file. The bureau of
finance division of fiscal management shall certify the file to
the department of revenue and finance semiannually in a manner prescribed by the
department of revenue and finance.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 14.4(1) as
follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
14.4(1) Notice. The bureau of
finance division of fiscal management shall send notification to
the county within ten calendar days from the date the bureau of finance
is notified by department of revenue and finance notifies the
department of revenue and finance division of a
potential offset. This notification shall include:
Amend paragraph “e,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
e. The county’s right to appeal the offset pursuant
to 441—Chapter 7. The county shall have 30 days to request an
appeal. The procedure the county follows request
for appeal is: should include any relevant legal citations
and any additional information supporting the county’s
position.
Further amend paragraph “e” by rescinding
subparagraphs (1) and (2).
Amend paragraph “f” as follows:
f. The county shall waive any right to appeal if the county
fails to respond within 20 30 calendar days of the date
of notification.
Amend paragraph “g” as follows:
g. The bureau of finance telephone number for
the county to contact in the case of questions.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—14.5(234) as
follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—14.5(217,234) Review of county
response regarding offset Implementing the final decision.
The bureau of finance shall review within ten calendar days of receipt
of the written response the basis for the offset and the county’s position
as stated in the written appeal. When the final decision
issued pursuant to rule 441—7.16(17A) upholds the
department’s action or modifies the amount of offset, the division of
fiscal management shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that
the requirements for offset under Iowa Code section 421.17 have been met. When
the final decision reverses the department’s action, the division of
fiscal management shall notify the department of revenue and finance to release
the offset.
Rescind subrules 14.5(1) and 14.5(2).
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 14.6(2) as
follows:
14.6(2) Notification to county. Once the offset has
been completed, the bureau of finance division of fiscal
management shall notify the county of the action taken along with the
balance, if any, still due to the department.
ITEM 6. Amend 441—Chapter
14, implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code
section sections 217.6 and 234.6.
ARC 1595B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 77, “Conditions of
Participation for Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Chapter 78,
“Amount, Duration, and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,”
Chapter 79, “Other Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial
Care,” and Chapter 83, “Medicaid Waiver Services,” appearing
in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments:
• Require that all providers
of home– and community–based waiver services must be at least 18
years old, as recommended by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
(CMS).
• Prohibit the spouse of a
consumer or the parent or stepparent of a consumer who is a minor from being a
paid provider of waiver services to that consumer.
• Allow providers certified
for supported community services under the brain injury waiver to provide
interim medical monitoring and treatment services under the brain injury, ill
and handicapped, and mental retardation waivers. Under the current rules, only
supported community living providers certified under the mental retardation
waiver are allowed to provide these services.
• Remove restrictions on
four–bed living units under the brain injury and mental retardation
waivers. Providers are no longer limited to structures that they owned or
operated as of November 4, 1994, and are no longer required to justify the need
for a four–bed facility. The only remaining restriction on approval of a
four–bed unit is the avoidance of an overconcentration of programs in one
geographic area. Limits and requirements for conversion of licensed residential
care facilities are removed, in compliance with 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 160.
Four–bed residential care facilities are not required to surrender their
residential care licenses to participate as supported community living
providers.
• Increase the limit on
converted five–bed living units under the mental retardation waiver from
20 to 40, in compliance with 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 160, and incorporate the
conditions for approval specified in Iowa Code section
135C.6(8)“b.”
• Remove the restriction on
residential–based supported community living providers under the mental
retardation waiver to facilities owned or operated as of July 1, 1998.
• Raise the limit on the
number of beds in a supported community living unit under the brain injury
waiver from three to four.
• Remove the restriction on
payment for home and vehicle modifications to $500 per month under the
home– and community–based services brain injury, ill and
handicapped, and physical disability waivers. Under current rules, the total
cost of modifications in a year can be up to $6,000, but payment is released
only $500 at a time. These amendments allow full payment to the provider upon
completion of the modification. Up to $500 of the cost is encumbered monthly
against the maximum allowable cost of service until the cost is amortized. The
annual limit remains at $6,000.
• Allow the unit of
transportation services established by the area agency on aging and establish
the rate set by the area agency on aging as the upper limit for reimbursement of
transportation services under the brain injury and physical disability waivers,
except when services are provided by an individual. This change makes
transportation units and rates consistent across all waivers that cover
transportation services.
• Set the basis of
reimbursement and reimbursement limits for supported community living providers
providing interim medical monitoring and treatment services. Rates cannot
exceed $32.62 per hour or the daily rate for ICF/MR care.
• Limit the annual
adjustment of retrospectively adjusted prospective rates to the lower of the
actual reconciled rate based on the provider’s cost report or the previous
rate adjusted by the consumer price index for the preceding state fiscal
year.
• Remove requirements for
the use of several forms made unnecessary by the Individual Services Information
System (ISIS).
• Correct rules addressing
Medicaid application forms to conform to changes made to rule
441—76.1(249A).
• Update form numbers to the
current designation.
• Remove references to the
Division of Medical Services, as a result of the Department’s
restructuring.
• Continue to standardize
terminology across waivers.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because they only clarify or update terminology, confer benefits to
consumers, providers, or Department staff, or are needed assist in compliance
with CMS requirements. Individual consumers and providers may request waivers
under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments on or before May 22, 2002. Comments should be directed to
the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office
Building, 1305 East Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319– 0114. Comments
may be sent by fax to (515)281–4980 or by E–mail to
policyanalysis@dhs.state.ia.us.
People appearing at the following meetings may make oral
presentations or submit written comments:
Story County DHS Office Second Floor Conference Room 126
South Kellogg Street Ames, Iowa 50010
|
May 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
Linn County DHS Office Iowa Building 7th Floor
Conference Room 411 Third Street SE Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
|
May 23, 2002 9 a.m.
|
Pottawattamie County DHS Office Administrative Conference
Room 417 East Kanesville Boulevard Council Bluffs, Iowa 51503
|
May 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
Scott County DHS Office Bicentennial Building Fifth
Floor Conference Room 428 Western Avenue Davenport, Iowa 52801
|
May 22, 2002 10 a.m.
|
Polk County DHS Office City View Plaza Conference Room
102 1200 University Des Moines, Iowa 50314
|
May 22, 2002 10 a.m.
|
Dubuque County DHS Office Nesler Center 3rd Floor
Conference Room 8th & Main Dubuque, Iowa 52001
|
May 22, 2002 9 a.m.
|
Woodbury County DHS Office First Floor Conference
Room 822 Douglas Sioux City, Iowa 51101
|
May 22, 2002 1 p.m.
|
Black Hawk County DHS Office Pinecrest Office Building,
Room 213 1407 Independence Avenue Waterloo, Iowa 50703
|
May 23, 2002 10 a.m.
|
Anyone who intends to attend a public hearing and has special
requirements, such as hearing or vision impairments, should contact the Office
of Policy Analysis at (515) 281–8440 and advise of special
needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
135C.6, 249A.4, and 249A.12.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—77.30(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.30(249A) HCBS ill and handicapped waiver
service providers. The following HCBS ill and handicapped waiver service
providers shall be eligible to participate in the Medicaid program, provided
that they meet services are rendered by a person who is at
least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or
stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under, and that the provider meets the
standards set forth below:
Amend subrule 77.30(8), paragraph
“a,” subparagraph (5), as follows:
(5) Supported community living providers certified according
to subrule 77.37(14) or 77.39(13).
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441—77.33(249A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—77.33(249A) HCBS elderly waiver service
providers. The following HCBS elderly waiver service providers shall be
eligible to participate in the Medicaid program, provided that
they meet services are rendered by a person who is at least
18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or
stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under, and that the provider meets the
standards set forth below:
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—77.34(249A),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—77.34(249A) HCBS AIDS/HIV waiver service
providers. The following HCBS AIDS/HIV waiver service providers shall be
eligible to participate in the Medicaid program, provided that
they meet services are rendered by a person who is at least
18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent
or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under, and that the provider meets
the standards set forth below:
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441—77.37(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.37(249A) HCBS MR waiver service providers.
Supported community living providers (except
forresidential–based supported community living providers) and supported
employment providers Providers shall be eligible to participate
in the Medicaid program as approved HCBS MR service providers in
the Medicaid program based on the outcome–based standards set forth below
in subrules 77.37(1) and 77.37(2) evaluated according to subrules 77.37(10) to
77.37(12), if they meet the requirements of subrules
77.37(3) to 77.37(9), in this rule and the
applicable subrules pertaining
applicable to the individual service. Residential–based
supported community living providers shall meet the conditions set forth in
subrule 77.37(23). Respite providers shall meet the conditions set forth in
subrules 77.37(1) and 77.37(15). Home and vehicle modification shall meet the
conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(17). Personal emergency response system
providers shall meet the conditions set forth in sub–rule 77.37(18).
Nursing providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(19).
Home health aide providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule
77.37(20). Consumer–directed attendant care providers shall meet the
conditions set forth in subrule 77.37(21). Interim medical monitoring and
treatment providers shall meet the conditions set forth in subrule
77.37(22).
The standards in subrule 77.37(1) apply only to providers
of supported employment, respite providers, and providers of supported community
living services that are not residential–based. The standards and
certification processes in subrules 77.37(2) through 77.37(12) apply only to
supported employment providers and non–residential–based supported
community living providers.
The requirements in subrule 77.37(13) apply to all
providers. Also, services must be rendered by a person who is at least 18 years
old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the parent or stepparent of
a consumer aged 17 or under.
Amend subrule 77.37(14), paragraph
“e,” as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
e. Living units designed to serve more than three
supported community living recipients consumers shall be
approved only as follows:
Rescind subparagraphs (1) and (2) and adopt the
following new subparagraphs in lieu thereof:
(1) The department shall approve living units designed to
serve four consumers if the geographic location of the program does not result
in an overconcentration of such programs in the area.
(2) The department shall approve the conversion of up to 40
five–person living units that have been licensed as residential care
facilities for persons with mental retardation, under the terms of Iowa Code
section 135C.6(8)“b.”
Amend subrule 77.37(22), paragraph “a,”
subparagraph (5), as follows:
(5) Supported community living providers certified according
to subrule 77.37(14) or 77.39(13).
Amend subrule 77.37(23), paragraph
“e,” as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
e. The residential–based supportive community living
service provider shall also furnish residential–based living units for all
recipients of the residential–based supported community living services.
Except as provided herein, living units provided may be of no more than four
beds. Service providers who receive approval from the
division bureau of medical
services’ long–term care approval
may provide living units of up to eight beds. The division of medical
services bureau shall approve five– to eight–bed
living units only if all of the following conditions are met:
Rescind and reserve subparagraph (1).
Amend subparagraph (3), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
(3) The provider supplies the division
bureau of medical services long–term care
with a written plan acceptable to the department that addresses how the provider
will reduce its living units to four–bed units within a two–year
period of time. This written plan shall include the following:
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—77.39(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.39(249A) HCBS brain injury waiver service
providers. Adult day care, behavioral programming, case management,
consumer–directed attendant care, family counseling and training, home and
vehicle modification, interim medical monitoring and treatment, personal
emergency response, prevocational service, respite, specialized medical
equipment, supported community living, supported employment, and transportation
providers shall be eligible to participate as approved brain injury waiver
service providers in the Medicaid program based on the applicable subrules
pertaining to the individual service and provided that they and each of their
staff involved in direct consumer service have training regarding or experience
with consumers who have a brain injury. Services must be rendered by a
person who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served
or the parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under. In addition,
behavioral programming, supported community living, and supported employment
providers shall meet the outcome–based standards set forth below in
subrules 77.39(1) and 77.39(2) evaluated according to subrules 77.39(8) to
77.39(10), and the requirements of subrules 77.39(3) to 77.39(7). Respite
providers shall also meet the standards in subrule 77.39(1).
Amend subrule 77.39(13), paragraph
“d,” as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
d. The department shall approve living units designed to serve
not more than four supported community living
consumers meeting criteria listed below: if the geographic
location of the program does not result in an overconcentration of programs in
an area.
Rescind subparagraphs (1) and (2).
Amend subrule 77.39(25), paragraph
“a,” subparagraph (5), as follows:
(5) Supported community living providers certified according
to subrule 77.37(14) or 77.39(13).
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441—77.41(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—77.41(249A) HCBS physical disability waiver
service providers. Consumer–directed attendant care, home and vehicle
modification, personal emergency response system, specialized medical equipment,
and transportation service providers shall be eligible to participate as
approved physical disability waiver service providers in the Medicaid program
based on the applicable subrules pertaining to the individual service. Enrolled
providers shall maintain the certification listed in the applicable subrules in
order to remain eligible providers. Services must be rendered by a person
who is at least 18 years old and is not the spouse of the consumer served or the
parent or stepparent of a consumer aged 17 or under.
Amend subrule 77.41(1) as follows:
77.41(1) Enrollment process. Reviews of compliance
with standards for initial enrollment shall be conducted by the
department’s division of medical services quality
assurance staff. Enrollment carries no assurance that the approved provider
will receive funding.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 78.34(9),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Service payment shall be made to the enrolled home and
vehicle modification provider. If applicable, payment will be forwarded to the
subcontracting agency by the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider
following completion of the approved modifications. Payment of up to $6,000
per year may be made to certified providers upon satisfactory completion of the
service. The service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the
monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the amount of the modification
is reached within the 12–month period.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441—78.43(249A)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—78.43(249A) HCBS brain injury waiver
services. Payment shall be approved for the following services to consumers
eligible for the HCBS brain injury services as established in 441—Chapter
83 and as identified in the participant’s individual comprehensive
plan (ICP) consumer’s service plan. All services shall
include the applicable and necessary instructions, supervision, assistance and
support as required by the consumer in achieving the goals written specifically
in the ICP service plan. The services, amount and
supports provided under the HCBS brain injury waiver shall be delivered in the
least restrictive environment and in conformity with the consumer’s
individual comprehensive service plan.
Amend subrule 78.43(1), paragraphs “b,”
“c,” and “d,” as follows:
b. Assurance that an individual comprehensive
a service plan (ICP) is developed which addresses the
consumer’s total needs for services and living arrangements.
c. Assistance to the consumer in obtaining the services and
living arrangements identified in the ICP service
plan.
d. Coordination and facilitation of decision making among
providers to ensure consistency in the implementation of the
ICP service plan.
Amend subrule 78.43(2), paragraph
“c,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
c. Services may be provided to a child or an adult. Children
must first access all other services for which they are eligible and which are
appropriate to meet their needs beforeaccessing the HCBS brain injury waiver
services. A maximum of three four consumers
receiving community–supported alternative living arrangements or
HCBS brain injury waiver services may reside in a living unit
except that providers meeting requirements set forth in
441—paragraph 77.39(13)“d” may provide supported
community living services to four HCBS brain injury waiver consumers residing in
a living unit.
Amend subrule 78.43(5), paragraph
“g,” as follows:
g. Service payment shall be made to the enrolled home and
vehicle modification provider. If applicable, payment will be forwarded to the
subcontracting agency by the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider
following completion of the approved modifications. Payment of up to $6,000
per year may be made to certified providers upon satisfactory completion of the
service. The service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the
monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the amount of the modification
is reached within the 12–month period.
Amend subrule 78.43(7) as follows:
78.43(7) Transportation. Transportation services may
be provided for consumers to conduct business errands,
and essential shopping, to receive medical services when not
reimbursed through medical transportation, to travel to and from work or
day programs, and to reduce social isolation. A unit of service is either per
mile, or per trip, or the unit established by an area
agency on aging. Transportation may not be reimbursed simultaneously with
HCBS brain injury waiver supported community living service.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 441—78.46(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 78.46(2), paragraph
“g,” as follows:
g. Service payment shall be made to the enrolled home and
vehicle modification provider. If applicable, payment will be forwarded to the
subcontracting agency by the enrolled home and vehicle modification provider
following completion of the approved modifications. Payment of up to $6,000
per year may be made to certified providers upon satisfactory completion of the
service. The service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the
monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the amount of the modification
is reached within the 12–month period.
Amend subrule 78.46(5) as follows:
78.46(5) Transportation. Transportation services may
be provided for consumers to conduct business errands and essential shopping, to
receive medical services when not reimbursed through medical transportation, to
travel to and from work or day programs, and to reduce social isolation. A unit
of service is either per mile, or per trip, or the
unit established by an area agency on aging.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS
brain injury waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs
“6,” “9,” and “14,” as
follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
6. Transportation
|
Fee schedule
|
State per mile rate for individual providers; rate
set by area agency on aging for all others.
|
9. Home and vehicle modification
|
Fee schedule
|
$500 per month not to exceed $6,000 per
year
|
14. Interim medical monitoring and treatment:
|
|
|
Home health agency:
(Provided provided by home health
aide)
|
Rate for home health aide services provided by a home health
agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
|
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
|
Home health agency (Provided
provided by nurse)
|
Rate for nursing services provided by a home health agency
(encounter services–intermittent services)
|
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
|
Provided by a registered group child
Child care home, registered family child care home, or
licensed child care center
|
Contractual rate. See 441—subrule 170.4(7)
|
$12.24 per hour
|
Supported community living provider
|
Retrospectively limited prospective rate. See
79.1(15)
|
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed the maximum ICF/MR rate per
day
|
Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS
elderly waiver service providers,” numbered paragraph
“11,” as follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
11. Transportation providers
|
Fee schedule
|
State per mile rate for regional transit
individual providers or; rate
established set by area agency on aging for all
others.
|
Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS
ill and handicapped waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs
“8” and “9,” as follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
8. Interim medical monitoring and treatment:
|
|
|
Home health agency:
(Provided provided by home health
aide)
|
Rate for home health aide services provided by a home health
agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
|
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
|
Home health agency (Provided
provided by nurse)
|
Rate for nursing services provided by a home health agency
(encounter services–intermittent services)
|
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate
|
Provided by a registered group child
Child care home, registered family child care home, or
licensed child care center
|
Contractual rate. See 441—subrule 170.4(7)
|
$12.24 per hour
|
Supported community living provider
|
Retrospectively limited prospective rate. See
79.1(15)
|
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed the maximum ICF/MR rate per
day
|
9. Home and vehicle modification
|
Fee schedule
|
$500 per month not to exceed $6,000 per
year
|
Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS MR
waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs “1” and
“9,” as
follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
1. Supported community living
|
Retrospectively limited prospective rates. See
79.1(15)
|
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed a total per month of $73.61
times the number of days in the month. $73.61 per day. Variations to the upper
limit may be granted by the division of medical services when
cost–effective and in accordance with the service plan as long as the
statewide average remains at or below $73.61 per day.
|
9. Interim medical monitoring and treatment:
|
|
|
Home health agency:
(Provided provided by home health
aide)
|
Rate for home health aide services provided by a home health
agency (encounter services–intermittent services)
|
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate not to
exceed the maximum daily per diem for ICF/MR level of care
|
Home health agency (Provided
provided by nurse)
|
Rate for nursing services provided by a home health agency
(encounter services–intermittent services)
|
Maximum Medicare rate converted to an hourly rate not to
exceed the maximum daily per diem for ICF/MR level of care
|
Provided by a registered group child
Child care home, registered family child care home, or
licensed child care center
|
Contractual rate. See 441—subrule 170.4(7)
|
$12.24 per hour not to exceed the maximum daily per diem for
ICF/MR level of care
|
Supported community living provider
|
Retrospectively limited prospective rate. See
79.1(15)
|
$32.64 per hour, not to exceed the maximum ICF/MR rate per
day
|
Amend subrule 79.1(2), provider category “HCBS
physical disability waiver service providers,” numbered paragraphs
“2” and “5,” as follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
2. Home and vehicle modification
providers
|
Fee schedule
|
$500 per month, not to exceed $6,000 per
year
|
5. Transportation
|
Fee schedule
|
State per mile rate for regional transit
individual providers, or; rate
established set by area agency on aging for all
others. Reimbursement shall be at the lowest cost service rate consistent
with the consumer’s needs.
|
Amend subrule 79.1(15) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
79.1(15) HCBS retrospectively limited prospective
rates. This methodology applies to Reimbursement
reimbursement for HCBS MR and BI supported community
living and supported employment, HCBS interim medical monitoring and
treatment when provided by an HCBS–certified supported community agency,
and HCBS AIDS/HIV, BI, elderly, ill and handicapped, and MR
respite when basis of reimbursement is retrospectively limited
prospective rate. This includes provided by home health
agencies providing group respite; nonfacility providers of
specialized, basic individual, and group respite; ,
camps; , home care agencies providing
specialized, basic individual, and group respite; ,
and or providers of residential–based supported
community living, and HCBS group respite provided by home health
agencies.
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraph
(7), as follows:
(7) A 30–day extension for submitting the cost reports
due by September 30 may be obtained by submitting a letter to the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care by September 30. No extensions will be granted
beyond 30 days.
Amend paragraph “d,” subparagraph
(4), as follows:
(4) After establishment of the initial prospective rate for an
established provider, the rate will be adjusted annually, effective for the
third month after the month during which the annual cost report is submitted to
the department. The annual adjustment shall be equal to the increase
in provider’s new rate shall be the actual reconciled rate or
the previously established rate adjusted by the consumer price index for all
urban consumers for the preceding 12–month period ending June 30,
whichever is less.
Amend paragraph “f,” subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) Revenues exceeding adjusted actual costs by more than 2.5
percent shall be remitted to the division of medical services
department. Payment will be due upon notice of the new rates and
retrospective adjustment.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 441—83.2(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.2(1), paragraph
“a,” as follows:
a. The person must be under the age of 65 and blind or
disabled as determined by the receipt of social security disability benefits or
by a disability determination made through the division of medical
services department. Disability determinations are made
according to supplemental security income guidelines as per
under Title XVI of the Social Security Act.
Amend subrule 83.2(2), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. The total monthly cost of the ill and handicapped waiver
services shall not exceed the established aggregate monthly cost for level of
care as follows:
Skilled level of care $2,480
|
Nursing level of care $852
|
ICF/MR $3,019
|
If more than $500 is paid for home and vehicle modification
services, the service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the
monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the total amount of the
modification is reached within a 12–month period.
ITEM 12. Amend rule 441—83.3(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.3(2) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.3(2) Application and services program limit. The
number of persons who may be approved for the HCBS ill and handicapped waiver
shall be subject to the number of clients to be served as set forth in the
federally approved HCBS ill and handicapped waiver. The number of clients to be
served are is set forth at the time of each
five–year renewal of the waiver or in amendments to the waiver. When the
number of applicants exceeds the number of clients specified in the approved
waiver, the applicant’s name shall be placed on a waiting list maintained
by the division bureau of medical
services long–term care.
Amend paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph
and subparagraphs (1) and (2), as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care for all applicants for the waiver to determine if a
payment slot is available.
(1) For persons applicants not
currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the
division of medical services
bureau by the end of the second working day after receipt of a completed
Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health
Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary
Assistance, or within two working days after receipt of disability
determination, whichever is later.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department
office shall contact the division of medical services bureau
by the end of the second working day after receipt of either Form
470–0660 470–0659, Home– and
Community–Based Service Report Services Assessment or
Reassessment, signed and dated by the recipient with the
choice of HCBS waiver indicated by signature of the consumer on Part A or a
written request, signed and dated by the recipient
consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” subparagraphs
(1) and (4), as follows:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently
eligible for Medicaid shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the
date a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927,
Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State
Supplementary Assistance, is date–stamped in the county
department office or upon the county department office’s receipt of
disability determination, whichever is later.
(4) Persons Applicants who do not fall
within the available slots shall have their application rejected, and
their names shall be maintained on the waiting list. They shall be contacted to
reapply as slots become available based on their order on the waiting list so
that the number of approved persons on the program is maintained. The
division bureau of medical services
long–term care shall contact the county department office when a
slot becomes available.
Amend paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. The county department office shall notify the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care within two working days of a denial or withdrawal of
an application.
Amend subrule 83.3(3) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraphs
(4) and (5), as follows:
(4) The application is pending because a level of care
determination has not been made although the completed assessment, Form
SS–1644 470–0659, Home– and
Community–Based Services Assessment or Reassessment, has been
submitted to the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care.
(5) The application is pending because the assessment, Form
SS–1644 470–0659, or the case plan has not
been completed. When a determination is not completed 90 days from the date of
application due to the lack of a completed assessment, Form
SS–1644 470–0659, or case plan, the
application shall be denied. The client consumer shall
have the right to appeal.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. A consumer must be given the choice between HCBS ill and
handicapped waiver services and institutional care. The income maintenance or
service worker shall have the consumer, parent, guardian, or attorney in fact
under a durable power of attorney for health care complete and sign Part A
of Form 470–0660 470–0659, Home–
and Community–Based Services Report Services
Assessment or Reassessment, indicating the consumer’s choice of
home– andcommunity–based services or institutional care.
Amend subrule 83.3(4), paragraph
“d,” as follows:
d. Eligibility continues until the recipient
consumer has been in a medical institution for 30 consecutive days for
other than respite care. Recipients Consumers who are
inpatients in a medical institution for 30 or more consecutive days for other
than respite care shall be terminated from ill and handicapped waiver services
and reviewed for eligibility for other Medicaid coverage groups. The
recipient consumer will be notified of that decision
through Form SS–1104–0 470–0602,
Notice of Decision. If the client consumer returns home
before the effective date of the notice of decision and the
person’s consumer’s condition has not
substantially changed, the denial may be rescinded and eligibility may
continue.
ITEM 13. Rescind and reserve rule
441—83.11(249A).
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 83.23(4),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. Eligibility continues until the recipient
consumer has been in a medical institution for 30 consecutive days for
other than respite care or fails to meet eligibility criteria listed in rule
441—83.22(249A). Recipients Consumers who are
inpatients in a medical institution for 30 or more consecutive days for other
than respite care shall be terminated from elderly waiver services and reviewed
for eligibility for other Medicaid coverage groups. The
recipient consumer will be notified of that decision
through Form SS–1104–0 470–0602,
Notice of Decision. If the client consumer returns home
before the effective date of the notice of decision and the
person’s consumer’s condition has not
substantially changed, the denial may be rescinded and eligibility may
continue.
ITEM 15. Rescind and reserve rule
441—83.31(249A).
ITEM 16. Amend rule 441—83.42(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.42(1), paragraph “c,”
as follows:
c. Be eligible for medical assistance under SSI,
SSI–related, ADC FMAP, or
ADC–related FMAP–related coverage groups;
medically needy at hospital level of care; eligible under
or a special income level (300 percent group); or become eligible through
application of the institutional deeming rules.
Amend subrule 83.42(2), paragraph
“a,” as follows:
a. The county social worker shall perform an assessment of the
person’s need for waiver services and determine the availability and
appropriateness of services. This assessment shall be based, in part, on
information in the completed Home– and Community–Based Services
Assessment or Reassessment, Form SS–1644
470–0659. Form SS–1644 470–
0659 shall be completed annually.
ITEM 17. Amend subrule 83.43(3) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraph
(2), as follows:
(2) The application is pending because a level of care
determination has not been made or pended although the completed assessment,
Form SS–1644 470–0659, has been submitted to
the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. A consumer must be given the choice between HCBS AIDS/HIV
waiver services and institutional care. The income maintenance or service
worker shall have the consumer, parent, guardian, or attorney in fact under
durable power of attorney for health care complete and sign Part A of
Form 470–0660 470–0659, Home– and
Community–Based Service Report Services Assessment or
Reassessment, indicating the consumer’s choice of home–
and community–based services or institutional care.
ITEM 18. Rescind and reserve rule
441—83.50(249A).
ITEM 19. Amend rule 441—83.61(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.61(2), paragraph
“g,” subparagraph (4), as follows:
(4) Service plans for consumers aged 20 or under which include
supported community living services beyond intermittent shall be approved
(signed and dated) by the division of medical services’
designee of the bureau of long–term care or the designee of
the county board of supervisors’ designee
supervisors. The service worker, department QMRP, or Medicaid case
manager shall attach a written request for a variance from the maximum for
intermittent supported community living with a summary of services and service
costs. The written request for the variance shall provide a rationale for
requesting supported community living beyond intermittent. The rationale shall
contain sufficient information for the division of medical
services’ designee or the county board of
supervisors’ designee to make a decision regarding the need for
supported community living beyond intermittent.
Amend subrule 83.61(4) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” introductory paragraph
and subparagraphs (1) and (2), as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care for state cases and children or the central point of
coordination administrator for the county of legal settlement for adults to
determine if a payment slot is available for all new applications for the HCBS
MR program.
(1) For persons applicants not
currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the
division of medical services bureau or the county by the
end of the second working day after receipt of a completed Form
470–0442 470–2927, Health Services
Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary
Assistance, or within two working days after receipt of disability
determination, whichever is later.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department
office shall contact the division of medical
servicesbureau or the county by the end of the second working
day after receipt of either Form 470–0660
470–0659, Home– and Community–Based Service
Report Services Assessment or Reassessment, signed and
dated by the recipient with the choice of HCBS waiver indicated by
signature of the consumer on Part A or a written request, signed and dated
by the recipient consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” subparagraphs
(1) and (4), as follows:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently
eligible for Medicaid shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the
date a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927,
Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State
Supplementary Assistance, is date–stamped in the county
department office or upon county department office receipt of disability
determination, whichever is later.
(4) Persons Applicants who do not fall
within the available slots shall have their application rejected, and their
names shall be maintained on the waiting list. As slots become available,
persons shall be selected from the waiting list to maintain the number of
approved persons on the program based on their order on the waiting list. The
county central point of coordination administrator (for adults)
and the division bureau of medical
services long–term care (for children and
for adults with state case status) shall contact the county
department office when a slot becomes available.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. The county department office shall notify the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care for state cases and children or the central point of
coordination administrator for the county of legal settlement for adults within
two working days of a denial or withdrawal of an application.
ITEM 20. Amend rule 441—83.62(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.62(3), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. An applicant shall be given the choice between HCBS waiver
services and ICF/MR care. The case manager or worker shall have the consumer or
legal representative complete and sign Part E A of Form
SS–1645 470–3073, Home– and
Community–Based Service Report Functional Assessment Tool,
indicating the consumer’s choice of care.
Amend subrule 83.62(4), paragraph
“d,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
d. Eligibility continues until the consumer fails to meet
eligibility criteria listed in rule 441—83.61(249A). Consumers who are
inpatients in a medical institution for 30 consecutive days shall receive a
review by the interdisciplinary team to determine additional inpatient needs for
possible termination from the HCBS program. Consumers shall be reviewed for
eligibility under other Medicaid coverage groups. The consumer or legal
representative shall participate in the review and receive formal notification
of that decision through Form SS–1104–0
470–0602, Notice of Decision.
ITEM 21. Amend rule 441—83.67(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.67(8) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.67(8) Documentation. The Medicaid case manager
shall ensure that the consumer’s case file contains the consumer’s
service plan, the county or department’s final approval of
services and service costs, documentation
supporting, and the diagnosis of mental
retardation, and the following completed
forms:.
Rescind paragraphs “a” through
“d.”
Amend subrule 83.67(9) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.67(9) Approval of plan. The
administrator designee of the chief of the
division bureau of medical
services’ designee long–term care for
children and for state cases, or of the county board of
supervisors’ designee supervisors for adults,
shall review the availability and appropriateness of services as specified in
the service plan and may, based on a written determination, request the service
plan be modified so that the services are cost–effective.
Amend paragraph “d” as follows:
d. If a notice of decision is not received from a county
within 30 days from the date of request for services, the request shall be sent
to the department of human services with documentation verifying the original
submission of the request to the county. A The department
shall send a letter from the department of human services shall be
sent to the county central point of coordination and county board of
supervisors requesting a response within 10 days. If no response is received
within 10 days, the division bureau of medical
services long–term care designee will make the
decision, as stated in paragraph “b.”
ITEM 22. Amend rule
441—83.70(249A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—83.70(249A) County reimbursement. The
county board of supervisors of the consumer’s county of legal settlement
shall reimburse the department for all the nonfederal share of the HCBS MR
waiver service expenses toadults. The county shall enter into a
Medicaid Home– andCommunity–Based Payment Agreement, Form
MA–2171, payment agreement with the department for
reimbursement of the nonfederal share of the cost of service provided to HCBS MR
waiver adults by input through the Individual Services Information System
(ISIS).
ITEM 23. Rescind and reserve rule
441—83.71(249A).
ITEM 24. Amend rule 441—83.82(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.82(2) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” subparagraph
(4), as follows:
(4) Service plans for consumers aged 20 or under which include
supported community living services beyond intermittent must be approved (signed
and dated) by the designee of the division bureau
of medical services’ long–term care
designee. The Medicaid case manager must request in writing
more than intermittent supported community living with a summary of services and
service costs, and submit a written justification with the service plan. The
rationale must contain sufficient information for the division of
medical services’ bureau’s designee, or for
an a consumer at the ICF/MR level of care
consumer, the designee of the county of legal
settlement’s board of supervisors, to make a decision regarding the need
for supported community living beyond intermittent.
Amend paragraph “d” as follows:
d. The total monthly cost of brain injury
waiver services shall not exceed $2,650 per month. If more than $500 is paid
for home and vehicle modification services, the service worker shall encumber up
to $500 per month within the monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until
the total amount of the modification is reached within a 12–month
period.
Amend subrule 83.82(4) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care to determine if a payment slot is available for all
new applications for the HCBS BI waiver program. For new applications for
people who require the ICF/MR level of care when the county of legal settlement
has payment responsibility pursuant to rule 441—83.90(249A), the county
department office shall inform the county of legal settlement of the
application.
(1) For persons applicants not
currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the
division of medical services bureau and notify the
county of those persons applicants for whom the county
has payment responsibility by the end of the second working day after receipt of
a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927,
Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State
Supplementary Assistance.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department
office shall contact the division of medical services
bureau and notify the county of those persons for whom the county has
payment responsibility by the end of the second working day after receipt of
either a signed and dated Form
470–0660 470–3349, Home– and
Community–Based Service Report Brain Injury Functional
Assessment, with the choice of the HCBS waiver indicated by the consumer’s
signature on Part A, or a written request signed and dated by the
consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph
and subparagraph (1), as follows:
b. On the third day after the receipt of the completed Form
470–0442 or 470–0660 470–2927, if no
payment slot is available, persons shall be entered the
bureau of long–term care shall enter the consumer on a waiting list
by the division of medical services according to the
following:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently
eligible for Medicaid shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the
date a completed Form 470–0442 470–2927,
Health Services Application for Medical Assistance or State
Supplementary Assistance, is date–stamped in the county
department office. Consumers currently eligible for Medicaid shall be added to
the waiting list on the basis of the date the consumer requests HCBS BI program
services as documented by the date of the consumer’s signature on Form
470–0660 470–2927. In the event that more
than one application is received at one time, persons
consumers shall be entered on the waiting list on the basis of the month
of birth, January being month one and the lowest number.
ITEM 25. Amend rule 441—83.83(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.83(2), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. A consumer shall be given the choice between waiver
services and institutional care. The consumer or legal representative shall
complete and sign Part A of Form 470–0660
470–3349, Home– and Community–Based Service
Report Brain Injury Functional Assessment, indicating the
consumer’s choice of caregiver. This shall be arranged by the medical
facility discharge planner or case manager.
Amend subrule 83.83(3), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. Eligibility for the waiver continues until the consumer
fails to meet eligibility criteria listed in rule 441— 83.82(249A).
Consumers who return to inpatient status in a medical institution for more than
30 consecutive days shall be reviewed by IFMC to determine additional inpatient
needs for possible termination from the brain injury waiver. The consumer shall
be reviewed for eligibility under other Medicaid coverage groups in accordance
with rule 441— 76.11(249A). The consumer shall be notified of that
decision through Form SS–1104–0
470–0602, Notice of Decision.
ITEM 26. Amend rule 441—83.87(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 83.87(2) as follows:
83.87(2) Use of nonwaiver services. Service plans
must be developed to reflect use of all appropriate nonwaiver Medicaid services
and so as not to replace or duplicate those services.
Case plans for consumers aged 20 or under which include
supported community living services beyond intermittent must be approved (signed
and dated) by the division designee of the bureau of
medical services’ long–term care
designee, or when a county voluntarily chooses to participate,
by the county board of supervisors’ designee or the division of
medical services’ bureau’s designee. The Medicaid
case manager shall attach a written request for a variance from the limitation
on supported community living to intermittent.
Amend subrule 83.87(4) as follows:
Amend the the introductory paragraph as follows:
83.87(4) Service file. The Medicaid case
manager must ensure that the consumer service file contains the consumer’s
service plan and, if the county is voluntarily participating, the
county’s final approval of service costs and the following completed
forms:.
Rescind paragraphs “a” through
“d.”
ITEM 27. Amend rule
441—83.90(249A), introductory paragraph, as follows:
441—83.90(249A) County reimbursement. The
county board of supervisors of the consumer’s county of legal settlement
shall reimburse the department for all the nonfederal share of the cost of brain
injury waiver services to persons consumers at the
ICF/MR level of care with legal settlement in the county who are coming onto the
waiver from an ICF/MR facility or who have been receiving other services for
which the county has been financially responsible or would become liable due to
the person’s reaching the age of majority. The county shall enter into a
Medicaid Home and Community Based Payment Agreement, Form
470–0379, payment agreement with the department for
reimbursement of the nonfederal share of the cost of services provided to
HCBS brain injury waiver adults at the ICF/MR level of
care who meet the criteria stated above by input through the
Individual Services Information System (ISIS). Waiver slots for these
persons shall be identified in the county management plan submitted to the
department pursuant to 441—Chapter 25.
ITEM 28. Rescind and reserve rule
441—83.91(249A).
ITEM 29. Amend rule
441—83.102(249A) as follows:
Amend subrule 83.102(1), paragraph “b,”
as follows:
b. Be blind or disabled as determined by the receipt of social
security disability benefits or by a disability determination made through the
division of medical services department. Disability
determinations are made according to supplemental security income guidelines
as per under Title XVI of the Social Security Act or
the disability guidelines for the Medicaid employed people with disabilities
coverage group.
Amend subrule 83.102(2), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. The total monthly cost of physical
disability waiver services shall not exceed $621 per month.
If more than $500 is paid for home and vehicle modification
services, the service worker shall encumber up to $500 per month within the
monthly dollar cap allowed for the consumer until the total amount of the
modification is reached within a 12–month period.
Amend subrule 83.102(5) as follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
a. The county department office shall contact the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care for all cases to determine if a slot is available
for all new applications for the HCBS physical disability waiver
program.
(1) For persons applicants not
currently receiving Medicaid, the county department office shall contact the
division of medical services bureau by the end of the
second working day after receipt of a completed Form
470–0442 470–2927, Health Services
Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary
Assistance, submitted on or after April 1, 1999.
(2) For current Medicaid recipients, the county department
office shall contact the division of medical services
bureau by the end of the second working day after receipt of
either a signed and dated Form
470–0660 470–3501, Home– and
Community–Based Service Report Physical Disability Waiver
Assessment Tool, submitted on or after April 1, 1999,
with the choice of HCBS waiver indicated by the signature of the consumer on
Part A or a written request signed and dated by the consumer.
Amend paragraph “b,” introductory paragraph
and subparagraph (1), as follows:
b. On the third day after the receipt of the completed Form
470–0442 or 470–0660 470–2927,
Health Services Application, if no slot is available, the
division bureau of medical services
long–term care shall enter persons
consumers on the HCBS physical disabilities waiver waiting list according
to the following:
(1) Persons Consumers not currently
eligible for Medi–caid shall be entered on the basis of the date a
completed Form 470–0442 470–2927, Health
Services Application for Medical Assistance or State Supplementary
Assistance, is submitted on or after April 1, 1999, and
date–stamped in the county department office. Consumers currently
eligible for Medicaid shall be added on the basis of the date the consumer
requests HCBS physical disability program services as documented by the date of
the consumer’s signature on Form 470–0660
470–2927 submitted on or after April 1, 1999. In
the event that more than one application is received on the same day,
persons consumers shall be entered on the waiting list
on the basis of the day of the month of their birthday, the lowest number being
first on the list. Any subsequent tie shall be decided by the month of birth,
January being month one and the lowest number.
ITEM 30. Amend subrule 83.103(2),
paragraph “d,” as follows:
d. An applicant shall be given the choice between waiver
services and institutional care. The applicant or the applicant’s parent,
legal guardian, or attorney in fact under a durable power of attorney for health
care shall complete andsign Part A of Form
470–0660 470–3502, Home–
andCommunity–Based Service Report Physical Disability Waiver
Assessment Tool, indicating the applicant’s choice of
caregiver.
ITEM 31. Rescind subrule
83.107(3).
ITEM 32. Rescind rule
441—83.111(249A).
ARC 1593B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 514G.7 and
507B.12, the Insurance Division gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
39, “Long–Term Care Insurance,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The proposed amendments contain numerous new definitions,
rules and appendixes and are designed to conform the chapter to the current
version of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (NAIC) Model
Long–Term Care Act and Regulation. The amendments will require insurers
to file additional reports and to perform additional analysis prior to imposing
exceptional rate increases. The amendments will require insurers and insurance
producers to provide additional disclosures to consumers at point of
sale.
The proposed amendments also conform the chapter to the
requirements of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
(HIPAA).
Any person may make written comments on the proposed
amendments on or before May 21, 2002. These comments should be directed to
Rosanne Mead, Assistant Commissioner, Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319. Comments may also be transmitted by fax to (515)
281–3059 or by E–mail to
rosanne.mead@iid.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held at 10:30 a.m. on May 21, 2002,
at the offices of the Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa
50319. Persons wishing to provide oral comments should contact Rosanne Mead no
later than May 20, 2002, to be placed on the agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
514G and 507B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
191—39.4(514G) as follows:
Amend the following definition:
“Long–term care insurance” means an
insurance policy, insurance contract, insurance certificate, or rider, which is
advertised, marketed, offered, or designed to provide coverage for not less than
12 consecutive months for each covered person on an expense–incurred,
indemnity, prepaid, or other basis; for one or more necessary or medically
necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, rehabilitative, maintenance, or
personal care service provided in a setting other than an acute care unit of a
hospital. This definition also encompasses group and individual annuities and
life insurance policies or riders that provide directly for or supplement
long–term care insurance as well as a policy or rider providing for
payment of benefits based upon cognitive impairment or the loss of functional
capacity.
Long–term care insurance may be issued by insurers,
fraternal benefit societies, nonprofit health, hospital, and medical service
corporations, prepaid health plans, health maintenance organizations or any
similar organizations to the extent they are otherwise authorized to issue life
or health insurance.
Long–term care insurance shall not include any insurance
policy which is offered primarily to provide basic Medicare Supplement coverage,
basic hospital expense coverage, basic medical–surgical expense coverage,
disability income or related asset–protection coverage, or
accident–only coverage, specific disease or specified accident coverage,
or limited benefit health coverage. The definition does not include life
insurance policies which accelerate the death benefit specifically for one or
more of the qualifying events of terminal illness, medical conditions requiring
extraordinary medical intervention, or permanent institutional confinement, and
which provide the option of a lump–sum payment for those benefits and in
which neither the benefits nor eligibility for those benefits is conditional
upon the receipt of long–term care. Notwithstanding any other provision
contained herein, any product advertised, marketed, or offered as
long–term care insurance shall be subject to the provisions of 191—
Chapter 39.
Adopt the following new definition in
alphabetical order:
“Qualified long–term care insurance
contract” or “federally tax–qualified long–term care
insurance contract” means an individual or group insurance contract that
meets the requirements of Section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as follows:
1. The only insurance protection provided under the contract
is coverage of qualified long–term care services. A contract shall not
fail to satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by reason of payments being
made on a per diem or other periodic basis without regard to the expenses
incurred during the period to which the payments relate;
2. The contract does not pay or reimburse expenses incurred
for services or items to the extent that the expenses are reimbursable under
Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, or would be so reimbursable but for the
application of a deductible or coinsurance amount. The requirements of this
paragraph do not apply to expenses that are reimbursable under Title XVIII of
the Social Security Act only as a secondary payor. A contract shall not fail to
satisfy the requirements of this paragraph by reason of payments being made on a
per diem or other periodic basis without regard to the expenses incurred during
the period to which the payments relate;
3. The contract is guaranteed renewable, within the meaning of
Section 7702B(b)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;
4. The contract does not provide for a cash surrender value or
other money that can be paid, assigned, pledged as collateral for a loan, or
borrowed;
5. All refunds of premiums, and all policyholder dividends or
similar amounts, under the contract are to be applied as a reduction in future
premiums or to increase future benefits, except that a refund on the event of
death of the insured or a complete surrender or cancellation of the contract
cannot exceed the aggregate premiums paid under the contract; and
6. The contract meets the consumer protection provisions set
forth in Section 7702B(g) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
“Qualified long–term care insurance
contract” or “federally tax–qualified long–term care
insurance contract” also means the portion of a life insurance contract
that provides long–term care insurance coverage by rider or as part of the
contract and that satisfies the requirements of Sections 7702B(b) and (e) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 191—39.5(514G)
by adopting the following new subrules:
39.5(7) “Activities of daily living” means
at least bathing, continence, dressing, eating, toileting and
transferring.
39.5(8) “Adult day care” means a program
for six or more individuals of social and health–related services provided
during the day in a community group setting for the purpose of supporting frail,
impaired elderly or other disabled adults who can benefit from care in a group
setting outside the home.
39.5(9) “Bathing” means washing oneself by
sponge bath or in either a tub or shower, including the task of getting into or
out of the tub or shower.
39.5(10) “Cognitive impairment” means a
deficiency in a person’s short– or long–term memory,
orientation as to person, place and time, deductive or abstract reasoning, or
judgment as it relates to safety awareness.
39.5(11) “Continence” means the ability to
maintain control of bowel and bladder function or, when unable to maintain
control of bowel or bladder function, the ability to perform associated personal
hygiene (including caring for catheter or colostomy bag).
39.5(12) “Dressing” means putting on and
taking off all items of clothing and any necessary braces, fasteners or
artificial limbs.
39.5(13) “Eating” means feeding oneself by
getting food into the body from a receptacle (such as a plate, cup or table) or
by a feeding tube or intravenously.
39.5(14) “Exceptional increase” means only
those increases filed by an insurer as exceptional for which the commissioner
determines that the need for the premium rate increase is justified due to
changes in laws or regulations applicable to long–term care coverage in
this state or due to increased and unexpected utilization that affects the
majority of insurers of similar products. Except as provided in rule 191—
39.28(514G), exceptional increases are subject to the same requirements as other
premium rate schedule increases.
The commissioner may request a review by an independent
actuary or a professional actuarial body of the basis for a request that an
increase be considered an exceptional increase. The commissioner, in
determining that the necessary basis for an exceptional increase exists, shall
also determine any potential offsets to higher claims costs.
39.5(15) “Hands–on assistance” means
physical assistance (minimal, moderate or maximal) without which the individual
would not be able to perform the activities of daily living.
39.5(16) “Incidental,” as used in subrule
39.28(10), means that the value of the long–term care benefits provided is
less than 10 percent of the total value of the benefits provided over the life
of the policy. These values shall be measured as of the date of
issue.
39.5(17) “Personal care” means the
provision of hands–on services to assist an individual with activities of
daily living.
39.5(18) “Qualified actuary” means a
member in good standing of the American Academy of Actuaries.
39.5(19) “Similar policy forms” means all
of the long–term care insurance policies and certificates issued by an
insurer in the same long–term care benefit classification as the policy
form being considered. Certificates of groups that meet the definition in Iowa
Code section 514G.4(4) are not considered similar to certificates or policies
otherwise issued as long–term care insurance, but are similar to other
comparable certificates with the same long–term care benefit
classifications. For purposes of determining similar policy forms,
long–term care benefit classifications are defined as follows:
institutional long–term care benefits only, noninstitutional
long–term care benefits only, or comprehensive long–term care
benefits.
39.5(20) “Toileting” means getting to and
from the toilet, getting on and off the toilet, and performing associated
personal hygiene.
39.5(21) “Transferring” means moving into
or out of a bed, chair or wheelchair.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 39.6(1) by
adopting the following new paragraphs:
d. The term “level premium” may only be used when
the insurer does not have the right to change the premium.
e. In addition to the other requirements of this subrule,a
qualified long–term care insurance contract shall beguaranteed renewable,
within the meaning of Section 7702B(b)(1)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 39.6(2) as
follows:
39.6(2) Limitations and exclusions.
a. No policy may be delivered or issued for delivery in
this state as long–term care insurance if such policy limits or excludes
coverage by type of illness, treatment, medical condition or accident, except as
follows:
a. (1) Preexisting conditions or
disease;
b. (2) Mental or nervous
disorders; (however, this shall not permit exclusion or
limitation of benefits on the basis of Alzheimer’s disease or similar
forms of irreversible dementia, nor limit coverage for
Alzheimer’s disease to the skilled or intermediate level of
care);
c. (3) Alcoholism and drug
addiction;
d. (4) Illness, treatment or medical
condition arising out of:
(1) 1. War or act of war (whether
declared or undeclared);
(2) 2. Participation in a felony, riot
or insurrection;
(3) 3. Service in the armed forces or
units auxiliary thereto;
(4) 4. Attempted suicide (sane or
insane), or intentional self–inflicted injury;
(5) Payment of benefits for services provided outside
the United States.
5. Aviation (this exclusion applies only to
non–fare–paying passengers).
e. (5) Treatment provided in a
government facility (unless otherwise required by law), services for which
benefits are available under Medicare or other governmental program (except
Medicaid), any state or federal workers’ compensation, employer’s
liability or occupational disease law, or any motor vehicle no–fault law,
services provided by a member of the covered person’s immediate family and
services for which no charge is normally made in the absence of
insurance.;
(6) Expenses for services or items available or paid under
another long–term care insurance or health insurance policy;
(7) In the case of a qualified long–term care
insurance contract, expenses for services or items to the extent that the
expenses are reimbursable under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act or would
be so reimbursable but for the application of a deductible or coinsurance
amount.
Paragraph “a” is not intended to prohibit
exclusions and limitations by type of provider or territorial
limitations.
b. Unless otherwise provided in the policy or certificate,
a preexisting condition, regardless of whether it is disclosed on the
application, need not be covered until the waiting period described in Iowa Code
section 514G.7(3)“b” expires. No long–term care insurance
policy or certificate may exclude or use waivers or riders of any kind to
exclude, limit or reduce coverage or benefits for specifically named or
described preexisting diseases or physical conditions beyond the waiting period
described in Iowa Code section 514G.7(3)“b.”
c. No long–term care insurance policy may be
delivered or issued for delivery in this state if the policy conditions
eligibility for any benefits other than waiver of premium, postconfinement,
postacute care or recuperative benefits on a prior institutionalization
requirement.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 39.6(6) as
follows:
39.6(6) Premiums.
a. The premiums charged to an insured for
long–term care insurance shall not increase due to either:
a. (1) The increasing age of the
insured at ages beyond 65; or
b. (2) The duration the insured has
been covered under the policy.
b. The purchase of additional coverage shall not be
considered a premium rate increase, but for purposes of the calculation required
under subrule 39.29(6), the portion of the premium attributable to the
additional coverage shall be added to and considered part of the initial annual
premium.
c. A reduction in benefits shall not be considered a
premium change, but for purpose of the calculation required under subrule
39.29(6), the initial annual premium shall be based on the reduced
benefits.
ITEM 6. Adopt the following
new subrule:
39.6(7) Electronic enrollment for group policies. In
the case of a group defined in Iowa Code section 514G.4(4), any requirement that
a signature of an insured be obtained by an agent or insurer shall be deemed
satisfied if:
a. The consent is obtained by telephonic or electronic
enrollment by the group policyholder or insurer. A verification of enrollment
information shall be provided to the enrollee;
b. The telephonic or electronic enrollment provides necessary
and reasonable safeguards to ensure the accuracy, retention and prompt retrieval
of records; and
c. The telephonic or electronic enrollment provides necessary
and reasonable safeguards to ensure that the confidentiality of individually
identifiable information and privileged information is maintained.
The insurer shall make available, upon request of the
commissioner, records that will demonstrate the insurer’s ability to
confirm enrollment and coverage amounts.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 191—39.7(514G)
as follows:
191—39.7(514G) Required disclosure
provisions.
39.7(1) Renewability.
a. Individual long–term care insurance policies
shall contain a renewability provision. Such provision shall be appropriately
captioned, shall appear on the first page of the policy, and shall clearly state
the duration of the term of coverage for which the policy is issued and for
which it may be renewed. This provision shall not apply to policies which do
not contain a renewability provision, and under which the right to nonrenew is
reserved solely to the policyholder.
b. A long–term care insurance policy or certificate,
other than one in which the insurer does not have the right to change the
premium, shall include a statement that premium rates may change.
39.7(2) to 39.7(4) No change.
39.7(5) Other limitations or conditions on
eligibility for benefits. A long–term care insurance policy or
certificate containing any limitations or conditions for eligibility, other than
those prohibited in Iowa Code section 514G.7(4)“b,” shall set forth
a description of the limitations or conditions, including any required number of
days of confinement, in a separate paragraph of the policy or certificate and
shall label such paragraph “Limitations or Conditions on Eligibility for
Benefits.”
39.7(5 6) Disclosure of tax
consequences. With regard to life insurance policies which provide an
accelerated benefit for long–term care, a disclosure statement is required
at the time of application for the policy or rider and at the time the
accelerated benefit payment request is submitted that receipt of these
accelerated benefits may be taxable, and that assistance should be sought from a
personal tax advisor. The disclosure statement shall be prominently displayed
on the first page of the policy or rider and any other related documents.
This subrule shall not apply to qualified long–term care insurance
contracts.
39.7(7) Benefit triggers. Activities of
daily living and cognitive impairment shall be used to measure an
insured’s need for long–term care and shall be described in the
policy or certificate in a separate paragraph and shall be labeled
“Eligibility for the Payment of Benefits.” Any additional benefit
triggers shall also be explained in this paragraph. If these triggers differ
for different benefits, explanation of the trigger shall accompany each benefit
description. If an attending physician or other specified person must certify a
certain level of the insured’s functional dependency in order for the
insured to be eligible for benefits, this too shall be specified.
39.7(8) Qualified long–term care
contracts. A qualified long–term care insurance contract shall include a
disclosure statement in the policy and in the outline of coverage that the
policy is intended to be a qualified long–term care insurance contract
under Section 7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
39.7(9) Nonqualified long–term care
contracts. A non–qualified long–term care insurance contract shall
include a disclosure statement in the policy and in the outline of coverage that
the policy is not intended to be a qualified long–term care insurance
contract.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 39.9(1) by
adopting the following new paragraphs:
g. By excluding coverage for personal care services provided
by a home health aide;
h. By requiring that the provision of home health care
services be at a level of certification or licensure greater than that required
by the eligible service;
i. By excluding coverage for adult day care services
ITEM 9. Amend rule
191—39.10(514D,514G) by adopting the following new
subrules:
39.10(5) Inflation protection benefit increases under
a policy which contains these benefits shall continue without regard to an
insured’s age, claim status or claim history, or the length of time the
person has been insured under the policy.
39.10(6) An offer of inflation protection that
provides for automatic benefit increases shall include an offer of a premium
which the insurer expects to remain constant. The offer shall disclose in a
conspicuous manner that the premium may change in the future unless the premium
is guaranteed to remain constant.
39.10(7) Inflation protection as provided in this
subrule shall be included in a long–term care insurance policy unless an
insurer obtains a rejection of inflation protection signed by the policyholder
as required in this subrule. The rejection may be either in the application or
on a separate form. The rejection shall be considered a part of the application
and shall state:
I have reviewed the outline of coverage and the graphs that
compare the benefits and premiums of this policy with and without inflation
protection. Specifically, I have reviewed Plans ______, and I reject inflation
protection.
ITEM 10. Amend rule
191—39.11(514D,514G) by adopting the following new
subrule:
39.11(6) Life insurance policies that accelerate
benefits for long–term care shall comply with this subrule if the policy
being replaced is a long–term care insurance policy. If the policy being
replaced is a life insurance policy, the insurer shall comply with the
replacement requirements of 191— Chapter 16. If a life insurance policy
that accelerates benefits for long–term care is replaced by another such
policy, the replacing insurer shall comply with both the long–term care
and the life insurance replacement requirements.
ITEM 11. Amend rule 191—39.13(514D)
as follows:
191—39.13(514D) Loss ratio.
39.13(1) Applicability. This rule shall
apply to all long–term care insurance policies or certificates except
those covered under rules 191—39.26(514G) and
191—39.28(514G).
39.13(2) Minimum loss ratio. Benefits
under individual long–term care insurance policies shall
be deemed reasonable in relation to premiums provided the expected loss ratio is
at least 60 percent, calculated in a manner which provides for adequate
reserving of the long–term care insurance risk. In evaluating the
expected loss ratio, due consideration shall be given to all relevant factors,
including:
1 a. Statistical credibility of
incurred claims experience and earned premiums.
2 b. The period for which rates are
computed to provide coverage.
3 c. Experienced and projected
trends.
4 d. Concentration of experience
within early policy duration.
5 e. Expected claim
fluctuation.
6 f. Experience refunds, adjustments
or dividends.
7 g. Renewability features.
8 h. All appropriate expense
factors.
9 i. Interest.
10 j. Experimental nature of the
coverage.
11 k. Policy reserves.
12 l. Mix of business by risk
classification.
13 m. Product features such as long
elimination periods, high deductibles and high maximum limits.
39.13(3) Accelerated benefits. Subrule
39.13(2) shall not apply to life insurance policies that accelerate benefits for
long–term care. A life insurance policy that funds long–term care
benefits entirely by accelerating the death benefit is considered to provide
reasonable benefits in relation to premiums paid, if the policy complies with
all of the following provisions:
a. The interest credited internally to determine cash value
accumulations, including long–term care, if any, is guaranteed not to be
less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate for cash value accumulations
without long–term care set forth in the policy;
b. The portion of the policy that provides life insurance
benefits meets the nonforfeiture requirements of Iowa Code section
508.37;
c. The policy meets the disclosure requirements of rules
191—39.20(514G) and 191—39.21(514G);
d. The policy illustration meets the applicable
requirements of 191—Chapter 14 regarding illustrations; and
e. An actuarial memorandum is filed with the insurance
division that includes:
(1) A description of the basis on which the long–term
care rates were determined;
(2) A description of the basis for the
reserves;
(3) A summary of the type of policy, benefits,
renewability, general marketing method, and limits on ages of
issuance;
(4) A description and a table of each actuarial assumption
used. For expenses, an insurer must include percent of premium dollars per
policy and dollars per unit of benefits, if any;
(5) A description and a table of the anticipated policy
reserves and additional reserves to be held in each future year for active
lives;
(6) The estimated average annual premium per policy and the
average issue age;
(7) A statement as to whether underwriting is performed at
the time of application. The statement shall indicate whether underwriting is
used and, if used, the statement shall include a description of the type or
types of underwriting used, such as medical underwriting or functional
assessment underwriting. Concerning a group policy, the statement shall
indicate whether the enrollee or any dependent will be underwritten and when
underwriting occurs; and
(8) A description of the effect of the long–term care
policy provision on the required premiums, nonforfeiture values and reserves on
the underlying life insurance policy, both for active lives and those in
long–term care claim status.
ITEM 12. Amend subrule 39.15(1) by
adopting the following new paragraph:
h. Provide an explanation of contingent benefit upon lapse
provided for in 39.29(6)“c.”
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 39.15(2) by
adopting the following new paragraph:
d. Misrepresentation. Misrepresenting a material fact in
selling or offering to sell a long–term care insurance policy.
ITEM 14. Amend rule
191—39.15(514D,514G) by adopting the following new
subrule:
39.15(3) Association marketing.
a. When a group long–term care insurance policy is
issued to an association or a trust or the trustees of a fund established,
created or maintained for the benefit of members of one or more associations,
the association or associations or the insurer of the association or
associations shall, prior to advertising, marketing or offering the policy
within this state, file evidence with the commissioner that the association or
associations have at the outset a minimum of 100 persons and have been organized
and maintained in good faith for purposes other than that of obtaining
insurance; have been in active existence for at least one year; and have a
constitution and bylaws that provide that:
(1) The association or associations hold regular meetings not
less than annually to further purposes of the members;
(2) Except for credit unions, the association or associations
collect dues or solicit contributions from members; and
(3) The members have voting privileges and representation on
the governing board and committees.
Thirty days after the filing, the association or associations
will be deemed to satisfy the organizational requirements, unless the
commissioner makes a finding that the association or associations do not satisfy
those organizational requirements.
b. When a professional, trade, or occupational association is
issued a group long–term care policy for its members or retired members or
combination thereof, the association shall have as its primary responsibility,
when endorsing or selling long–term care insurance, to educate its members
concerning long–term care issues in general so that its members can make
informed decisions. Associations shall provide objective information regarding
long–term care insurance policies or certificates endorsed or sold by such
associations to ensure that members of such associations receive a balanced and
complete explanation of the features in the policies or certificates that are
being endorsed or sold.
(1) The insurer shall file with the insurance division the
following material:
1. The policy and certificate;
2. A corresponding outline of coverage; and
3. All advertisements requested by the insurance
division.
(2) The association shall disclose in any long–term care
insurance solicitation the specific nature and amount of the compensation
arrangements (including all fees, commissions, administrative fees and other
forms of financial support) that the association receives from endorsement or
sale of the policy or certificate to its members; and a brief description of the
process under which the policies and the insurer issuing the policies were
selected.
(3) If the association and the insurer have interlocking
directorates or trustee arrangements, the association shall disclose that fact
to its members.
(4) The board of directors of associations selling or
endorsing long–term care insurance policies or certificates shall review
and approve the insurance policies as well as the compensation arrangements made
with the insurer.
(5) The association shall also:
1. At the time of the association’s decision to endorse,
engage the services of a person with expertise in long–term care insurance
who is not affiliated with the insurer to conduct an examination of the
policies, including its benefits, features, and rates and update the examination
thereafter in the event of material change;
2. Actively monitor the marketing efforts of the insurer and
its agents; and
3. Review and approve all marketing materials or other
insurance communications used to promote sales or sent to members regarding the
policies or certificates.
Numbered paragraphs “1” through “3”
shall not apply to qualified long–term care insurance contracts.
(6) No group long–term care insurance policy or
certificate may be issued to an association unless the insurer files with the
insurance division the information required in this subrule.
(7) The insurer shall not issue a long–term care policy
or certificate to an association or continue to market such a policy or
certificate unless the insurer certifies annually that the association has
complied with the requirements set forth in this subrule.
(8) Failure to comply with the filing and certification
requirements of this subrule constitutes an unfair trade practice in violation
of Iowa Code chapter 507B.
ITEM 15. Rescind rule
191—39.16(514D,514G) and adopt the following new rule in
lieu thereof:
191—39.16(514D,514G)
Suitability.
39.16(1) This rule shall not apply to life insurance
policies that accelerate benefits for long–term care.
39.16(2) Every insurer, health care service plan or
other entity marketing long–term care insurance (the “issuer”)
shall:
a. Develop and use suitability standards to determine whether
the purchase or replacement of long–term care insurance is appropriate for
the needs of the applicant;
b. Train its agents in the use of its suitability standards;
and
c. Maintain a copy of its suitability standards and make it
available for inspection upon request by the commissioner.
39.16(3) To determine whether the applicant meets the
standards developed by the issuer, the agent and issuer shall develop procedures
that take into consideration the following:
a. The ability to pay for the proposed coverage and other
pertinent financial information related to the purchase of the
coverage;
b. The applicant’s goals or needs with respect to
long–term care and the advantages and disadvantages of insurance to meet
these goals or needs; and
c. The values, benefits and costs of the applicant’s
existing insurance, if any, when compared to the values, benefits and costs of
the recommended purchase or replacement.
39.16(4) The issuer, and, when an agent is involved,
the agent, shall make reasonable efforts to obtain the information set out in
subrule 39.16(3). The efforts shall include presentation of the
“Long–Term Care Insurance Personal Worksheet” to the
applicant, at the time of or prior to application. The personal worksheet used
by the issuer shall contain, at a minimum, the information in the format
contained in Appendix B, in not less than 12–point type. The issuer may
request the applicant to provide additional information to comply with its
suitability standards. A copy of the issuer’s personal worksheet shall be
filed with the commissioner.
A completed personal worksheet shall be returned to the issuer
prior to the issuer’s consideration of the applicant for coverage, except
the personal worksheet need not be returned for sales of employer group
long–term care insurance to employees and their spouses.
The sale or dissemination outside the company or agency by the
issuer or agent of information obtained through the personal worksheet in
Appendix B is prohibited.
39.16(5) The issuer shall use the suitability
standards it has developed pursuant to this rule in determining whether issuing
long–term care insurance coverage to an applicant is
appropriate.
39.16(6) Agents shall use the suitability standards
developed by the issuer in marketing long–term care insurance.
39.16(7) At the same time as the personal worksheet is
provided to the applicant, the disclosure form entitled “Things You Should
Know Before You Buy Long–Term Care Insurance” shall be provided.
The form shall be in the format contained in Appendix C, in not less than
12–point type.
39.16(8) If the issuer determines that the applicant
does not meet its financial suitability standards, or if the applicant has
declined to provide the information, the issuer may reject the application. In
the alternative, the issuer shall send the applicant a letter similar to
Appendix D. However, if the applicant has declined to provide financial
information, the issuer may use some other method to verify the
applicant’s intent. Either the applicant’s returned letter or a
record of the alternative method of verification shall be made part of the
applicant’s file.
39.16(9) The issuer shall report annually to the
commissioner the total number of applications received from residents of this
state, the number of applicants who declined to provide information on the
personal worksheet, the number of applicants who did not meet the suitability
standards, and the number of applicants who chose to confirm after receiving a
suitability letter.
ITEM 16. Rescind subrule 39.18(9) and
adopt the following new subrule in lieu thereof:
39.18(9) Format for outline of coverage:
[COMPANY NAME]
[ADDRESS — CITY & STATE]
[TELEPHONE NUMBER]
LONG–TERM CARE INSURANCE
OUTLINE OF COVERAGE
[Policy Number or Group Master Policy
and Certificate
Number]
[Except for policies or certificates which are guaranteed
issue, the following caution statement, or substantially similar language, must
appear as follows in the outline of coverage.]
Caution: The issuance of this long–term care insurance
[policy] [certificate] is based upon your responses to the questions on your
application. A copy of your [application] [enrollment form] [is enclosed] [was
retained by you when you applied]. If your answers are incorrect or untrue, the
company has the right to deny benefits or rescind your policy. The best time to
clear up any questions is now, before a claim arises! If, for any reason, any of
your answers are incorrect, contact the company at this address: [insert
address]
1. This policy is [an individual policy of insurance] [[a
group policy] which was issued in the [indicate jurisdiction in which group
policy was issued]].
2. PURPOSE OF OUTLINE OF COVERAGE. This outline of coverage
provides a very brief description of the important features of the policy. You
should compare this outline of coverage to outlines of coverage for other
policies available to you. This is not an insurance contract, but only a
summary of coverage. Only the individual or group policy contains governing
contractual provisions. This means that the policy or group policy sets forth
in detail the rights and obligations of both you and the insurance company.
Therefore, if you purchase this coverage, or any other coverage, it is important
that you READ YOUR POLICY (OR CERTIFICATE) CAREFULLY!
3. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES.
This [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] is intended to be a federally
tax–qualified long–term care insurance contract under Section
7702B(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
OR
Federal Tax Implications of this [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE]. This
[POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] is not intended to be a federally tax–qualified
long–term care insurance contract under Section 7702B(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986. Benefits received under the [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] may be
taxable as income.
4. TERMS UNDER WHICH THE POLICY OR CERTIFICATE MAY BE
CONTINUED IN FORCE OR DISCONTINUED.
(a) [For long–term care health insurance policies or
certificates describe one of the following permissible policy renewability
provisions:
(1) Policies and certificates that are guaranteed renewable
shall contain the following statement:] RENEWABILITY: THIS [POLICY]
[CERTIFICATE] IS GUARANTEED RENEWABLE. This means you have the right, subject
to the terms of your [policy] [certificate], to continue this policy as long as
you pay your premiums on time. [Company Name] cannot change any of the terms of
your policy on its own, except that, in the future, IT MAY INCREASE THE PREMIUM
YOU PAY.
(2) [Policies and certificates that are noncancellable shall
contain the following statement:] RENEWABILITY: THIS [POLICY] [CERTIFICATE] IS
NONCANCELLABLE. This means that you have the right, subject to the terms of
your policy, to continue this policy as long as you pay your premiums on time.
[Company Name] cannot change any of the terms of your policy on its own and
cannot change the premium you currently pay. However, if your policy contains
an inflation protection feature where you choose to increase your benefits,
[Company Name] may increase your premium at that time for those additional
benefits.
(b) [For group coverage, specifically describe
continuation/conversion provisions applicable to the certificate and group
policy;]
(c) [Describe waiver of premium provisions or state that there
are not such provisions.]
5. TERMS UNDER WHICH THE COMPANY MAY CHANGE
PREMIUMS.
[In bold type larger than the maximum type required to be used
for the other provisions of the outline of coverage, state whether or not the
company has a right to change the premium and, if a right exists, describe
clearly and concisely each circumstance under which the premium may
change.]
6. TERMS UNDER WHICH THE POLICY OR CERTIFICATE MAY BE RETURNED
AND PREMIUM REFUNDED.
(a) [Provide a brief description of the right to return—
“free look” provision of the policy.]
(b) [Include a statement that the policy either does or does
not contain provisions providing for a refund or partial refund of premium upon
the death of an insured or surrender of the policy or certificate. If the
policy contains such provisions, include a description of them.]
7. THIS IS NOT MEDICARE SUPPLEMENT COVERAGE. If you are
eligible for Medicare, review the Medicare Supplement Buyer’s Guide
available from the insurance company.
(a) [For agents] Neither [insert company name] nor its agents
represent Medicare, the federal government or any state government.
(b) [For direct response] [insert company name] is not
representing Medicare, the federal government or any state government.
8. LONG–TERM CARE COVERAGE. Policies of this category
are designed to provide coverage for one or more necessary or medically
necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic, rehabilitative, maintenance, or
personal care services, provided in a setting other than an acute care unit of a
hospital, such as in a nursing home, in the community or in the home.
This policy provides coverage in the form of a fixed dollar
indemnity benefit for covered long–term care expenses, subject to policy
[limitations] [waiting periods] and [coinsurance] requirements. [Modify this
paragraph if the policy is not an indemnity policy.]
9. BENEFITS PROVIDED BY THIS POLICY.
(a) [Covered services, related deductibles, waiting periods,
elimination periods and benefit maximums.]
(b) [Institutional benefits, by skill level.]
(c) [Noninstitutional benefits, by skill level.]
(d) Eligibility for Payment of Benefits
[Activities of daily living and cognitive impairment shall be
used to measure an insured’s need for long–term care and must be
defined and described as part of the outline of coverage.]
[Any additional benefit triggers must also be explained. If
these triggers differ for different benefits, explanation of the triggers should
accompany each benefit description. If an attending physician or other
specified person must certify a certain level of the insured’s functional
dependency in order for the insured to be eligible for benefits, this too must
be specified.]
10. LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS.
[Describe:
(a) Preexisting conditions;
(b) Noneligible facilities and provider;
(c) Noneligible levels of care (e.g., unlicensed providers,
care or treatment provided by a family member, etc.);
(d) Exclusions and exceptions;
(e) Limitations.]
[This section should provide a brief, specific description of
any policy provisions which limit, exclude, restrict, reduce, delay, or in any
other manner operate to qualify payment of the benefits described in
“6” above.]
THIS POLICY MAY NOT COVER ALL THE EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH
YOUR LONG–TERM CARE NEEDS.
11. RELATIONSHIP OF COST OF CARE AND BENEFITS. Because the
costs of long–term care services will likely increase over time, you
should consider whether and how the benefits of this plan may be adjusted. [As
applicable, indicate the following:
(a) That the benefit level will not increase over
time;
(b) Any automatic benefit adjustment provisions;
(c) Whether the insured will be guaranteed the option to buy
additional benefits and the basis upon which benefits will be increased over
time if not by a specified amount or percentage;
(d) If there is such a guarantee, include whether additional
underwriting or health screening will be required, the frequency and amounts of
the upgrade options, and any significant restrictions or limitations;
(e) And finally, describe whether there will be any additional
premium charge imposed, and how that is to be calculated.]
12. ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE AND OTHER ORGANIC BRAIN
DISORDERS.
[State that the policy provides coverage for insureds
clinically diagnosed as having Alzheimer’s disease or related degenerative
and dementing illnesses. Specifically describe each benefit screen or other
policy provision which provides preconditions to the availability of policy
benefits for such an insured.]
13. PREMIUM.
[(a) State the total annual premium for the policy;
(b) If the premium varies with an applicant’s choice
among benefit options, indicate the portion of annual premium which corresponds
to each benefit option.]
14. ADDITIONAL FEATURES.
[(a) Indicate if medical underwriting is used;
(b) Describe other important features.]
15. CONTACT THE STATE SENIOR HEALTH INSURANCE ASSISTANCE
PROGRAM (800–351–4664) IF YOU HAVE GENERAL QUESTIONS REGARDING
LONG–TERM CARE INSURANCE. CONTACT THE INSURANCE COMPANY IF YOU HAVE
SPECIFIC QUESTIONS REGARDING YOUR LONG–TERM CARE INSURANCE POLICY OR
CERTIFICATE.
ITEM 17. Amend rule 191—39.19(514G)
as follows:
191—39.19(514G) Requirement to deliver
shopper’s guide.
39.19(1) A long–term care insurance
shopper’s guide in the format developed by the National Association of
Insurance Commissioners, the Blue Cross and Blue Shield Association
or, the Health Insurance Association of America or the
senior health insurance information program of the insurance division shall
be provided to all prospective applicants of a long–term care insurance
policy or certificate or life insurance policy or certificate that includes a
long–term care rider.
1 a. In the case of agent
solicitations, an agent must deliver the shopper’s guide to the applicant
at the time of application.
2 b. In the case of direct response
solicitations, the shopper’s guide must be presented to the applicant at
the time the policy is delivered.
39.19(2) Insurers offering life insurance
policies or riders containing accelerated long–term care benefits are not
required to comply with 39.19(1), but shall furnish the policy summary required
under rule 191—39.20(514G).
ITEM 18. Amend rule 191—39.20(514G)
as follows:
191—39.20(514G) Policy summary and delivery of life
insurance policies with long–term care riders.
39.20(1) If an application for a
long–term care insurance contract or certificate is approved, the issuer
shall deliver the contract or certificate of insurance to the applicant no later
than 30 days after the date of approval.
39.20(2) At the time of policy delivery, a
policy summary shall be delivered for an individual life insurance policy which
provides long–term care benefits within the policy or by rider. In the
case of direct response solicitations, the insurer shall deliver the policy
summary upon the applicant’s request, but regardless of request shall make
such delivery no later than at the time of policy delivery. In addition to
complying with all applicable requirements, the summary shall also
include:
1 a. An explanation of how the
long–term care benefit interacts with other components of the policy,
including deductions from death benefits;
2 b. An illustration of the amount of
benefits, the length of benefit, and the guaranteed lifetime benefits, if any,
for each covered person;
3 c. Any exclusions, reductions, and
limitations on benefits of long–term care; and
4 d. If applicable to the policy
type, the summary shall also include a disclosure of the effects of exercising
other rights under the policy, a disclosure of guarantees related to
long–term care costs of insurance charges, and current and projected
maximum lifetime benefits. ;
e. A statement that any long–term care inflation
protection option required by rule 191—39.10(514D,514G) is not available
under this policy.
The provisions of the policy summary listed above may be
incorporated into a basic illustration required to be delivered in accordance
with 191—Chapter 14 or into the life insurance policy summary which is
required to be delivered in accordance with rule
191—15.4(507B).
ITEM 19. Amend 191—Chapter 39 by
adopting the following new rules:
191—39.23(514G) Denial of claims. If a claim
under a long–term care insurance contract is denied, the issuer shall,
within 60 days of the date of a written request by the policyholder or
certificate holder, or a representative thereof, provide a written explanation
of the reasons for the denial; and make available all information directly
related to the denial.
191—39.24(514G) Incontestability
period.
39.24(1) For a policy or certificate that has been in
force for less than six months, an insurer may rescind a long–term care
insurance policy or certificate or deny an otherwise valid long–term care
insurance claim upon a showing of misrepresentation that is material to the
acceptance for coverage.
39.24(2) For a policy or certificate that has been in
force for at least six months but less than two years, an insurer may rescind a
long–term care insurance policy or certificate or deny an otherwise valid
long–term care insurance claim upon a showing of misrepresentation that is
both material to the acceptance for coverage and which pertains to the condition
for which benefits are sought.
39.24(3) After a policy or certificate has been in
force for two years, it is not contestable upon the grounds of misrepresentation
alone; such policy or certificate may be contested only upon a showing that the
insured knowingly and intentionally misrepresented relevant facts relating to
the insured’s health.
39.24(4) No long–term care insurance policy or
certificate may be field–issued based on medical or health status. For
purposes of this subrule, “field–issued” means a policy or
certificate issued by an agent or a third–party administrator pursuant to
the underwriting authority granted to the agent or third–party
administrator by an insurer.
39.24(5) If an insurer has paid benefits under the
long–term care insurance policy or certificate, the benefit payments may
not be recovered by the insurer in the event that the policy or certificate is
rescinded.
39.24(6) In the event of the death of the insured,
this rule shall not apply to the remaining death benefit of a life insurance
policy that accelerates benefits for long–term care. In this situation,
the remaining death benefits under these policies shall be governed by Iowa Code
section 508.28. In all other situations, this rule shall apply to life
insurance policies that accelerate benefits for long–term care.
191—39.25(514G) Required disclosure of rating
practices to consumers.
39.25(1) Applicability. This rule applies to any new
long–term care policy or certificate issued in this state on or after
January 1, 2003. For certificates issued under a group long–term care
insurance policy which policy was in force prior to January 1, 2003, the
provisions of this rule shall apply on the policy anniversary following January
1, 2003.
39.25(2) Contents of disclosure. Other than policies
for which no applicable premium rate or rate schedule increases can be made,
insurers shall provide all of the information listed in this subrule to the
applicant at the time of application or enrollment, unless the method of
application does not allow for delivery at that time. In such a case, an
insurer shall provide all of the information listed in this subrule to the
applicant no later than at the time of delivery of the policy or
certificate.
a. A statement that the policy may be subject to rate
increases in the future;
b. An explanation of potential future premium rate revisions,
and the policyholder’s or certificate holder’s option in the event
of a premium rate revision;
c. The premium rate or rate schedules applicable to the
applicant that will be in effect until a request is made for an
increase;
d. A general explanation for applying premium rate or rate
schedule adjustments that shall include:
(1) A description of when premium rate or rate schedule
adjustments will be effective (e.g., next anniversary date, next billing date,
etc.); and
(2) The right to a revised premium rate or rate schedule as
provided in paragraph 39.25(2)“c” if the premium rate or rate
schedule is changed;
e. Information regarding each premium rate increase on this
policy form or similar policy forms over the past ten years for this state or
any other state.
(1) The following, at a minimum, shall be included:
1. The policy forms for which premium rates have been
increased;
2. The calendar years when the form was available for
purchase; and
3. The amount or percent of each increase. The percentage may
be expressed as a percentage of the premium rate prior to the increase, and may
also be expressed as minimum and maximum percentages if the rate increase is
variable by rating characteristics.
(2) The insurer may, in a fair manner, provide additional
explanatory information related to the rate increases.
(3) An insurer shall have the right to exclude from the
disclosure premium rate increases that only apply to blocks of business acquired
from other nonaffiliated insurers or the long–term care policies acquired
from other nonaffiliated insurers when those increases occurred prior to the
acquisition.
(4) If an acquiring insurer files for a rate increase on a
long–term care policy form acquired from nonaffiliated insurers or on a
block of policy forms acquired from nonaffiliated insurers on or before the
later of the effective date of this subrule or the end of a 24–month
period following the acquisition of the block or policies, the acquiring insurer
may exclude that rate increase from the disclosure. However, the nonaffiliated
selling company shall include the disclosure of that rate increase in accordance
with paragraph “e.”
(5) If the acquiring insurer in subparagraph (4) above files
for a subsequent rate increase, even within the 24–month period, on the
same policy form acquired from nonaffiliated insurers or block of policy forms
acquired from nonaffiliated insurers referenced in subparagraph (4), the
acquiring insurer shall make all disclosures required by paragraph
“e,” including disclosure of the earlier rate increase referenced in
subparagraph (4).
39.25(3) Acknowledgment. An applicant shall sign an
acknowledgment at the time of application, unless the method of application does
not allow for signature at that time, that the insurer made the disclosure
required under 39.25(2)“a” and 39.25(2)“e.” If due to
the method of application the applicant cannot sign an acknowledgment at the
time of application, the applicant shall sign no later than at the time of
delivery of the policy or certificate.
39.25(4) Required format. An insurer shall use the
forms in Appendices B and F to comply with the requirements of this
rule.
39.25(5) Notice of rate increase. An insurer shall
provide notice of an upcoming premium rate schedule increase to all
policyholders or certificate holders, if applicable, at least 45 days prior to
the implementation of the premium rate schedule increase by the insurer. The
notice shall include the information required by subrule 39.25(2) when the rate
increase is implemented.
191—39.26(514G) Initial filing
requirements.
39.26(1) Effective date. This rule applies to any
long–term care policy issued in this state on or after January 1,
2003.
39.26(2) Required filing. An insurer shall provide
the information listed in this subrule to the commissioner 30 days prior to
making a long–term care insurance form available for sale.
a. A copy of the disclosure documents required in rule
191—39.25(514G); and
b. An actuarial certification consisting of at least the
following:
(1) A statement that the initial premium rate schedule is
sufficient to cover anticipated costs under moderately adverse experience and
that the premium rate schedule is reasonably expected to be sustainable over the
life of the form with no future premium increases anticipated;
(2) A statement that the policy design and coverage provided
have been reviewed and taken into consideration;
(3) A statement that the underwriting and claims adjudication
processes have been reviewed and taken into consideration;
(4) A complete description of the basis for contract reserves
that are anticipated to be held under the form, to include:
1. Sufficient detail or sample calculations provided so as to
have a complete depiction of the reserve amounts to be held;
2. A statement that the assumptions used for reserves contain
reasonable margins for adverse experience;
3. A statement that the net valuation premium for renewal
years does not increase (except for attained–age rating where permitted);
and
4. A statement that the difference between the gross premium
and the net valuation premium for renewal years is sufficient to cover expected
renewal expenses; or if such a statement cannot be made, a complete description
of the situations where this does not occur;
• An aggregate distribution
of anticipated issues may be used as long as the underlying gross premiums
maintain a reasonably consistent relationship;
• If the gross premiums for
certain age groups appear to be inconsistent with this requirement, the
commissioner may request a demonstration under subrule 39.26(3) based on a
standard age distribution; and
(5) A statement that the premium rate schedule is not less
than the premium rate schedule for existing similar policy forms also available
from the insurer except for reasonable differences attributable to benefits; or
a comparison of the premium schedules for similar policy forms that are
currently available from the insurer with an explanation of the
differences.
39.26(3) Demonstration on request.
a. The commissioner may request an actuarial demonstration
that benefits are reasonable in relation to premiums. The actuarial
demonstration shall include either premium and claim experience on similar
policy forms, adjusted for any premium or benefit differences, relevant and
credible data from other studies, or both.
b. In the event the commissioner asks for additional
information under this provision, the period in subrule 39.26(2) does not
include the period during which the insurer is preparing the requested
information.
191—39.27(514G) Reporting
requirements.
39.27(1) Every insurer shall maintain for each agent
rec–ords of that agent’s amount of replacement sales as a percent of
the agent’s total annual sales and the amount of lapses of long–term
care insurance policies sold by the agent as a percent of the agent’s
total annual sales.
39.27(2) Every insurer shall report annually by June
30 the 10 percent of its agents with the greatest percentages of lapses and
replacements as measured by subrule 39.27(1) in the format prescribed in
Appendix G.
39.27(3) Reported replacement and lapse rates do not
alone constitute a violation of insurance laws or necessarily imply wrongdoing.
The reports are for the purpose of reviewing more closely agent activities
regarding the sale of long–term care insurance.
39.27(4) Every insurer shall report annually by June
30 the number of lapsed policies as a percent of its total annual sales and as a
percent of its total number of policies in force as of the end of the preceding
calendar year in the format prescribed in Appendix G.
39.27(5) Every insurer shall report annually by June
30 the number of replacement policies sold as a percent of its total annual
sales and as a percent of its total number of policies in force as of the
preceding calendar year in the format prescribed in Appendix G.
39.27(6) Every insurer shall report annually by June
30, for qualified long–term care insurance contracts, the number of claims
denied for each class of business, expressed as a percentage of claims denied in
the format prescribed in Appendix E.
39.27(7) For purposes of rule
191—39.27(514G):
a. “Policy” means only long–term care
insurance;
b. Subject to paragraph “c” below,
“claim” means a request for payment of benefits under an
in–force policy regardless of whether the benefit claimed is covered under
the policy or any terms or conditions of the policy have been met;
c. “Denied” means the insurer refuses to pay a
claim for any reason other than for claims not paid for failure to meet the
waiting period or because of an applicable preexisting condition; and
d. “Report” means on a statewide basis.
39.27(8) Reports required under this rule shall be
filed with the commissioner. The first reports under this rule are due June 30,
2004.
191—39.28(514G) Premium rate schedule
increases.
39.28(1) This rule applies to any long–term care
policy or certificate issued in this state on or after January 1, 2003. For
certificates issued under a group long–term care insurance policy which
policy was in force on January 1, 2003, the provisions of this rule shall apply
on the policy anniversary following July 1, 2003.
39.28(2) An insurer shall provide notice of a pending
premium rate schedule increase, including an exceptional increase, to the
commissioner at least 30 days prior to the notice to the policyholders and shall
include:
a. Information required by rule
191—39.25(514G);
b. Certification by a qualified actuary that:
(1) If the requested premium rate schedule increase is
implemented and the underlying assumptions, which reflect moderately adverse
conditions, are realized, no further premium rate schedule increases are
anticipated;
(2) The premium rate filing is in compliance with the
provisions of this rule;
c. An actuarial memorandum justifying the rate schedule change
request that includes:
(1) Lifetime projections of earned premiums and incurred
claims based on the filed premium rate schedule increase; and the method and
assumptions used in determining the projected values, including reflection of
any assumptions that deviate from those used for pricing other forms currently
available for sale;
1. Annual values for the five years preceding and the three
years following the valuation date shall be provided separately;
2. The projections shall include the development of the
lifetime loss ratio, unless the rate increase is an exceptional
increase;
3. The projections shall demonstrate compliance with subrule
39.28(3); and
4. For exceptional increases,
• The projected experience
should be limited to the increases in claims expenses attributable to the
approved reasons for the exceptional increase; and
• In the event the
commissioner determines that offsets may exist, the insurer shall use
appropriate net projected experience;
(2) Disclosure of how reserves have been incorporated in this
rate increase whenever the rate increase will trigger contingent benefit upon
lapse;
(3) Disclosure of the analysis performed to determine why a
rate adjustment is necessary, which pricing assumptions were not realized and
why, and what other actions taken by the company have been relied on by the
actuary;
(4) A statement that policy design, underwriting and claims
adjudication practices have been taken into consideration; and
(5) In the event that it is necessary to maintain consistent
premium rates for new certificates and certificates receiving a rate increase,
the insurer will need to file composite rates reflecting projections of new
certificates;
d. A statement that renewal premium rate schedules are not
greater than new business premium rate schedules except for differences
attributable to benefits, unless sufficient justification is provided to the
commissioner; and
e. Sufficient information for review of the premium rate
schedule increase by the commissioner.
39.28(3) All premium rate schedule increases shall be
determined in accordance with the following requirements:
a. Exceptional increases shall provide that 70 percent of the
present value of projected additional premiums from the exceptional increase
will be returned to policyholders in benefits;
b. Premium rate schedule increases shall be calculated such
that the sum of the accumulated value of incurred claims, without the inclusion
of active life reserves, and the present value of future projected incurred
claims, without the inclusion of active life reserves, will not be less than the
sum of the following:
(1) The accumulated value of the initial earned premium
multiplied by 58 percent;
(2) Eighty–five percent of the accumulated value of
prior premium rate schedule increases on an earned basis;
(3) The present value of future projected initial earned
premiums multiplied by 58 percent; and
(4) Eighty–five percent of the present value of future
projected premiums not in subparagraph (3) above on an earned basis;
c. In the event that a policy form has both exceptional and
other increases, the values in subparagraphs 39.28(3)“b”(2) and (4)
will also include 70 percent for exceptional rate increase amounts;
and
d. All present and accumulated values used to determine rate
increases shall use the maximum valuation interest rate for contract reserves as
recommended by the NAIC Financial Examiners Handbook. The actuary shall
disclose as part of the actuarial memorandum the use of any appropriate
averages.
39.28(4) For each rate increase that is implemented,
the insurer shall file for review by the commissioner updated projections, as
defined in subparagraph 39.28(2)“c”(1), annually for the next three
years and include a comparison of actual results to projected values. The
commissioner may extend the period to greater than three years if actual results
are not consistent with projected values from prior projections. For group
insurance policies that meet the conditions in subrule 39.28(11), the
projections required by this subrule shall be provided to the policyholder in
lieu of filing with the commissioner.
39.28(5) If any premium rate in the revised premium
rate schedule is greater than 200 percent of the comparable rate in the initial
premium schedule, lifetime projections, as defined in subparagraph
39.28(2)“c”(1), shall be filed for review by the commissioner every
five years following the end of the required period in subrule 39.28(4). For
group insurance policies that meet the conditions in subrule 39.28(11), the
projections required by this paragraph shall be provided to the policyholder in
lieu of filing with the commissioner.
39.28(6) If the commissioner has determined that the
actual experience following a rate increase does not adequately match the
projected experience and that the current projections under moderately adverse
conditions demonstrate that incurred claims will not exceed proportions of
premiums specified in subrule 39.28(3), the commissioner may require the insurer
to implement any of the following:
a. Premium rate schedule adjustments; or
b. Other measures to reduce the difference between the
projected and actual experience.
In determining whether the actual experience adequately
matches the projected experience, consideration should be given to subparagraph
39.28(2)“c”(5), if applicable.
39.28(7) If the majority of the policies or
certificates to which the increase is applicable are eligible for the contingent
benefit upon lapse, the insurer shall file:
a. A plan, subject to commissioner approval, for improved
administration or claims processing designed to eliminate the potential for
further deterioration of the policy form requiring further premium rate schedule
increases, or both, or to demonstrate that appropriate administration and claims
processing have been implemented or are in effect; otherwise the commissioner
may impose the condition in subrule 39.28(8); and
b. The original anticipated lifetime loss ratio, and the
premium rate schedule increase that would have been calculated according to
subrule 39.28(3) had the greater of the original anticipated lifetime loss ratio
or 58 percent been used in the calculations described in subparagraphs
39.28(3)“b”(1) and (3).
39.28(8) Review of lapse rates.
a. For a rate increase filing that meets the following
criteria, the commissioner shall review, for all policies included in the
filing, the projected lapse rates and past lapse rates during the 12 months
following each increase to determine if significant adverse lapsation has
occurred or is anticipated:
(1) The rate increase is not the first rate increase requested
for the specific policy form or forms;
(2) The rate increase is not an exceptional increase;
and
(3) The majority of the policies or certificates to which the
increase is applicable are eligible for the contingent benefit upon
lapse.
b. In the event significant adverse lapsation has occurred, is
anticipated in the filing or is evidenced in the actual results as presented in
the updated projections provided by the insurer following the requested rate
increase, the commissioner may determine that a rate spiral exists. Following
the determination that a rate spiral exists, the commissioner may require the
insurer to offer, without underwriting, to all in–force insureds subject
to the rate increase the option to replace existing coverage with one or more
reasonably comparable products being offered by the insurer or its
affiliates.
(1) The offer shall:
1. Be subject to the approval of the commissioner;
2. Be based on actuarially sound principles, but not be based
on attained age; and
3. Provide that maximum benefits under any new policy accepted
by an insured shall be reduced by comparable benefits already paid under the
existing policy.
(2) The insurer shall maintain the experience of all the
replacement insureds separate from the experience of insureds originally issued
the policy forms. In the event of a request for a rate increase on the policy
form, the rate increase shall be limited to the lesser of:
1. The maximum rate increase determined based on the combined
experience; and
2. The maximum rate increase determined based only on the
experience of the insureds originally issued the form plus 10 percent.
39.28(9) If the commissioner determines that the
insurer has exhibited a persistent practice of filing inadequate initial premium
rates for long–term care insurance, the commissioner may, in addition to
the provisions of subrule 39.28(8), prohibit the insurer from either of the
following:
a. Filing and marketing comparable coverage for a period of up
to 5 years; or
b. Offering all other similar coverages and limiting marketing
of new applications to the products subject to recent premium rate schedule
increases.
39.28(10) Subrules 39.28(1) through 39.28(9) shall not
apply to policies for which the long–term care benefits provided by the
policy are incidental, as defined in subrule 39.5(16), if the policy complies
with all of the following provisions:
a. The interest credited internally to determine cash value
accumulations, including long–term care, if any, is guaranteed not to be
less than the minimum guaranteed interest rate for cash value accumulations
without long–term care set forth in the policy;
b. The portion of the policy that provides insurance benefits
other than long–term care coverage meets the nonforfeiture requirements as
applicable in any of the following:
(1) Iowa Code section 508.37, regarding nonforfeiture
standards for life insurance;
(2) Iowa Code section 508.38, regarding nonforfeiture
standards for individual deferred annuities; and
(3) Iowa Code section 508A.5 and 191—subrule 31.3(8),
regarding variable annuities;
c. The policy meets the disclosure requirements of rules
191—39.20(514G) and 191—39.21(514G);
d. The portion of the policy that provides insurance benefits
other than long–term care coverage meets the requirements as applicable in
the following:
(1) Policy illustrations as required by 191—Chapter
14;
(2) Disclosure requirements for annuities as required by the
commissioner; and
(3) Disclosure requirements for variable annuities as required
by 191—Chapter 31;
e. An actuarial memorandum is filed with the insurance
division that includes:
(1) A description of the basis on which the long–term
care rates were determined;
(2) A description of the basis for the reserves;
(3) A summary of the type of policy, benefits, renewability,
general marketing method, and limits on ages of issuance;
(4) A description and a table of each actuarial assumption
used. For expenses, an insurer must include percent of premium dollars per
policy and dollars per unit of benefits, if any;
(5) A description and a table of the anticipated policy
reserves and additional reserves to be held in each future year for active
lives;
(6) The estimated average annual premium per policy and the
average issue age;
(7) A statement as to whether underwriting is performed at the
time of application. The statement shall indicate whether underwriting is used
and, if underwriting is used, the statement shall include a description of the
type or types of underwriting used, such as medical underwriting or functional
assessment underwriting. Concerning a group policy, the statement shall
indicate whether the enrollee or any dependent will be underwritten and when
underwriting occurs; and
(8) A description of the effect of the long–term care
policy provision on the required premiums, nonforfeiture values and reserves on
the underlying insurance policy, both for active lives and those in
long–term care claim status.
39.28(11) Subrules 39.28(6) and 39.28(8) shall not
apply to group insurance policies where:
a. The policies insure 250 or more persons and the
policyholder has 5,000 or more eligible employees of a single employer;
or
b. The policyholder, and not the certificate holders, pays a
material portion of the premium, which shall not be less than 20 percent of the
total premium for the group in the calendar year prior to the year a rate
increase is filed.
191—39.29(514G) Nonforfeiture.
39.29(1) Except as provided in subrule 39.29(2), a
long–term care insurance policy may not be delivered or issued for
delivery in this state unless the policyholder or certificate holder has been
offered the option of purchasing a policy or certificate including a
nonforfeiture benefit. The offer of a nonforfeiture benefit may be in the form
of a rider that is attached to the policy. In the event the policyholder or
certificate holder declines the nonforfeiture benefit, the insurer shall provide
a contingent benefit upon lapse that shall be available for a specified period
of time following a substantial increase in premium rates.
39.29(2) When a group long–term care insurance
policy is issued to a group defined in Iowa Code section
514G.4(4)“d,” the offer required in subrule 39.29(1) shall be made
to the group policyholder. However, if the policy is issued as group
long–term care insurance, other than to a continuing care retirement
community or other similar entity, the offering shall be made to each proposed
certificate holder.
39.29(3) This rule does not apply to life insurance
policies or riders containing accelerated long–term care
benefits.
39.29(4) To comply with the requirement to offer a
nonforfeiture benefit pursuant to the provisions of subrule 39.29(1):
a. A policy or certificate offered with nonforfeiture benefits
shall have coverage elements, eligibility, benefit triggers and benefit length
that are the same as coverage to be issued without nonforfeiture benefits. The
nonforfeiture benefit included in the offer shall be the benefit described in
subrule 39.29(7); and
b. The offer shall be in writing if the nonforfeiture benefit
is not otherwise described in the outline of coverage or other materials given
to the prospective policyholder.
39.29(5) If the offer required to be made under
subrule 39.29(1) is rejected, the insurer shall provide the contingent benefit
upon lapse described in this rule.
39.29(6) Benefit triggers.
a. After rejection of the offer required under subrule
39.29(1), for individual and group policies without nonforfeiture benefits
issued after January 1, 2003, the insurer shall provide a contingent benefit
upon lapse.
b. In the event a group policyholder elects to make the
nonforfeiture benefit an option to the certificate holder, a certificate shall
provide either the nonforfeiture benefit or the contingent benefit upon
lapse.
c. The contingent benefit upon lapse shall be triggered every
time an insurer increases the premium rates to a level which results in a
cumulative increase of the annual premium equal to or exceeding the percentage
of the insured’s initial annual premium set forth below based on the
insured’s issue age, and the policy or certificate lapses within 120 days
of the due date of the premium so increased. Unless otherwise required,
policyholders shall be notified at least 30 days prior to the due date of the
premium reflecting the rate increase.
Triggers for a Substantial Premium Increase
|
Issue Age
|
|
Percent Increase Over Initial Premium
|
29 and under
|
|
200%
|
30–34
|
|
190%
|
35–39
|
|
170%
|
40–44
|
|
150%
|
45–49
|
|
130%
|
50–54
|
|
110%
|
55–59
|
|
90%
|
60
|
|
70%
|
61
|
|
66%
|
62
|
|
62%
|
63
|
|
58%
|
64
|
|
54%
|
65
|
|
50%
|
66
|
|
48%
|
67
|
|
46%
|
68
|
|
44%
|
69
|
|
42%
|
70
|
|
40%
|
71
|
|
38%
|
72
|
|
36%
|
73
|
|
34%
|
74
|
|
32%
|
75
|
|
30%
|
76
|
|
28%
|
77
|
|
26%
|
78
|
|
24%
|
79
|
|
22%
|
80
|
|
20%
|
81
|
|
19%
|
82
|
|
18%
|
83
|
|
17%
|
84
|
|
16%
|
85
|
|
15%
|
86
|
|
14%
|
87
|
|
13%
|
88
|
|
12%
|
89
|
|
11%
|
90 and over
|
|
10%
|
d. On or before the effective date of a substantial premium
increase as defined in paragraph 39.29(6)“c,” the insurer
shall:
(1) Offer to reduce policy benefits provided by the current
coverage without the requirement of additional underwriting so that required
premium payments are not increased;
(2) Offer to convert the coverage to a paid–up status
with a shortened benefit period in accordance with the terms of subrule
39.29(7). This option may be elected at any time during the 120–day
period referenced in paragraph 39.29(6)“c”; and
(3) Notify the policyholder or certificate holder that a
default or lapse at any time during the 120–day period referenced in
paragraph 39.29(6)“c” shall be deemed to be the election of the
offer to convert in subparagraph (2) above.
39.29(7) Benefits continued as nonforfeiture benefits,
including contingent benefits upon lapse, are described in this
subrule.
a. For purposes of this subrule, attained age rating is
defined as a schedule of premiums starting from the issue date which increases
age at least 1 percent per year prior to age 50, and at least 3 percent per year
beyond age 50.
b. For purposes of this subrule, the nonforfeiture benefit
shall be of a shortened benefit period providing paid–up long–term
care insurance coverage after lapse. The same benefits (amounts and frequency
in effect at the time of lapse but not increased thereafter) will be payable for
a qualifying claim, but the lifetime maximum dollars or days of benefits shall
be determined as specified in paragraph “c.”
c. The standard nonforfeiture credit will be equal to 100
percent of the sum of all premiums paid, including the premiums paid prior to
any changes in benefits. The insurer may offer additional shortened benefit
period options, as long as the benefits for each duration equal or exceed the
standard nonforfeiture credit for that duration. However, the minimum
nonforfeiture credit shall not be less than 30 times the daily nursing home
benefit at the time of lapse. In either event, the calculation of the
nonforfeiture credit is subject to the limitation of subrule 39.29(8).
d. Benefit dates.
(1) The nonforfeiture benefit shall begin not later than the
end of the third year following the policy or certificate issue date. The
contingent benefit upon lapse shall be effective during the first three years as
well as thereafter.
(2) Notwithstanding subparagraph (1), for a policy or
certificate with attained age rating, the nonforfeiture benefit shall begin on
the earlier of:
1. The end of the tenth year following the policy or
certificate issue date; or
2. The end of the second year following the date the policy or
certificate is no longer subject to attained age rating.
e. Nonforfeiture credits may be used for all care and services
qualifying for benefits under the terms of the policy or certificate, up to the
limits specified in the policy or certificate.
39.29(8) All benefits paid by the insurer while the
policy or certificate is in premium–paying status and in paid–up
status will not exceed the maximum benefits which would be payable if the policy
or certificate had remained in premium–paying status.
39.29(9) There shall be no difference in the minimum
nonforfeiture benefits as required under this rule for group and individual
policies.
39.29(10) The requirements set forth in this rule
shall become effective July 1, 2003, and shall apply as follows:
a. Except as provided in paragraph “b,” the
provisions of this rule apply to any long–term care policy issued on or
after January 1, 2003.
b. For certificates issued on or after July 1, 2003, under a
group long–term care insurance policy which policy was in force on January
1, 2003, the provisions of this rule shall not apply.
39.29(11) Premiums charged for a policy or certificate
containing nonforfeiture benefits or a contingent benefit upon lapse shall be
subject to the loss ratio requirements of 39.13(2) or 191—39.28(514G),
whichever applies, treating the policy as a whole.
39.29(12) To determine whether contingent
nonforfeiture upon lapse provisions are triggered under paragraph
39.29(6)“c,” a replacing insurer that purchased or otherwise assumed
a block or blocks of long–term care insurance policies from another
insurer shall calculate the percentage increase based on the initial annual
premium paid by the insured when the policy was first purchased from the
original insurer.
39.29(13) A nonforfeiture benefit for qualified
long–term care insurance contracts that are level premium contracts shall
be offered that meets the following requirements:
a. The nonforfeiture provision shall be appropriately
captioned;
b. The nonforfeiture provision shall provide a benefit
available in the event of a default in the payment of any premiums and shall
state that the amount of the benefit may be adjusted subsequent to being
initially granted only as necessary to reflect changes in claims, persistency
and interest as reflected in changes in rates for premium–paying contracts
approved by the commissioner for the same contract form; and
c. The nonforfeiture provision shall provide at least one of
the following:
(1) Reduced paid–up insurance;
(2) Extended term insurance;
(3) Shortened benefit period; or
(4) Other similar offerings approved by the
commissioner.
191—39.30(514G) Standards for benefit
triggers.
39.30(1) A long–term care insurance policy shall
condition the payment of benefits on a determination of the insured’s
ability to perform activities of daily living and on cognitive impairment.
Eligibility for the payment of benefits shall not be more restrictive than
requiring either a deficiency in the ability to perform not more than three of
the activities of daily living or the presence of cognitive
impairment.
39.30(2) Activities of daily living.
a. Activities of daily living shall include at least the
following as defined in rule 191—39.5(514G) and in the policy:
(1) Bathing;
(2) Continence;
(3) Dressing;
(4) Eating;
(5) Toileting; and
(6) Transferring.
b. Insurers may use other activities of daily living to
trigger covered benefits as long as the activities are defined in the
policy.
39.30(3) An insurer may use additional provisions for
the determination of when benefits are payable under a policy or certificate;
however, the provisions shall not restrict, and are not in lieu of, the
requirements contained in subrules 39.30(1) and 39.30(2).
39.30(4) For purposes of this rule, the determination
of a deficiency shall not be more restrictive than:
a. Requiring the hands–on assistance of another person
to perform the prescribed activities of daily living; or
b. If the deficiency is due to the presence of a cognitive
impairment, supervision or verbal cuing by another person is needed in order to
protect the insured or others.
39.30(5) Assessments of activities of daily living and
cognitive impairment shall be performed by licensed or certified professionals,
such as physicians, nurses or social workers.
39.30(6) Long–term care insurance policies shall
include a clear description of the process for appealing and resolving benefit
determinations.
39.30(7) The requirements set forth in this rule shall
be effective July 1, 2003, and shall apply as follows:
a. Except as provided in paragraph “b,” the
provisions of this rule apply to a long–term care policy issued in this
state on or after January 1, 2003.
b. For certificates issued on or after July 1, 2003, under a
group long–term care insurance policy as defined in Iowa Code section
514G.4(4)“a” that was in force on January 1, 2003, the provisions of
this rule shall not apply.
191—39.31(514G) Additional standards for benefit
triggers for qualified long–term care insurance contracts.
39.31(1) For purposes of this rule, the following
definitions apply:
“Chronically ill individual” has the meaning
prescribed for this term by Section 7702B(c)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986. Under this provision, a chronically ill individual means any individual
who has been certified by a licensed health care practitioner as:
1. Being unable to perform (without substantial assistance
from another individual) at least two activities of daily living for a period of
at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity; or
2. Requiring substantial supervision to protect the individual
from threats to health and safety due to severe cognitive impairment.
The term “chronically ill individual” shall not
include an individual otherwise meeting these requirements unless within the
preceding 12–month period a licensed health care practitioner has
certified that the individual meets these requirements.
“Licensed health care practitioner” means a
physician, as defined in Section 1861(r)(1) of the Social Security Act, a
registered professional nurse, licensed social worker or other individual who
meets requirements prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
“Maintenance or personal care services” means any
care the primary purpose of which is the provision of needed assistance with any
of the disabilities as a result of which the individual is a chronically ill
individual (including the protection from threats to health and safety due to
severe cognitive impairment).
“Qualified long–term care services” means
services that meet the requirements of Section 7702(c)(1) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as follows: necessary diagnostic, preventive, therapeutic,
curative, treatment, mitigation and rehabilitative services, and maintenance or
personal care services which are required by a chronically ill individual, and
are provided pursuant to a plan of care prescribed by a licensed health care
practitioner.
39.31(2) A qualified long–term care insurance
contract shall pay only for qualified long–term care services received by
a chronically ill individual provided pursuant to a plan of care prescribed by a
licensed health care practitioner.
39.31(3) A qualified long–term care insurance
contract shall condition the payment of benefits on a determination of the
insured’s inability to perform activities of daily living for an expected
period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity or to severe
cognitive impairment.
39.31(4) Certifications regarding activities of daily
living and cognitive impairment required pursuant to subrule 39.31(3) shall be
performed by the following licensed or certified professionals: physicians,
registered professional nurses, licensed social workers, or other individuals
who meet requirements prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.
39.31(5) Certifications required pursuant to subrule
39.31(3) may be performed by a licensed health care professional at the
direction of the carrier as is reasonably necessary with respect to a specific
claim, except that when a licensed health care practitioner has certified that
an insured is unable to perform activities of daily living for an expected
period of at least 90 days due to a loss of functional capacity and the insured
is in claim status, the certification may not be rescinded and additional
certifications may not be performed until after the expiration of the
90–day period.
39.31(6) Qualified long–term care insurance
contracts shall include a clear description of the process for appealing and
resolving disputes with respect to benefit determinations.
191—39.32(514G) Penalties. Violations of this
chapter shall be subject to the penalties imposed under Iowa Code chapter
507B.
ITEM 20. Amend 191—Chapter 39 by
adopting the following new Appendixes “A” through
“G”:
APPENDIX A
RESCISSION REPORTING FORM FOR LONG–TERM CARE
POLICIES
FOR THE STATE OF IOWA
FOR THE REPORTING YEAR 20[
]
Company
Name: ________________________________________________________________
Address: ________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
Phone
Number: ________________________________________________________________
Due: March 1 annually
APPENDIX A (cont’d)
Instructions:
The purpose of this form is to report all rescissions of
long–term care insurance policies or certificates. Those rescissions
voluntarily effectuated by an insured are not required to be included in this
report. Please furnish one form per rescission.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Policy
Form #
|
Policy and
Certificate #
|
Name of
Insured
|
Date of
Policy
Issuance
|
Date/s
Claim/s
Submitted
|
Date of
Rescission
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Detailed reason for rescission:
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________
Signature
__________________________________
Name and Title (please type)
__________________________________
Date
APPENDIX B
Long–Term Care Insurance Personal
Worksheet
People buy long–term care insurance for many reasons.
Some don’t want to use their own assets to pay for long–term care.
Some buy insurance to make sure they can choose the type of care they get.
Others don’t want their family to have to pay for care or don’t want
to go on Medicaid. But long–term care insurance may be expensive, and may
not be right for everyone.
By state law, the insurance company must fill out part of the
information on this worksheet and ask you to fill out the rest to help
you and the company decide if you should buy this policy.
Premium Information
Policy Form Numbers _____________________
The premium for the coverage you are considering will be
[$_________ per month, or $_______ per year]
[a one–time single premium of
$____________].
Type of Policy (noncancellable/guaranteed renewable):
________________________________
The Company’s Right to Increase Premiums:
______________________________________
[The company cannot raise your rates on this policy.] [The
company has a right to increase premiums on this policy form in the future,
provided it raises rates for all policies in the same class in this state.]
[Insurers shall use appropriate bracketed statement. Rate guarantees shall not
be shown on this form.]
Rate Increase History
The company has sold long–term care insurance since
[year] and has sold this policy since [year]. [The company has never raised its
rates for any long–term care policy it has sold in this state or any other
state.] [The company has not raised its rates for this policy form or similar
policy forms in this state or any other state in the last 10 years.] [The
company has raised its premium rates on this policy form or similar policy forms
in the last 10 years. Following is a summary of the rate increases.]
Drafting Note: A company may use the first bracketed
sentence above only if it has never increased rates under any prior policy forms
in this state or any other state. The issuer shall list each premium increase
it has instituted on this or similar policy forms in this state or any other
state during the last 10 years. The list shall provide the policy form, the
calendar years the form was available for sale, and the calendar year and the
amount (percentage) of each increase. The insurer shall provide minimum and
maximum percentages if the rate increase is variable by rating characteristics.
The insurer may provide, in a fair manner, additional explanatory information as
appropriate.
APPENDIX B (cont’d)
Questions Related to Your Income
How will you pay each year’s premium?
jFrom my
Income jFrom my
Savings/Investments jMy Family will Pay
[jHave you considered whether you
could afford to keep this policy if the premiums went up, for example, by
20%?]
Drafting Note: The issuer is not required to use the
bracketed sentence if the policy is fully paid up or is a noncancellable
policy.
What is your annual income? (check one)
jUnder $10,000
j$[10–20,000]
j$[20–30,000]
j$[30–50,000]
jOver $50,000
Drafting Note: The issuer may choose the numbers to put
in the brackets to fit its suitability standards.
How do you expect your income to change over the next 10
years? (check one)
jNo
change jIncrease jDecrease
If you will be paying premiums with money received only from
your own income, a rule of thumb is that you may not be able to afford this
policy if the premiums will be more than 7% of your income.
Will you buy inflation protection? (check one)
jYes
jNo
If not, have you considered how you will pay for the
difference between future costs and your daily benefit amount?
jFrom my
Income jFrom my
Savings/Investments jMy Family will Pay
The national average annual cost of care in [insert year] was
[insert $ amount], but this figure varies across the country. In ten years the
national average annual cost would be about [insert $ amount] if costs increase
5% annually.
Drafting Note: The projected cost can be based on
federal estimates in a current year. In the above statement, the second figure
equals 163% of the first figure.
What elimination period are you considering? Number
of days _____ Approximate cost $________ for that period of care.
How are you planning to pay for your care during the
elimination period? (check one)
jFrom my
Income jFrom my
Savings/Investments jMy Family will Pay
Questions Related to Your Savings and
Investments
Not counting your home, about how much are all of your assets
(your savings and investments) worth? (check one)
jUnder
$20,000 j$20,000–$30,000
j$30,000–$50,000 jOver
$50,000
How do you expect your assets to change over the next ten
years? (check one)
jStay about the
same jIncrease jDecrease
If you are buying this policy to protect your assets and your
assets are less than $30,000, you may wish to consider other options for
financing your long–term care.
Disclosure Statement
j The
answers to the questions above describe my financial situation.
Or
j I choose not to complete this
information.
(Check one.)
|
j I acknowledge that the carrier
and/or its agent (below) has reviewed this form with me including the premium,
premium rate increase history and potential for premium increases in the future.
[For direct mail situations, use the following: I acknowledge that I have
reviewed this form including the premium, premium rate increase history and
potential for premium increases in the future.] I understand the above
disclosures. I understand that the rates for this policy may increase in the
future. (This box must be checked.)
|
APPENDIX B (cont’d)
Signed:
_______________________________________ ____________________________________
(Applicant) (Date)
[j I explained to the applicant
the importance of completing this information.
Signed:
_______________________________________ ____________________________________
(Agent) (Date)
Agent’s Printed Name:
__________________________________________________]
[In order for us to process your application, please return
this signed statement to [name of company], along with your
application.]
[My agent has advised me that this policy does not seem to be
suitable for me. However, I still want the company to consider my
application.
Signed:
___________________________________ _______________________________]
(Applicant) (Date)
Drafting Note: Choose the appropriate sentences
depending on whether this is a direct mail or agent sale.
The company may contact you to verify your answers.
Drafting Note: When the Long–Term Care Insurance
Personal Worksheet is furnished to employees and their spouses under employer
group policies, the text from the heading “Disclosure Statement” to
the end of the page may be removed.
APPENDIX C
Things You Should Know Before You Buy Long–Term
Care Insurance
Long–Term
Care
Insurance
|
• A long–term care
insurance policy may pay most of the costs for your care in a nursing home.
Many policies also pay for care at home or other community settings. Since
policies can vary in coverage, you should read this policy and make sure you
understand what it covers before you buy it.
|
|
• [You should not buy
this insurance policy unless you can afford to pay the premiums every year.]
[Remember that the company can increase premiums in the future.]
|
Drafting Note: For single premium policies, delete
this bullet; for noncancellable policies, delete the second sentence
only.
|
• The personal worksheet
includes questions designed to help you and the company determine whether this
policy is suitable for your needs.
|
Medicare
|
• Medicare does not
pay for most long–term care.
|
Medicaid
|
• Medicaid will generally
pay for long–term care if you have very little income and few assets. You
probably should not buy this policy if you are now eligible for
Medicaid.
|
|
• Many people become
eligible for Medicaid after they have used up their own financial resources by
paying for long–term care services.
|
|
• When Medicaid pays your
spouse’s nursing home bills, you are allowed to keep your house and
furniture, a living allowance, and some of your joint assets.
|
|
• Your choice of
long–term care services may be limited if you are receiving Medicaid. To
learn more about Medicaid, contact your local or state Medicaid
agency.
|
Shopper’s
Guide
|
• Make sure the insurance
company or agent gives you a copy of a booklet called the National Association
of Insurance Commissioners’ “Shopper’s Guide to
Long–Term Care Insurance.” Read it carefully. If you have decided
to apply for long–term care insurance, you have the right to return the
policy within 30 days and get back any premium you have paid if you are
dissatisfied for any reason or choose not to purchase the policy.
|
Counseling
|
• Free counseling and
additional information about long–term care insurance are available
through your state’s insurance counseling program. Contact your state
insurance department or department on aging for more information about the
senior health insurance counseling program in your state.
|
APPENDIX D
Long–Term Care Insurance Suitability
Letter
Dear [Applicant]:
Your recent application for long–term care insurance
included a “personal worksheet,” which asked questions about your
finances and your reasons for buying long–term care insurance. For your
protection, state law requires us to consider this information when we review
your application, to avoid selling a policy to those who may not need
coverage.
[Your answers indicate that long–term care insurance may
not meet your financial needs. We suggest that you review the information
provided along with your application, including the booklet
“Shopper’s Guide to Long–Term Care Insurance” and the
page titled “Things You Should Know Before Buying Long–Term Care
Insurance.” Your state insurance department also has information about
long–term care insurance and may be able to refer you to a counselor free
of charge who can help you decide whether to buy this policy.]
[You chose not to provide any financial information for us to
review.]
Drafting Note: Choose the paragraph that
applies.
We have suspended our final review of your application. If,
after careful consideration, you still believe this policy is what you want,
check the appropriate box below and return this letter to us within the next 60
days. We will then continue reviewing your application and issue a policy if
you meet our medical standards.
If we do not hear from you within the next 60 days, we will
close your file and not issue you a policy. You should understand that you will
not have any coverage until we hear back from you, approve your application and
issue you a policy.
Please check one box and return in the enclosed
envelope.
j Yes, [although my
worksheet indicates that long–term care insurance may not be a suitable
purchase,] I wish to purchase this coverage. Please resume review of my
application.
Drafting Note: Delete the phrase in brackets if the
applicant did not answer the questions about income.
j No. I have decided not
to buy a policy at this time.
____________________________________
APPLICANT’S SIGNATURE DATE
Please return to [issuer] at [address] by [date].
APPENDIX E
Claims Denial Reporting Form
Long–Term
Care Insurance
For the State of Iowa
For the Reporting Year of
_______
Company Name:
__________________________________________________________ Due: June 30
annually
Company Address:
_________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
Company NAIC Number:
____________________________________________________________________________
Contact Person: ______________________________________________
Phone Number: ______________________
Line of Business: Individual Group
Instructions
The purpose of this form is to report all long–term care
claim denials under in–force long–term care insurance policies.
“Denied” means a claim that is not paid for any reason other than
for claims not paid for failure to meet the waiting period or because of an
applicable preexisting condition.
|
|
State Data
|
Nationwide Data1
|
1
|
Total Number of Long–Term Care Claims Reported
|
|
|
2
|
Total Number of Long–Term Care Claims Denied/Not
Paid
|
|
|
3
|
Number of Claims Not Paid due to Preexisting Condition
Exclusion
|
|
|
4
|
Number of Claims Not Paid due to Waiting (Elimination) Period
Not Met
|
|
|
5
|
Net Number of Long–Term Care Claims Denied for Reporting
Purposes (Line 2 Minus Line 3 Minus Line 4)
|
|
|
6
|
Percentage of Long–Term Care Claims Denied of Those
Reported (Line 5 Divided By Line 1)
|
|
|
7
|
Number of Long–Term Care Claims Denied due to:
|
|
|
8
|
• Long–Term Care
Services Not Covered under the Policy2
|
|
|
9
|
• Provider/Facility Not
Qualified under the Policy3
|
|
|
10
|
• Benefit Eligibility
Criteria Not Met4
|
|
|
11
|
• Other
|
|
|
1 The nationwide
data may be viewed as a more representative and credible indicator where the
data for claims reported and denied for your state are small in
number.
2 Example—home
health care claim filed under a nursing home only policy.
3 Example—a
facility that does not meet the minimum level of care requirements or the
licensing requirements as outlined in the policy.
4 Examples—a
benefit trigger not met, certification by a licensed health care practitioner
not provided, no plan of care.
APPENDIX F
Instructions:
This form provides information to the applicant regarding
premium rate schedules, rate schedule adjustments, potential rate revisions, and
policyholder options in the event of a rate increase.
Insurers shall provide all of the following information to
the applicant:
Long–Term Care Insurance
Potential Rate
Increase Disclosure Form
1. [Premium Rate] [Premium Rate Schedules]: [Premium
rate] [Premium rate schedules] that [is][are]
applicable to you and that
will be in effect until a request is made and
[filed][approved] for an increase
[is][are]
[on the application][$_____].
Drafting Note: Use “approved” in states
requiring prior approval of rates.
2. The [premium] [premium rate schedule] for this policy
[will be shown on the schedule page of] [will be attached
to] your
policy.
3. Rate Schedule Adjustments:
The company will provide a description of when premium rate
or rate schedule adjustments will be effective
(e.g., next anniversary date,
next billing date, etc.) (fill in the blank): __________________.
4. Potential Rate Revisions:
This policy is Guaranteed Renewable. This means that
the rates for this product may be increased in the future.
Your rates can NOT be increased due to your increasing age or
declining health, but your rates may go up based on the
experience of all
policyholders with a policy similar to yours.
If you receive a premium rate or premium rate schedule
increase in the future, you will be notified of the new
premium
amount and you will be able to exercise at least one of the following
options:
• Pay the increased premium
and continue your policy in force as is.
• Reduce your policy
benefits to a level such that your premiums will not increase. (Subject to
state law minimum
standards.)
• Exercise your
nonforfeiture option if purchased. (This option is available for purchase for
an additional premium.)
• Exercise your contingent
nonforfeiture rights.* (This option may be available if you do not purchase a
separate
nonforfeiture option.)
* Contingent Nonforfeiture
If the premium rate for your policy goes up in the future and
you didn’t buy a nonforfeiture option, you may be eligible
for
contingent nonforfeiture. Here’s how to tell if you are
eligible:
You will keep some long–term care insurance coverage,
if:
• Your premium after the
increase exceeds your original premium by the percentage shown (or more) in the
following
table; and
• You lapse (not pay more
premiums) within 120 days of the increase.
The amount of coverage (i.e., new lifetime maximum benefit
amount) you will keep will equal the total amount of premiums
you’ve
paid since your policy was first issued. If you have already received benefits
under the policy, so that the remaining
maximum benefit amount is less than
the total amount of premiums you’ve paid, the amount of coverage will be
that
remaining amount.
Except for this reduced lifetime maximum benefit amount, all
other policy benefits will remain at the levels attained at the
time of the
lapse and will not increase thereafter.
Should you choose this Contingent Nonforfeiture option, your
policy, with this reduced maximum benefit amount, will be
considered
“paid–up” with no further premiums due.
Example:
• You bought the policy at
age 65 and paid the $1,000 annual premium for 10 years, so you have paid a total
of $10,000 in
premium.
• In the eleventh year,
you receive a rate increase of 50%, or $500 for a new annual premium of $1,500,
and you decide to
lapse the policy (not pay any more premiums).
• Your
“paid–up” policy benefits are $10,000 (provided you have at
least $10,000 of benefits remaining under your
policy).
APPENDIX F (cont’d)
Contingent Nonforfeiture
Cumulative Premium Increase Over Initial
Premium
That Qualifies for Contingent Nonforfeiture
(Percentage increase is cumulative from date of original
issue. It does NOT represent a one–time increase.)
|
Issue Age
|
Percent Increase Over Initial Premium
|
29 and under
|
200%
|
30–34
|
190%
|
35–39
|
170%
|
40–44
|
150%
|
45–49
|
130%
|
50–54
|
110%
|
55–59
|
90%
|
60
|
70%
|
61
|
66%
|
62
|
62%
|
63
|
58%
|
64
|
54%
|
65
|
50%
|
66
|
48%
|
67
|
46%
|
68
|
44%
|
69
|
42%
|
70
|
40%
|
71
|
38%
|
72
|
36%
|
73
|
34%
|
74
|
32%
|
75
|
30%
|
76
|
28%
|
77
|
26%
|
78
|
24%
|
79
|
22%
|
80
|
20%
|
81
|
19%
|
82
|
18%
|
83
|
17%
|
84
|
16%
|
85
|
15%
|
86
|
14%
|
87
|
13%
|
88
|
12%
|
89
|
11%
|
90 and over
|
10%
|
Appendix G
Long–Term Care Insurance
Replacement and Lapse Reporting Form
For the State of ______________ For the Reporting Year of
________
Company Name: _______________________________ Due: June 30
annually
Company Address: _______________________________ Company NAIC
Number: __________
Contact Person: _______________________________ Phone Number:
(____)___________
Instructions
The purpose of this form is to report on a statewide basis
information regarding long–term care insurance policy replacements and
lapses. Specifically, every insurer shall maintain records for each agent on
that agent’s amount of long–term care insurance replacement sales as
a percent of the agent’s total annual sales and the amount of lapses of
long–term care insurance policies sold by the agent as a percent of the
agent’s total annual sales. The tables below should be used to report the
ten percent (10%) of the insurer’s agents with the greatest percentages of
replacements and lapses.
Listing of the 10% of Agents with the Greatest Percentage
of Replacements
Agent’s Name
|
Number of Policies Sold By This Agent
|
Number of Policies Replaced By This Agent
|
Number of Replacements As % of Number Sold By This
Agent
|
|
|
|
|
Listing of the 10% of Agents with the Greatest Percentage
of Lapses
Agent’s Name
|
Number of Policies Sold By This Agent
|
Number of Policies Lapsed By This Agent
|
Number of Lapses As % of Number Sold By This
Agent
|
|
|
|
|
Company Totals
Percentage of Replacement Policies Sold to Total Annual Sales
____%
Percentage of Replacement Policies Sold to Policies In Force
(as of the end of the preceding calendar year) ____%
Percentage of Lapsed Policies to Total Annual Sales
_____%
Percentage of Lapsed Policies to Policies In Force (as of the
end of the preceding calendar year) _____%
ARC 1574B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby proposes to amend Chapter 8,
“Fees,” and Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician Licensure,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments make the following changes:
• Add the definition of
“approved abuse education training program” that is used in other
chapters to Chapter 9.
• Add the definition of
“mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse” to Chapter
9.
• Require that a physician
who takes USMLE orCOMLEX and seeks permanent licensure must meet the examination
requirements in the Board’s current rules rather than the rules in effect
at the time the examinations were taken.
• Define a date by which a
physician must submit a paper renewal application in order to provide processing
time for Board staff and to avoid the license’s becoming
inactive.
• Establish reinstatement
categories and requirements, including fees, for two groups of physicians:
those who have been inactive for less than one year and those who have been
inactive for one year or longer. The amendments in Items 1, 7, and 8 were also
Adopted and Filed Emergency and are published herein as ARC
1575B.
• Adjust the appeal
procedure on a licensure denial to parallel Chapter 12.
The Board approved the amendments to Chapter 8 and 9 during
its regularly held meeting on April 4, 2002.
Any interested person may present written comments on these
proposed amendments not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written
materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical
Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4686,
or E–mail ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 3 p.m. in
the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or
in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. Eighth
Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 148, 150, 150A and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 8.4(1) by
amending paragraph “f” and adopting new
paragraph “g” as follows:
f. Reinstatement of a license to practice one year or more
after becoming inactive, $400.
g. Reinstatement of a license within one year of becoming
inactive, the renewal fee for the most recent license period plus a $175
reinstatement penalty. The renewal fee is $325 except when the license in the
most recent license period had been granted for less than 24 months; in that
case, the renewal fee is prorated according to the date of issuance and the
physician’s month and year of birth.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
653—9.1(147,148,150,150A) by adopting the following
new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Approved abuse education training program” means
a training program using a curriculum approved by the abuse education review
panel of the department of public health or a training program offered by a
hospital, a professional organization for physicians, or the department of human
services, the department of education, an area education agency, a school
district, the Iowa law enforcement academy, an Iowa college or university, or a
similar state agency.
“Mandatory training for identifying and reporting
abuse” means training on identifying and reporting child abuse or
dependent adult abuse required of physicians who regularly provide primary
health care to children or adults, respectively. The full requirements on
mandatory reporting of child abuse and the training requirements are in Iowa
Code section 232.69; the full requirements on mandatory reporting of dependent
adult abuse and the training requirements are found in Iowa Code section
235B.16.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 9.4(1),
paragraph “b,” as follows:
b. An M.D. applicant who has been licensed in any
United States jurisdiction shall meet the licensure examination requirements in
effect in Iowa at the time of original licensure if the examination precedes
USMLE. An M.D. applicant who has been licensed in any United States
jurisdiction based on USMLE shall meet the requirements in subrule 9.4(2). The
applicant and shall authorize the appropriate testing
authority to verify scores obtained on the examination as specified in this
rule.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 9.4(1) by
adopting new paragraph “c” as
follows:
c. A D.O. applicant who has been licensed in any United States
jurisdiction shall meet the licensure examination requirements in effect in Iowa
at the time of original licensure if the examination precedes USMLE or COMLEX,
which–ever is applicable. A D.O. applicant who has been licensedin any
United States jurisdiction based on USMLE orCOMLEX shall meet the requirements
in subrule 9.4(2) or paragraph 9.4(6)“a,” respectively.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 9.11(6) as
follows:
9.11(6) Failure to renew. Failure of the
licensee to renew a license within two months following its expiration date
shall cause the license to become inactive and invalid. A licensee whose
license is invalid is prohibited from practice until the license is reinstated
in accordance with rule 9.13(147,148,150,150A). In order to ensure that the
license will not become inactive when a paper renewal form is used, the
completed renewal application and appropriate fees must be received in the board
office by the fifteenth of the month prior to the month the license becomes
inactive. For example, a licensee whose license expires on January 1 has until
March 1 to renew the license or the license becomes inactive and invalid. The
licensee must submit and the board office must receive the renewal materials
prior to or on February 15 to ensure that the license will be renewed prior to
becoming inactive and invalid on March 1.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 9.12(1),
paragraph “c,” as follows:
c. A physician whose license is inactive continues to hold the
privilege of licensure in Iowa but may not practice medicine under an Iowa
license until the license is reinstated to current, active status. The board
may take action against a physician who practices with an
the inactive license as outlined in 653—Chapters 12
and 13.
ITEM 7. Renumber subrules 9.13(1)
and 9.13(2) as 9.13(2) and 9.13(3) and adopt
new subrule 9.13(1) as follows:
9.13(1) Reinstatement within one year of the
license’s becoming inactive. An individual whose license is in inactive
status for up to one year and who wishes to reinstate the license shall submit a
completed renewal application, documentation of continuing education and
mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, the renewal fee,
and the reinstatement penalty. All of the information shall be received in the
board office within one year of the license’s becoming inactive for the
applicant to reinstate under this subrule. For example, a physician whose
license became inactive on March 1 has until the last day of the following
February to renew under this subrule.
a. Fees for reinstatement within one year of the
license’s becoming inactive. The fee shall include the renewal fee for
the most recent license period plus a $175 reinstatement penalty. The renewal
fee is $325 except when the license in the most recent license period had been
granted for less than 24 months; in that case, the renewal fee is prorated
according to the date of issuance and the physician’s month and year of
birth.
b. Continuing education and mandatory training requirements.
The requirements for continuing education and mandatory training on identifying
and reporting abuse are found in 653—Chapter 11. Applicants for
reinstatement shall provide documentation of having completed:
(1) The number of hours of category 1 activity needed for
renewal in the most recent license period. None of the hours obtained in the
inactive period may be carried over to a future license period.
(2) Mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, if
applicable, within the previous five years.
c. Issuance of a reinstated license. Upon receiving the
completed application, staff shall administratively issue a license that expires
on the renewal date that would have been in effect if the licensee had renewed
the license before the license expired.
d. Reinstatement application process. The applicant who fails
to submit all reinstatement information required within 365 days of the
license’s becoming inactive shall be required to meet the reinstatement
requirements of 9.13(2). For example, if a physician’s license expires on
January 1, the completed reinstatement application is due in the board office by
December 31, in order to meet the requirements of this subrule.
ITEM 8. Amend renumbered subrule 9.13(2),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
9.13(2) Application.
Reinstatement of an unrestricted Iowa license that has been inactive for one
year or longer. An individual whose license is in inactive status and
who has not submitted a reinstatement application that was received by the board
within one year of the license’s becoming inactive shall follow the
application cycle specified in this rule and shall satisfy the following
requirements for reinstatement:
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 9.15(2) as
follows:
9.15(2) Appeal procedure. An
applicant who has been denied licensure by the board may appeal the denial and
request a hearing on the issues related to the licensure denial by serving a
notice of the appeal and request for hearing upon the executive director not
more than 30 days following the date of the mailing of the notification of
licensure denial to the applicant, or not more than 30 days following the date
upon which the applicant was served notice if notification was made in the
manner of service of an original notice. A decision of the board
denying an application for licensure shall be appealed by filing a written
notice of appeal with the board by certified mail, return receipt requested,
within 30 days of the mailing of a notice of denial of license. The appeal of a
license denial shall be conducted in accordance with the contested case hearing
rules in 653—Chapter 12.
ARC 1578B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby proposes to amend Chapter 10,
“Resident, Special and Temporary Physician Licensure,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment adds the definitions of “approved
abuse education training program” and “mandatory training for
identifying and reporting abuse,” which already exist in another
chapter.
The Board approved the amendment to Chapter 10 during its
regularly held meeting on April 4, 2002.
Any interested person may present written comments on this
proposed amendment not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written
materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical
Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686 or
ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 2:45 p.m.
in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally
or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W.
Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
232, 235B and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 653—10.1(147,148,150,150A) by adopting
the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
“Approved abuse education training program”
means a training program using a curriculum approved by the abuse education
review panel of the department of public health or a training program offered by
a hospital, a professional organization for physicians, or the department of
human services, the department of education, an area education agency, a school
district, the Iowa law enforcement academy, an Iowa college or university, or a
similar state agency.
“Mandatory training for identifying and reporting
abuse” means training on identifying and reporting child abuse or
dependent adult abuse required of physicians who regularly provide primary
health care to children or adults, respectively. The full requirements on
mandatory reporting of child abuse and the training requirements are in Iowa
Code section 232.69; the full requirements on mandatory reporting of dependent
adult abuse and the training requirements are in Iowa Code section
235B.16.
ARC 1577B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby proposes to amend Chapter 11,
“Continuing Education and Mandatory Training for Identifying and Reporting
Abuse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments add “hospitals” and
“professional organizations for physicians” to the list of those who
are approved to provide abuse education training and indicate that continuing
education must have been acquired within the license period to be used for
license renewal.
The Board approved the amendments to Chapter 11 during its
regularly held meeting on April 4, 2002.
Any interested person may present written comments on these
proposed amendments not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written
materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical
Examiners, 400 S.W. Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309– 4686
or ann.mowery@ibme.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 2:45 p.m.
in the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally
or in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W.
Eighth Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
232, 235B, and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
653—11.1(272C), definition of “approved training
program,” as follows:
“Approved abuse education training
program” means a training program using a curriculum approved by
the abuse education review panel of the department of public health or a
training program offered by a hospital, a professional organization for
physicians, or the department of human services, the department of
education, an area education agency, a school district, the Iowa law enforcement
academy, an Iowa college or university, or a similar state agency.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 11.4(1),
paragraph “a,” intro– ductory paragraph, as
follows:
a. Continuing education for permanent license renewal. Except
as provided in these rules, a total of 40 hours of category 1 activity or
board–approved equivalent shall be required for biennial renewal of a
permanent license and shall have been acquired within the license
period.
ARC 1560B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Medical Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 13, “Standards of Practice and Professional Ethics,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments were approved at the April 4, 2002,
regular meeting of the Board of Medical Examiners.
The proposed amendment in Item 1 updates the dates of the
federal drug laws. Item 2 modifies the requirements for physicians who
prescribe or administer controlled substances for the treatment of patients with
chronic, nonmalignant pain.
Any interested person may present written comments on the
proposed amendments not later than 4 p.m. on May 21, 2002. Such written
materials should be sent to Ann E. Mowery, Executive Director, Board of Medical
Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–4686.
There will be a public hearing on May 22, 2002, at 2 p.m. in
the Board office, at which time persons may present their views either orally or
in writing. The Board of Medical Examiners office is located at 400 S.W. 8th
Street, Suite C, Des Moines, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
147, 148, and 150.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 13.1(1) as
follows:
13.1(1) A physician shall dispense a prescription drug
only in a container which meets the requirements of the Poison Prevention
Packaging Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C. ss. 1471– 1476 (1976
2001), unless otherwise requested by the patient, and of Section 502G of
the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. ss. 301 et seq.
(1976 2001).
ITEM 2. Amend rule
13.2(148,150,150A,272C) as follows:
653—13.2(148,150,150A,272C) Standards of
practice— prescribing or administering controlled substances for the
treatment of patients with chronic, nonmalignant or intractable
pain. This rule establishes standards of practice for the management of
chronic, nonmalignant or intractable pain. The purpose of the
rule is to assist physicians who prescribe and administer drugs to provide
relief and eliminate suffering in patients with intractable
chronic, nonmalignant pain as defined in this rule.
13.2(1) Definitions. As used in this
subrule rule:
“Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality” or
“AHRQ” means the agency within the U.S. Department of Health and
Human Services which is responsible for establishing Clinical Practice
Guidelines on various aspects of medical practice.
“American Academy of Pain Medicine” or
“AAPM” means the American Medical Association–recognized
specialty society of physicians who practice pain medicine in the United States.
The mission of the AAPM is to enhance pain medicine practice by promoting a
climate conducive to the effective and efficient practice of pain
medicine.
“American Pain Society” or “APS” means
the national chapter of the International Association for the Study of Pain, an
organization composed of physicians, nurses, psychologists, scientists and other
professionals who have an interest in the study and treatment of pain. The
mission of the APS is to serve people in pain by advancing research, education,
treatment and professional practice.
“Chronic, nonmalignant or intractable
pain” means persistent or episodic pain of a duration or intensity that
adversely affects the functioning or well–being of a patient. It is pain
that cannot be removed or otherwise treated in the generally accepted course of
medical practice subsequent to an evaluation by the attending physician and at
least one other physician specializing in the treatment of the area, system, or
organ perceived to be the source of the pain for any of the following reasons:
(1) no relief or cure for the cause of pain is possible; (2) no relief or cure
for the cause of pain has been found; or (3) relief or cure for the cause of
pain through other medical procedures would adversely affect the
well–being of the patient.
“U.S. Agency for Health Care Policy and
Research” or “AHCPR” means the agency within the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services which is responsible for establishing
Clinical Practical Guidelines on various aspects of medical
practice.
13.2(2) General provisions. Various
controlled drugs, particularly opioid analgesics, can be safely and effectively
utilized to control pain in certain patients. However, inappropriate
prescribing of controlled substances can lead to, or accelerate, drug abuse and
diversion. Therefore, the medical management of pain shall be based on a
thorough knowledge of pain assessment, pain treatment, and concern for the
patient.
a. Treatment of acute pain and intractable pain
associated with malignancy cancer pain. Physicians may refer to
the Clinical Practice Guidelines published by the U.S. AHCPR
AHRQ for counsel on the proper treatment of acute painassociated
with trauma, surgery, and certain medical procedures, and chronic pain
associated with cancer. The AHCPR AHRQ Clinical
Practice Guidelines provide a sound, compassionate, and flexible approach to the
management of pain in these patients.
b. Treatment of chronic, nonmalignant pain. The basic premise
underlying this rule is that various drugs, particularly opioid analgesics, may
be useful for treating patients with chronic, nonmalignant pain in a safe,
effective, and efficient manner when other efforts to remove or treat the pain
have failed. The board strongly recommends that physicians who have
reservations about the use of drugs in the treatment of chronic, nonmalignant
pain consult: The Definitions Related to the Use of
Opioids for the Treatment of Chronic Pain: A Consensus
Statement, a consensus document from the American Academy
of Pain Medicine (AAPM), and the American Pain Society
(APS), and American Society ofAddiction Medicine (ASAM)
(1997 2001). Copies of the statement are available from
the AAPM (http://www.painmed.org), the APS
(http://www.ampainsoc.org), the ASAM
(http://www.asam.org), and the office of the board at 1209
East Court Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite
C, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4686.
13.2(3) Effective chronic, nonmalignant pain
management. To ensure that pain is properly and promptly assessed and
treated, a physician who prescribes or administers controlled substances to a
patient for the treatment of intractable pain shall exercise sound clinical
judgment by establishing an effective pain management plan in accordance with
the following:
a. Physical examination Patient
evaluation. A physical examination patient evaluation
that includes a physical examination and a comprehensive
medical history shall be conducted prior to the initiation of treatment. The
examination evaluation shall also include an assessment
of the pain, physical and psychological function, diagnostic studies,
previous interventions, including medication history, substance abuse
history and any underlying or coexisting conditions. The
physician shall seek corroboration of the assessment from an evaluation
conducted by Consultation/referral to another physician who
specializes in pain medicine or the treatment of the area, system, or organ
perceived to be the source of the pain. may be warranted
depending upon the expertise of the physician and the complexity of the
presenting patient. Interdisciplinary evaluation is strongly
encouraged.
b. Treatment plan. The physician shall establish a
comprehensive treatment plan that tailors drug therapy to the individual needs
of the patient. To ensure proper evaluation of the success of the treatment,
the plan shall clearly state the objectives of the treatment, for example, pain
relief, or improved physical or psychosocial functioning. The treatment plan
shall also indicate if any further diagnostic evaluations or treatments are
planned and their purposes. The treatment plan shall also identify any
other treatment modalities and rehabilitation programs necessary
to manage pain of differing etiologies or physical/psychosocial
impairments utilized.
c. Informed consent. The physician shall
discuss document discussion of the risks and benefits of
controlled substances with the patient or person representing the
patient.
d. Periodic review. The physician shall periodically review
the course of drug treatment of the patient and the etiology of the pain.
Modification or continuation of drug therapy by the physician shall be dependent
upon evaluation of the patient’s progress toward the objectives
established in the treatment plan. The physician shall consider the
appropriateness of continuing drug therapy and the use of
alternative other treatment modalities if periodic
reviews indicate the patient’s condition is not improving in
accordance with objectives of the treatment plan are not
being met or there is evidence of diversion or a pattern of substance
abuse.
e. Consultation/referral. The physician shall refer the
patient for further evaluation and treatment to another a
physician who specializes in pain medicine, addiction medicine or
substance abuse counseling, if necessary, to meet the treatment plan
objectives. the objectives of the treatment plan
are not being met or there is evidence of diversion or a pattern of substance
abuse.
f. Records Documentation. The
physician shall keep accurate, timely, and complete records that detail
compliance with this subrule, including physical examination
patient evaluation, diagnostic studies, treatment modalities, treatment
plan, informed consent, periodic review, consultation, and any other relevant
information about the patient’s condition and treatment.
g. Physician–patient agreements. Physicians treating
patients at risk for substance abuse shall consider establishing
physician–patient agreements that specify the rules for medication use and
the consequences for misuse. In preparing agreements, a physician shall
evaluate the case of each patient on its own merits, taking into account the
nature of the risks to the patient and the potential benefits of
treatment.
h. Termination of care. The physician shall consider
termination of patient care if there is evidence of diversion or a repeated
pattern of substance abuse.
13.2(4)
Restrictions and limitations. No aspect of this
rule shall be construed to interfere with:
a. Federal and state laws and regulations governing
the proper prescribing and administering of controlled
substances;
b. Treatment of patients suffering from chronic
malignant pain, such as patients cared for in a hospice or other long–term
care facility setting; or
c. Delivery of medical services to a patient as a
result of trauma or a medical emergency.
ARC 1582B
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
Department of Personnel hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter
21, “Iowa Public Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments exclude recruitment bonuses, tips and
honoraria from the definition of covered employment wages; clarify times that
covered employers have to submit IPERS wage reports, remit contributions and
establish good– cause criteria for requests for extension of time to file
these reports; implement IPERS’ reclassification of service credit for a
member who worked in a protection occupation classified as regular service at
the time services were rendered, when such employment is subsequently
reclassified by the Legislature as a special service occupation; adopt a new
subrule to clarify required information to be submitted by covered employers to
IPERS when a new employee is enrolled in the system; provide for distribution of
refund forms solely by IPERS, so as to limit the distribution of outdated forms,
effective December 31, 2002; add a mandatory provision that qualified domestic
relations orders shall be signed by the judge and filed with the clerk of court
pursuant to local court rules before submission to IPERS for administration; add
a provision that the denominator in a service factor equation for determining
benefits to an alternate payee shall not exceed the number of quarters used to
determine the benefits to which a member is entitled, and requiring that only
one attorney in a divorce action may submit a qualified domestic relations order
to IPERS for review after the agreement by the parties; and include provisions
for handling replacement warrants when the requester has not provided IPERS with
a new address or cashed the warrants in a timely manner.
These amendments were prepared after consultation with the
IPERS legal, accounting and benefits units.
Amendments to 21.6(2), 21.6(4), 21.6(5), 21.6(11), 21.8(4),
and 21.34 may be subject to requests for waivers. The remaining amendments
confer benefits, are required by statute, are intended to correct past
misinterpretations, or conform to law.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before May 21, 2002. Such written suggestions
or comments should be directed to the IPERS Administrative Rules Coordinator at
IPERS, P.O. Box 9117, Des Moines, Iowa 50306–9117. Persons who wish to
present their comments orally may contact the IPERS Administrative Rules
Coordinator at (515) 281–0089. Comments may also be submitted by fax to
(515) 281–0045, or by E–mail to
info@ipers.state.ia.us.
There will be a public hearing on May 21, 2002, at 9 a.m. at
IPERS, 7401 Register Drive, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may present
their views either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked
to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to
the subject matter of the proposed amendments.
These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 1583B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
ARC 1588B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Chiropractic Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
rescind Chapter 40, “Chiropractic Examiners,” and adopt new Chapter
40, “Board of Chiropractic Examiners”; adopt new Chapter 41,
“Licensure of Chiropractic Physicians,” and Chapter 42,
“Schools for Chiropractic Physicians”; renumber Chapter 43,
“Continuing Education for Chiropractic Physicians,” and Chapter 44,
“Discipline for Chiropractic Physicians,” as Chapter 44 and Chapter
45; adopt new Chapter 43, “Practice of Chiropractic Physicians”;
amend renumbered Chapter 44, “Continuing Education for Chiropractic
Physicians”; and adopt new Chapter 46, “Fees,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments rescind the current licensing rules
and fees and adopt new chapters for licensure, chiropractic schools, practice
and fees, and amend the continuing education chapter.
These rules were revised according to Executive Order Number
8. The Division sent copies of the rules to chiropractic schools and randomly
selected licensees. Staff also had input on these rules.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than May 21, 2002, addressed to Ella Mae Baird,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on May 21, 2002, from 9 to 11
a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 151 and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind 645—Chapter 40 and
adopt the following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 40
BOARD OF CHIROPRACTIC EXAMINERS
645—40.1(151) Definitions. The following
definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic
examiners:
“Board” shall mean the board of
chiropractic examiners of the state of Iowa.
“Department” shall mean the Iowa department of
public health.
“Director” shall mean the director of public
health.
“Disciplinary proceeding” means any proceeding
under the authority of the board pursuant to which licensee discipline may be
imposed.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means a person licensed to practice
chiropractic.
“Licensee discipline” or
“discipline” means any sanction the board may impose upon
licensees for conduct which threatens or denies persons of this state a high
standard of professional care.
“Profession” means chiropractic.
645—40.2(151) Description of board. The purpose
of the board of chiropractic examiners is to administer, interpret and enforce
the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 151 and those other provisions of the Iowa
Code which incorporate by explicit or implicit reference the practice of
chiropractic. These powers include but are not limited to the examination of
candidates, determining the eligibility of candidates for licensure by
examination and endorsement, investigating violations and infractions of the
laws relating to the practice of chiropractic, and revoking, suspending or
otherwise disciplining a chiropractic physician who has violated the provisions
of the chiropractic practice Acts.
645—40.3(151) Organization of board. The board
is comprised of five members licensed to practice chiropractic and two
representatives of the general public. The members are appointed by the
governor and confirmed by the senate. The term of office is three years. The
board:
40.3(1) Is a policy–making body relative to
matters involving chiropractic education and licensure, postgraduate training
and discipline.
40.3(2) Conducts business according to established
pol–icy as approved by the members.
40.3(3) Organizes annually and elects a chairperson,
vice chairperson, superintendent of examinations, and secretary from its
membership.
a. The chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the
board, shall have power to vote, shall appoint committees when necessary to
study issues, and shall follow Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised.
b. The vice chairperson shall act in the capacity of the
chairperson in the absence of that officer.
c. The secretary shall keep an accurate and complete
record of all transactions of the board. Copies of all such rec–ords will
become public record and will be on file in the board office, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075, or the board’s designated
office.
d. The superintendent of examinations shall supervise the
examination and make arrangements for the holding of the examinations in a
proper manner.
40.3(4) Governs its proceedings by Robert’s
Rules of Order, Revised.
40.3(5) Receives the administrative and clerical
support of a board administrator, hired by the department, who:
a. Is not a member of the board.
b. Under guidance of the members of the board, performs
administrative activities relating to the department in the administration and
enforcement of the laws relative to the practice of chiropractic.
40.3(6) Has the statutory authority to:
a. Administer, interpret, and enforce the laws and
administrative rules relating to the practice of chiropractic;
b. Review or investigate, or both, upon written
complaint or upon its own motion pursuant to other evidence received by the
board, alleged acts or omissions which the board reasonably believes constitute
cause under applicable law or administrative rule for licensee
discipline;
c. Determine in any case whether an investigation, or
further investigation, or a disciplinary proceeding is warranted;
d. Initiate and prosecute disciplinary
proceedings;
e. Impose licensee discipline;
f. Petition the district court for enforcement of its
authority with respect to licensees or with respect to other persons violating
the laws which the board is charged with administering;
g. Establish and register peer review
committees;
h. Refer to a registered peer review committee for
investigation, review, and report to the board any complaint or other evidence
of an act or omission which the board reasonably believes to constitute cause
for licensee discipline. However, the referral of any matter shall not relieve
the board of any of its duties and shall not divest the board of any authority
or jurisdiction;
i. Determine and administer the renewal of
licenses;
j. Establish and administer rules for continuing
education requirements as a condition of license renewal.
645—40.4(151) Official communications. All
official communications, including submissions and requests, should be addressed
to the Board Administrator, Board of Chiropractic Examiners, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
645—40.5(151) Office hours. The office of the
board is open for public business from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday to Friday of
each week.
645—40.6(151) Meetings. Regular meetings of the
board ordinarily are held at least quarterly. The board utilizes licensing
examinations administered by the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners twice
each year. At the discretion of the board, three–day licensing
examinations may be administered by the board. These examinations may be in
addition to national licensing examinations or in lieu of same. Information
concerning the dates and locations for meetings and examinations may be obtained
from the board office.
645—40.7(151) Public meetings. All meetings of
the board shall be open and public and all citizens of Iowa shall be permitted
to attend any meeting, except as otherwise provided by statute. The board may,
by a vote of two–thirds of its members, hold a closed session for the
following reasons:
1. To review or discuss records which are required or
authorized by state or federal law to be kept confidential.
2. To discuss strategy with counsel in matters that are
presently in litigation or where litigation is imminent where its disclosures
would be likely to prejudice or disadvantage the position of the board in that
litigation.
3. To discuss the contents of a licensing
examination.
4. To initiate licensee disciplinary investigations or
proceedings.
5. To discuss the decision to be rendered in a
contested case conducted according to the provisions of Iowa Code chapter
17A.
6. To avoid disclosure of specific law enforcement
matters, such as current or proposed investigations, which if disclosed would
enable law violators to avoid detection.
7. To avoid disclosure of specific law enforcement
matters, such as allowable tolerances or criteria for the selection, prosecution
or settlement of cases, which if disclosed would facilitate disregard of
requirements imposed by law.
8. To evaluate the professional competency of an
individual whose appointment, hiring, performance or discharge is being
considered when necessary to prevent needless and irreparable injury to that
individual’s reputation and that individual requests a closed
session.
645—40.8(151) Oral presentations.
40.8(1) Prior to adoption, amendment, or repeal of any
rule, the board shall give Notice of Intended Action by causing said notice to
be published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Written comments relating to
the proposed action by the board may be submitted to the board at its official
address no later than 20 days after the notice has been pub–lished. The
administrative rules review committee may, under the provisions of Iowa Code
section 17A.8(6), on its own motion or on written request by any individual or
group, review this proposed action at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard. An oral presentation shall be
scheduled prior to the adoption, amendment or repeal of any rule(s) provided the
request for presentation is in writing, received no later than 20 days after the
notice has been published and the request for presentation is made by 25
interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency, an association of 25
persons, or upon the discretion of the board.
40.8(2) The chairperson of the board or a presiding
officer appointed by the board shall preside over the oral
presentation.
a. The date, time and location of the oral presentation
shall be set by the board. The appropriate individuals, governmental
subdivisions, agencies or associations making the request shall be notified of
said date, time and location of presentation by certified mail.
b. Any individual(s) may present either written or oral
comments pertinent to the rule(s) for which the oral presentation has been
scheduled. Any individual(s) desiring to make written comments shall submit
these comments to the presiding officer prior to the presentation date. Any
individual(s) desiring to make an oral presentation shall submit a written
request to the board prior to the presentation date.
c. The authority of the chairperson of the board or
presiding administrative law judge during the oral presentation
includes:
(1) Setting a ten–minute time limit on oral
presentations if necessary;
(2) Excluding any individual(s) who may be either disruptive
or obstructive to the oral presentation; and
(3) Ruling that the oral presentation or discussion, or both,
is not pertinent to the oral presentation.
d. The conduct of the chairperson of the board or
presiding officer during the oral presentation shall include but need not be
limited to:
(1) Opening the oral presentation and receiving
appearances.
(2) Entering the oral presentation into the public
record.
(3) Receiving oral presentations.
(4) Reading into the official public record written comments
which have been submitted.
(5) Adjourning the oral presentation.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 147,
151, and 272C.
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new 645—Chapter 41:
CHAPTER 41
LICENSURE OF CHIROPRACTIC PHYSICIANS
645—41.1(151) Definitions. The following
definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic
examiners:
“Board” means the Iowa board of
chiropractic examiners.
“Council on Chiropractic Education” or
“C.C.E.” means the Educational Standards of Chiropractic Colleges
and bylaws which are on file in the board office, Department of Public Health,
Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075. A copy may be
obtained for the actual cost of reproduction.
“Department” means the Iowa department of public
health.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who failed to meet
stated obligations for renewal within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice chiropractic
in Iowa.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to practice
as a chiropractic physician in Iowa.
“License expiration date” means June 30 of
even–numbered years.
“Licensure by endorsement” means the issuance of
an Iowa license to practice chiropractic to an applicant who is currently
licensed in another state and meets the criteria for licensure in this
state.
“Mandatory training” means training on identifying
and reporting child abuse or dependent adult abuse required of chiropractic
physicians who are mandatory reporters. The full requirements on mandatory
reporting of child abuse and the training requirements are found in Iowa Code
section 232.69. The full requirements on mandatory reporting of dependent adult
abuse and the training requirements are found in Iowa Code section
235B.16.
“National board” means the National Board of
Chiropractic Examiners.
“Reciprocal license” means the issuance of an Iowa
license to practice chiropractic to an applicant who is currently licensed in
another state that has a mutual agreement with the Iowa board of chiropractic
examiners to license persons who have the same or similar qualifications to
those required in Iowa.
“SPEC” means Special Purposes Examination for
Chiropractic, which is an examination designed specifically for utilization by
state or foreign licensing agencies when considering cases of reciprocity or
endorsement, reinstatement following the lapse, suspension or revocation of a
license, or other disciplinary concerns.
645—41.2(151) Requirements for
licensure.
41.2(1) The following criteria shall apply to
licensure:
a. An applicant shall complete a board–approved
application form. Application forms may be obtained from the board’s Web
site (http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or directly from the Board
of Chiropractic Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
b. An applicant shall complete the application form according
to the instructions contained in the application. If the application is not
completed according to the instructions, the application will not be reviewed by
the board.
c. An applicant shall submit the appropriate fee payable by
check or money order to the Iowa Board of Chiropractic Examiners. The fee is
nonrefundable.
d. No applicant shall be considered for licensure until
official copies of academic transcripts are received by the board directly from
a chiropractic school accredited by the C.C.E. and approved by the
board.
e. An applicant shall pass all parts of the national board
examination as outlined in 645—41.3(151).
f. An applicant shall submit one passport–size
photograph of the applicant taken within the previous six months.
g. An applicant shall submit a copy of the chiropractic
diploma (no larger than
8½”
? 11”) from
a chiropractic school accredited by the C.C.E. and approved by the
board.
41.2(2) Licensees who were issued their licenses
within six months prior to the renewal date shall not be required to renew their
licenses until the renewal date two years later.
41.2(3) Incomplete applications that have been on file
in the board office for more than two years shall be:
a. Considered invalid and shall be destroyed; or
b. Maintained upon written request of the candidate. The
candidate is responsible for requesting that the file be maintained.
41.2(4) Persons licensed to practice chiropractic
shall keep their license publicly displayed in the primary place of
practice.
41.2(5) Licensees are required to notify the board of
chiropractic examiners of changes in residence or place of practice.
645—41.3(151) Examination
requirements.
41.3(1) Applicants shall submit the application for
examination and fee directly to the National Board of Chiropractic
Examiners.
41.3(2) The following criteria shall apply to
licensure:
a. Prior to July 1, 1973, applicants shall provide proof of
being issued a basic science certificate.
b. After July 1, 1973, applicants shall provide proof of
successful completion of the required examination from the National Board of
Chiropractic Examiners. The required examination shall meet the following
criteria:
(1) Examinations completed after July 1, 1973, shall be
defined as the successful completion of Parts I and II of the national board
examination.
(2) Examinations completed after August 1, 1976, shall be
defined as the successful completion of Parts I, II and Physiotherapy of the
national board examination.
(3) Examinations completed after January 1, 1987, shall be
defined as the successful completion of Parts I, II, III and Physiotherapy of
the national board examination.
(4) Examinations completed after January 1, 1996, shall be
defined as satisfactory completion of Parts I, II, III, IV and Physiotherapy of
the national board examination.
645—41.4(151) Educational
qualifications.
41.4(1) An applicant for licensure to practice as a
chiropractic physician shall present an official transcript verifying graduation
from a board–approved college of chiropractic that is accredited by a
credential evaluation service approved by the board.
41.4(2) Foreign–trained chiropractic physicians
shall:
a. Provide an equivalency evaluation of their educational
credentials by the International Educational Research Foundations, Inc.,
Credentials Evaluation Service, P.O. Box 3665, Culver City, California
90231–3665, telephone (310) 258–9451,Web site www.ierf.org or
E–mail at info@ierf.org. The professional curriculum must be
equivalent to that stated in these rules. A candidate shall bear the expense of
the curriculum evaluation.
b. Provide a notarized copy of the certificate or diploma
awarded to the applicant from a chiropractic program in the country in which the
applicant was educated.
c. Receive a final determination from the board regarding the
application for licensure.
645—41.5(151) Temporary certificate.
41.5(1) The board may issue a temporary certificate to
practice chiropractic if the issuance is in the public interest. A temporary
certificate may be issued at the discretion of the board to an applicant who
demonstrates a need for the temporary certificate and meets the professional
qualifications for licensure.
41.5(2) Demonstrated need. An applicant must
establish that a need exists for the issuance of a temporary license and the
need serves the public interest. An applicant may meet the demonstrated need
requirement by proving that the applicant:
a. Will provide chiropractic services in connection with a
special activity, event or program conducted in this state.
b. Will provide chiropractic services in connection with a
state emergency as proclaimed by the governor.
c. Previously held an unrestricted license to practice
chiropractic in this state and will provide gratuitous chiropractic services as
a voluntary public service.
d. Will provide chiropractic services during the illness of an
Iowa–licensed chiropractic physician.
The temporary certificate shall be issued only for conditions
stated in paragraphs “a” through “d.”
41.5(3) Professional qualifications. The applicant
shall:
a. Submit the board–approved application form.
Applications may be obtained from the board’s Web site
(http://www.idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or directly from the Board of
Chiropractic Examiners, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas
State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
b. Provide verification of current active licensure in the
United States sent directly from the state to the board office.
c. Submit proof of two years of full–time chiropractic
practice within the immediately preceding two years.
d. Provide a copy of a chiropractic diploma (no larger than
8½”
? 11”) from
a chiropractic school accredited by the C.C.E. and approved by the
board.
e. Submit the temporary certificate fee.
f. Submit information explaining the demonstrated need, the
scope of practice requested by the applicant, and why a temporary certificate
should be granted.
41.5(4) If the application is approved by the board, a
temporary certificate shall be issued authorizing the applicant to practice
chiropractic for one year. The temporary certificate may be limited in scope of
practice.
41.5(5) At the discretion of the board, a temporary
certificate may be renewed annually, not to exceed two additional years. The
board may require completion of continuing education hours for renewal of a
temporary certificate.
41.5(6) The temporary certificate may be canceled at
any time without a hearing for reasons deemed sufficient to the board, which
includes any of the grounds for which licensee discipline may be
imposed.
41.5(7) Cancellation of a temporary certificate shall
be effective three days after mailing the notice of cancellation by registered
mail.
645—41.6(151) Licensure by
endorsement.
41.6(1) An applicant who has been licensed to practice
chiropractic under the laws of another jurisdiction shall file an application
for licensure by endorsement with the board office.
41.6(2) The board may receive by endorsement any
applicant from the District of Columbia or another state, territory, province or
foreign country who:
a. Submits to the board a completed application;
b. Pays the licensure fee;
c. Provides a notarized copy of the diploma (no larger than
8½”
? 11”)
along with an official copy of the transcript from a board–approved
chiropractic school sent directly from the school to the board office;
d. Shows evidence of successful completion of the examination
of the National Board of Chiropractic Examiners as outlined in
645—41.3(151);
e. Provides verification of license(s) from every state of the
United States in which the applicant has practiced and from the District of
Columbia which shall be sent directly from the state(s) to the board office; and
f. Provides certified evidence of two or more years of actual
practice as a chiropractic physician in a state of the United States or the
District of Columbia.
645—41.7(151) Licensure by reciprocal agreement.
The board may enter into a reciprocal agreement with the District of
Columbia or any state, territory, province or foreign country with equal or
similar requirements for licensure of chiropractic physicians.
645—41.8(151) License renewal.
41.8(1) The biennial license renewal period for a
license to practice chiropractic shall begin on July 1 of an even–numbered
year and end on June 30 of the next even–numbered year. All licensees
shall renew on a biennial basis.
41.8(2) A renewal of license application and
continuing education report form to practice chiropractic shall be mailed to the
licensee at least 60 days prior to the expiration of the license. Failure to
receive the renewal application shall not relieve the license holder of the
obligation to pay the biennial renewal fees on or before the renewal
date.
a. The licensee shall submit the completed application and
continuing education report form with the renewal fee to the board office before
the license expiration date.
b. A licensee who regularly examines, attends, counsels or
treats children in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal application completion of
two hours of training in child abuse identification and reporting in the
previous five years or condition(s) for exemption of this requirement as
identified in paragraph “f.”
c. A licensee who regularly examines, attends, counsels or
treats adults in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal application completion of
two hours of training in dependent adult abuse identification and reporting in
the previous five years or condition(s) for waiver of this requirement as
identified in paragraph “f.”
d. A licensee who regularly examines, attends, counsels or
treats both adults and children in Iowa shall indicate on the renewal
application completion of training on abuse identification and reporting in
dependent adults and children in the previous five years or condition(s) for
exemption of this requirement as identified in paragraph
“f.”
Training may be completed through separate courses as
identified in paragraphs “b” and “c” or in one combined
course that includes curricula for identifying and reporting child abuse and
dependent adult abuse.
e. The licensee shall maintain written documentation for five
years after mandatory training as identified in paragraphs “b” to
“d,” including program date(s), content, duration, and proof of
participation.
f. The requirement for mandatory training for identifying and
reporting child and dependent adult abuse shall be suspended if the board
determines that suspension is in the public interest or that a person at the
time of license renewal:
(1) Is engaged in active duty in the military service of this
state or the United States.
(2) Holds a current exemption by the board based on evidence
of significant hardship in complying with training requirements, including
exemption of continuing education requirements or extension of time in which to
fulfill requirements due to a physical or mental disability or illness as
identified in 645—Chapter 44.
g. The board may select licensees for audit of compliance with
the requirements in paragraphs “b” to “f.”
h. Individuals who were issued their initial licenses within
six months of the license renewal date will not be required to renew their
licenses until the next renewal date two years later.
i. A person licensed to practice chiropractic shall keep the
person’s renewal license displayed in connection with the original
license.
41.8(3) Late renewal. If the renewal fees, continuing
education report and renewal application are received within 30 days after the
license expiration date, the late fee for failure to renew before expiration is
charged.
41.8(4) When all requirements for license renewal are
met, the licensee shall be sent a license renewal card by regular
mail.
645—41.9(272C) Exemptions for inactive
practitioners.
41.9(1) A licensee who is not engaged in practice in
the state of Iowa may be granted a waiver of compliance and obtain a certificate
of exemption upon written application to the board. The application shall
contain a statement that the applicant will not engage in practice in the state
of Iowa without first complying with all regulations governing reinstatement
after exemption. The application for a certificate of exemption shall be
submitted upon the form provided by the board. A licensee must hold a current
license to apply for exempt status. The licensee shall apply for inactive
status prior to the license expiration date.
41.9(2) Reinstatement of exempted inactive
practitioners. Inactive practitioners who have requested and been granted a
waiver of compliance with the renewal requirements and who have obtained a
certificate of exemption shall, prior to engaging in the practice of the
profession in Iowa, satisfy the requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—44.10(272C).
41.9(3) Licensees shall renew at the scheduled
renewal. Licensees who were issued their reinstatement within six months prior
to the renewal date shall not be required to renew their licenses until the
renewal date two years later.
41.9(4) A new licensee who is on inactive status
during the initial license renewal time period and reinstates before the first
license expiration date will not be required to complete continuing education
for that first license renewal time period only. Sixty hours of continuing
education will be required for every renewal thereafter.
41.9(5) Verifications of license(s) are required from
all states in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa license became
inactive.
41.9(6) Reinstatement of inactive license after
exemption. The following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement
based on the length of time a license has been inactive.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 biennium
|
2 bienniums
|
3 or more bienniums
|
Submit written application for reinstatement to the
board
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pay the current renewal fee
|
$100
|
$100
|
$100
|
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
30 days after expiration date up to 1 biennium
|
2 bienniums
|
3 or more bienniums
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Submit verification(s) from every state in the United States
and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced since obtaining
inactive status
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Furnish evidence of completion of board–approved
continuing education hours during the period since the license became
inactive
OR
Furnish evidence of verification of current active licensure
in the United States and completion of the continuing education requirement in
the state in which the applicant is licensed
|
60 hours
May be completed
|
120 hours
May be completed
|
180 hours
May be completed
|
Furnish evidence of successful completion of the SPEC
examination if the applicant does not have a current license and has not been in
active practice in the United States during the past five years
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Successful completion of examination required if applicant
has not been in active practice for five years
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$150 and
60 hours
|
$150 and 120 hours
|
$150 and 180 hours
|
645—41.10(272C) Lapsed licenses.
41.10(1) If the renewal fees and continuing education
report are received more than 30 days after the license expiration date, the
license is lapsed. An application for reinstatement must be filed with the
board accompanied by the reinstatement fee, the renewal fee(s) for each biennium
the license is lapsed and the late fee for failure to renew before expiration.
The licensee may be subject to an audit of the licensee’s continuing
education report.
41.10(2) Licensees who have not fulfilled the
requirements for license renewal or for an exemption in the required time frame
will have a lapsed license and shall not engage in the practice of chiropractic.
Practicing without a license may be cause for disciplinary action.
41.10(3) To reinstate a lapsed license, licensees
shall comply with all requirements for reinstatement as outlined in
645—44.6(272C).
41.10(4) After the reinstatement of a lapsed license,
the licensee shall renew at the next scheduled renewal cycle and complete the
continuing education required for the biennium.
41.10(5) Verification(s) of license(s) is required
from every state in the United States and the District of Columbia in which the
licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed.
41.10(6) Reinstatement of a lapsed license. The
following chart illustrates the requirements for reinstatement based on the
length of time a license has lapsed.
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
30 days after expiration date
up to 1 biennium
|
2 bienniums
|
3 bienniums
|
4 bienniums
|
5 or more bienniums
|
Submit written application for reinstatement
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Pay the renewal fee(s)
|
$100
|
$200
|
$300
|
$400
|
$500
|
Pay the late fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Pay the reinstatement fee
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
$50
|
Submit verification(s) from every state in the United States
and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced since the Iowa
license lapsed
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Required
|
Furnish evidence of completion of approved continuing
education hours during the period since the license lapsed
OR
|
60 hours
|
120 hours
|
180 hours
|
180 hours
|
180 hours
|
An applicant shall satisfy the following
requirements:
|
30 days after expiration date
up to 1 biennium
|
2 bienniums
|
3 bienniums
|
4 bienniums
|
5 or more bienniums
|
Furnish evidence of verification of current active licensure
in the United States and completion of the continuing education requirement in
the state in which the applicant is licensed
|
May be completed
|
|
May be completed
|
May be completed
|
May be completed
|
May be completed
|
Furnish evidence of successful completion of the SPEC
examination if the applicant does not have a current license and has not been in
active practice in the United States during the past five years
|
N/A
|
N/A
|
Successful completion of examination required if applicant
has not been in active practice for five years
|
Successful completion of examination required if applicant
has not been in active practice for five years
|
Successful completion of examination required if applicant
has not been in active practice for five years
|
Total fees and continuing education hours required for
reinstatement:
|
$200 and
60 hours
|
$300 and 120 hours
|
$400 and 180 hours
|
$500 and 180 hours
|
$600 and 180 hours
|
645—41.11(17A,151,272C) License
denial.
41.11(1) An applicant who has been denied licensure by
the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the issues related to
the licensure denial by serving a notice of appeal and request for hearing upon
the board not more than 30 days following the date of mailing of the
notification of licensure denial to the applicant. The request for hearing as
outlined in these rules shall specifically describe the facts to be contested
and determined at the hearing.
41.11(2) If an applicant who has been denied licensure
by the board appeals the licensure denial and requests a hearing pursuant to
this rule, the hearing and subsequent procedures shall be held pursuant to the
process outlined in Iowa Code chapters 17A and 272C.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147 and 272C.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following
new 645—Chapter 42:
CHAPTER 42
SCHOOLS FOR CHIROPRACTIC PHYSICIANS
645—42.1(151) Definitions. The following
definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic
examiners.
“Chiropractic intern” means a chiropractic
student of an approved college of chiropractic in the student’s last
academic quarter, semester, or trimester of study, who is eligible for
graduation from the college of chiropractic except for completion of a
preceptorship program.
“Chiropractic preceptor” means a chiropractic
physician licensed and practicing in Iowa pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 151, who
accepts a chiropractic student into the practice for the purpose of providing
the chiropractic student with a clinical experience of the practice of
chiropractic.
“Chiropractic resident” means a graduate
chiropractic physician who has received a doctor of chiropractic degree from a
college of chiropractic approved by the board.
“Chiropractic student” means a student of an
approved college of chiropractic.
“Preceptorship practice” means the chiropractic
practice of a single chiropractic physician or group of chiropractic physicians
in a particular business or clinic, into which a licensed practicing
chiropractic physician has accepted a chiropractic intern for the limited
purpose of providing the chiropractic intern with a clinical experience in the
practice of chiropractic.
645—42.2(151) Rules pertaining to
schools.
42.2(1) Rules pertaining to the practice of
chiropractic at a chiropractic college clinic shall be equal to the standards
established by the Council on Chiropractic Education existing as of February 1,
1991.
42.2(2) All chiropractic colleges, in order to be
approved by the board of chiropractic examiners, shall first have status with
the Commission on Accreditation of the Council on Chiropractic Education, as
recognized by the U.S. Office of Education, existing as of February 1,
1991.
42.2(3) The following procedures are established for
an institution to obtain equivalent approval by the board of chiropractic
examiners:
a. Standards. The standards against which the
institution will be evaluated shall be those published and utilized by the
Council on Chiropractic Education existing as of February 1,
1991.C 12/27/00
b. Self–study. A comprehensive self–study
shall be required of the applying institution which measures its performance
against the objectives of the institution and the standards of the board of
chiropractic examiners. After review of the self–study, the board shall
render a decision that the self–study is: (1) satisfactory, (2)
unsatisfactory in terms of the report, or (3) unsatisfactory in terms of
content. If unsatisfactory, the board will furnish the institution with a bill
of particulars. An inspection of the institution shall not be made until the
self–study is satisfactory.
c. Inspection. Inspection of the institution shall be
conducted by an examining team selected by the board and shall consist of a
minimum of five members. Two members shall have doctorates in the basic
sciences; one shall have a doctorate in college administration; and two shall be
doctors of chiropractic.
(1) The inspection team shall determine firsthand if the
applicant institution meets the established standards and is meeting its own
institutional objectives.
(2) Expenses of the inspection team shall be borne by the
applicant institution.
(3) The inspection team shall furnish the board with a
comprehensive report of the team findings after having provided the institution
with opportunity to comment on its findings.
d. Decision. The board of chiropractic examiners will
make its decision on the basis of the comprehensive report of the inspection
team after providing the institution opportunity for a hearing on the report.
If a member of the board has participated in the inspection, the member shall
not participate in the decision–making process.
COLLEGES AND COLLEGE–BASED
PROGRAMS
42.2(4) Students—treatment of
patients.
a. Unlicensed practice by chiropractic interns and
chiropractic residents. The board may approve the unlicensed practice of
chiropractic in this state by a bona fide student of a chiropractic college
which offers an approved preceptorship program, if the chiropractic college
preceptorship program, the chiropractic preceptor and practice of chiropractic
by the intern meet the criteria established by the Council on Chiropractic
Education. The board may approve the unlicensed practice of chiropractic in
this state by a chiropractic resident in an approved postgraduate chiropractic
preceptorship program, if the postgraduate chiropractic preceptorship program,
the chiropractic preceptor and the practice of chiropractic by the chiropractic
resident meet the criteria established by the Council on Chiropractic
Education.
b. Approved chiropractic college preceptorship programs.
The board shall approve a chiropractic college preceptorship program
which includes all of the following criteria:
(1) Is operated by a chiropractic college approved by the
board. The board shall consider whether the college is accredited by the
Council on Chiropractic Education, and shall also consider the degree of
consumer protection provided by the defined standards and practices of the
chiropractic college’s preceptor program, as well as the degree of
consumer protection demonstrated by the actual operation of the chiropractic
college’s preceptor program.
(2) Is an established component of the curriculum of the
chiropractic college.
(3) Certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the
school:
1. That all chiropractic interns who participate in the
preceptorship program have met all requirements for graduation from the
chiropractic college except for completion of the preceptorship period, and
2. That no chiropractic physician who is a preceptor shall
supervise more than one chiropractic intern for the duration of a given
preceptorship period.
(4) Certifies to the board on forms supplied by the school
that all chiropractic physicians who participate as preceptors have been fully
credentialed by the sponsoring chiropractic college.
(5) Certifies to the board on forms supplied by the school
that the chiropractic preceptor and the chiropractic intern have agreed on the
goals of the preceptor to be completed by the chiropractic intern.
(6) Upon request, provides to the board a current list of the
chiropractic physicians in Iowa who are preceptors in the program.
c. Approved postgraduate preceptorship programs.
The board shall approve a preceptorship program for the training of
chiropractic residents which meets all of the following criteria:
(1) Is operated by a chiropractic college approved by the
board. The board shall consider whether the college is accredited by the
Council on Chiropractic Education, and shall also consider the degree of
consumer protection provided by the defined standards and practices of the
chiropractic college’s preceptor program, as well as the degree of
consumer protection demonstrated by the actual operation of the chiropractic
college’s preceptor program.
(2) Is an established postgraduate program of the chiropractic
college.
(3) Certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the
school:
1. That all chiropractic residents who participate in the
postgraduate preceptorship program have graduated from a college of chiropractic
approved by the board, and
2. That no chiropractic physician who is a preceptor shall
supervise more than one chiropractic resident for the duration of a given
preceptorship period.
(4) Certifies to the board on forms supplied by the school
that all chiropractic physicians who participate as preceptors are fully
credentialed in accordance with current guidelines for chiropractic
preceptorship established by the Council on Chiropractic Education.
(5) Certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the college,
that the chiropractic resident preceptor and the chiropractic resident have
agreed on the goals of the preceptor program to be completed by the chiropractic
resident.
(6) Upon request, provides to the board a current list of the
chiropractic physicians in Iowa who are preceptors in the program.
d. Approved chiropractic preceptors. The board shall
approve a chiropractic physician to be a chiropractic physician preceptor if the
chiropractic physician certifies to the board, on forms supplied by the school,
that:
(1) The chiropractic physician preceptor has been continuously
licensed in the United States for the previous five years and currently holds a
license in Iowa, that there are no pending disciplinary actions or malpractice
awards granted against the chiropractic physician preceptor, and that there have
been no board disciplinary actions taken within the past three years against the
chiropractic physician preceptor.
(2) The chiropractic physician preceptor is fully credentialed
in accordance with current guidelines for chiropractic preceptorship established
by the Council on Chiropractic Education.
(3) The chiropractic physician preceptor is responsible for
the practice of the chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident who is accepted
into a preceptorship practice.
(4) The chiropractic physician preceptor will identify the
chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident to the patients of the
preceptorship practice in such a way that no patient will tend to be misled as
to the status of the chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident. The
chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident will wear an identification badge
at all times in the presence of preceptorship patients.
(5) The chiropractic physician preceptor will supervise no
more than one chiropractic intern or chiropractic resident for the duration of a
given preceptorship period.
(6) The chiropractic physician preceptor will exercise direct,
on–premises supervision of the chiropractic intern or chiropractic
resident at all times during which the chiropractic intern or chiropractic
resident is engaged in any facet of patient care in the chiropractic physician
preceptor’s clinic.
e. Termination of preceptorship. A preceptorship shall
terminate upon the occurrence of the earliest applicable of the following
events.
(1) For a chiropractic intern participating in a preceptorship
program, graduation from the college of chiropractic operating the
program.
(2) For a chiropractic resident participating in a
postgraduate preceptorship program, the passage of 12 months since graduation
from a board–approved college of chiropractic.
(3) For either a chiropractic intern preceptorship or a
chiropractic resident preceptorship, any of the following:
1. The filing of formal disciplinary decisions against a
chiropractic preceptor, the nature of which is a criminal offense and the
circumstances of which substantially relate to the practice of
chiropractic.
2. The filing of formal disciplinary decisions against a
chiropractic physician preceptor for violation of statutes or administrative
rules pertaining to the practice of chiropractic.
3. The granting of a malpractice award against a chiropractic
physician preceptor in a civil action for malpractice.
42.2(5) The student enrolled at an approved
chiropractic college in the state of Iowa will be able to treat patients under
the license of the clinic director or designated licensed doctor associated with
the clinic of the college who must be a currently licensed Iowa chiropractic
physician and the board so notified of the name of the doctor. The clinic will
operate under the license of the clinic director or designated licensed doctor
associated with the clinic.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
151.
ITEM 4. Renumber 645—Chapter
43 and 645—Chapter 44 as 645—Chapter 44 and
645—Chapter 45 and adopt the following new
645—Chapter 43:
CHAPTER 43
PRACTICE OF CHIROPRACTIC PHYSICIANS
645—43.1(151) Definitions. The following
definitions shall be applicable to the rules of the Iowa board of chiropractic
examiners.
“Adjustment/manipulation of neuromusculoskeletal
structures” means the use by a doctor of chiropractic of a skillful
treatment based upon differential diagnosis of neuromusculoskeletal structures
and procedures related thereto by the use of passive movements with the
chiropractic physician’s hands or instruments in a manipulation of a joint
by thrust so the patient’s volitional resistance cannot prevent the
motion. The manipulation is directed toward the goal of restoring joints to
their proper physiological relationship of motion and related function.
Movement of the joint is by force beyond its active limit of motion, but within
physiologic integrity. Adjustment or manipulation commences where mobilization
ends and specifically begins when the elastic barrier of resistance is
encountered by the doctor of chiropractic and ends at the limit of anatomical
integrity. Adjustment or manipulation as described in this definition is
directed to the goal of the restoration of joints to their proper physiological
relationship of motion and related function, release of adhesions or stimulation
of joint receptors. Adjustment or manipulation as described in this definition
is by hand or instrument. The primary emphasis of this adjustment or
manipulation is upon specific joint element adjustment or manipulation and
treatment of the articulation and adjacent tissues of the neuromusculoskeletal
structures of the body and nervous system, using one or more of the
following:
1. Impulse adjusting or the use of sudden, high velocity,
short amplitude thrust of a nature that patient volitional resistance is
overcome, commencing where the motion encounters the elastic barrier of
resistance and ending at the limit of anatomical integrity.
2. Instrument adjusting, utilizing instruments specifically
designed to deliver sudden, high velocity, short amplitude thrust.
3. Light force adjusting, utilizing sustained joint traction
or applied directional pressure, or both, which may be combined with passive
motion to restore joint mobility.
4. Long distance lever adjusting, utilizing forces delivered
at some distance from the dysfunctional site and aimed at transmission through
connected structures to accomplish joint mobility.
“Anatomic barrier” means the limit of
motion imposed by anatomic structure, the limit of passive motion.
“Chiropractic insurance consultant” means
an Iowa–licensed chiropractic physician registered with the board who
serves as a liaison and advisor to an insurance company.
“Chiropractic manipulation” means care of
an articular dysfunction or neuromusculoskeletal disorder by manual or
mechanical adjustment of any skeletal articulation and contiguous
articulations.
“Differential diagnosis” means to examine the body
systems and structures of a human subject to determine the source, nature, kind
or extent of a disease, vertebral subluxation, neuromusculoskeletal disorder or
other physical condition, and to make a determination of the source, nature,
kind, or extent of a disease or other physical condition.
“Elastic barrier” means the range between the
physiologic and anatomic barrier of motion in which passive ligamentous
stretching occurs before tissue disruption.
“Extremity manipulation” means a corrective thrust
or maneuver by a doctor of chiropractic by hand or instrument based upon
differential diagnosis of neuromusculoskeletal structures applied to a joint of
the appendicular skeleton.
“Malpractice” means any error or omission,
unreasonable lack of skill, or failure to maintain a reasonable standard of care
by a chiropractic physician in the practice of the profession.
“Mobilization” means movement applied singularly
or repetitively within or at the physiological range of joint motion, without
imparting a thrust or impulse, with the goal of restoring joint
mobility.
“Peer review” means evaluation of professional
services rendered by a professional practitioner.
“Peer review committee” means one or more persons
acting in a peer review capacity who have been appointed by the board for such
purpose.
“Physiologic barrier” means the limit of active
motion, which can be altered to increase range of active motion by warm–up
activity.
645—43.2(147,272C) Principles of chiropractic ethics.
The following principles of chiropractic ethics are hereby adopted by the
board relative to the practice of chiropractic in this state.
43.2(1) These principles are intended to aid
chiropractic physicians individually and collectively in maintaining a high
level of ethical conduct. These are standards by which a chiropractic physician
may determine the propriety of the chiropractic physician’s conduct in the
chiropractic physician’s relationship with patients, with colleagues, with
members of allied professions, and with the public.
43.2(2) The principal objective of the chiropractic
profession is to render service to humanity with full respect for the dignity of
the person. Chiropractic physicians should merit the confidence of patients
entrusted to their care, rendering to each a full measure of service and
devotion.
43.2(3) Chiropractic physicians should strive
continually to improve chiropractic knowledge and skill, and should make
available to their patients and colleagues the benefits of their professional
attainments.
43.2(4) A chiropractic physician should practice a
method of healing founded on a scientific basis, and should not voluntarily
associate professionally with anyone who violates this principle.
43.2(5) The chiropractic profession should safeguard
the public and itself against chiropractic physicians deficient in moral
character or professional competence. Chiropractic physicians should observe
all laws, uphold the dignity and honor of the profession and accept its
self–imposed disci–plines. They should expose, without hesitation,
illegal or unethical conduct of fellow members of the profession.
43.2(6) A chiropractic physician may choose whom to
serve. In an emergency, however, services should be rendered to the best of the
chiropractic physician’s ability. Having undertaken the case of a
patient, the chiropractic physician may not neglect the patient; and, unless the
patient has been discharged, the chiropractic physician may discontinue services
only after giving adequate notice.
43.2(7) A chiropractic physician should not dispose of
services under terms or conditions which tend to interfere with or impair the
free and complete exercise of professional judgment and skill or tend to cause a
deterioration of the quality of chiropractic care.
43.2(8) A chiropractic physician should seek
consultation upon request, in doubtful or difficult cases, or whenever it
appears that the quality of chiropractic service may be enhanced
thereby.
43.2(9) A chiropractic physician may not reveal the
confidences entrusted in the course of chiropractic attendance, or the
deficiencies observed in the character of patients, unless required to do so by
law or unless it becomes necessary in order to protect the welfare of the
individual or of the community.
43.2(10) The honored ideals of the chiropractic
profession imply that the responsibilities of the chiropractic physician extend
not only to the individual, but also to society where these responsibilities
deserve interest and participation in activities which have the purpose of
improving both the health and well–being of the individual and the
community.
645—43.3(514F) Utilization and cost control
review.
43.3(1) The board shall establish utilization and cost
control review (U.C.C.R.) committee(s). The name(s) of the committee(s) shall
be on file with the board and available to the public. The designation of the
committee(s) shall be reviewed annually.
43.3(2) Members of the U.C.C.R. committee shall:
a. Hold a current license.
b. Have practiced chiropractic in the state of Iowa for a
minimum of five years prior to appointment.
c. Be actively involved in a chiropractic practice
during the term of appointment as a U.C.C.R. committee member.
d. Have no pending board disciplinary actions or
discipline taken during the three years prior to appointment and no discipline
pending or taken during the period of appointment.
e. Have no malpractice awards granted against the
appointed committee member during the three years prior to appointment or during
the period of appointment.
f. Not assist in the review or adjudication of claims
in which the committee member may reasonably be presumed to have a conflict of
interest.
g. Have completed a utilization review course that has
been previously approved by the board.
43.3(3) Procedures for utilization and cost control
review. A request for review may be made to the board by any person governed by
the various chapters of title XIII, subtitle 1, of the Iowa Code,
self–insurers for health care benefits to employees, other
third–party payers, chiropractic patients or licensees.
a. There shall be a reasonable fee, as established by
the board, for services rendered, which will be made payable directly to the
U.C.C.R. committee. The committee shall make a yearly accounting to the
board.
b. A request for service shall be submitted to the
executive director of the U.C.C.R. committee on an approved submission form and
shall be accompanied by four copies of all information. All references to
identification and location of patient and doctor shall be deleted and prepared
for blind review by the executive director of the U.C.C.R. committee. The
information shall be forwarded to the U.C.C.R. committee.
c. The U.C.C.R. committee shall respond in writing to
the parties involved with its findings and recommendations within 90 days. The
committee shall review the appropriateness of levels of treatment and give an
opinion as to the reasonableness of charges for diagnostic or treatment services
rendered as requested. The U.C.C.R. committee shall submit a quarterly report
of its activities to the board. The U.C.C.R. committee shall meet at least
annually with the board chairperson or the board chairperson’s
designee.
43.3(4) Types of cases reviewed shall
include:
a. Utilization.
(1) Frequency of treatment;
(2) Amount of treatment;
(3) Necessity of service;
(4) Appropriateness of treatment.
b. Usual and customary service.
43.3(5) Criteria for review may include but are not
limited to:
a. Was diagnosis compatible and consistent with
information?
b. Were X–ray and other examination procedures
adequate, or were they insufficient or nonrelated to history or
diagnosis?
c. Were clinical records adequate, complete, and of
sufficient frequency?
d. Was treatment consistent with diagnosis?
e. Was treatment program consistent with scientific
knowledge and academic and clinical training in accredited chiropractic
colleges?
f. Were charges reasonable and customary for the
service?
43.3(6) Members of the U.C.C.R. committee shall
observe the requirements of confidentiality imposed by Iowa Code chapter
272C.
43.3(7) Action of the U.C.C.R. committee does not
constitute an action of the board.
645—43.4(151) Chiropractic insurance
consultant.
43.4(1) A chiropractic physician will advise insurance
companies of Iowa standards of recognized and accepted chiropractic services and
procedures permitted by the Iowa Code and administrative rules; and will advise
on the propriety of chiropractic diagnosis and care.
43.4(2) Licensed chiropractic physicians shall not
hold themselves out as chiropractic insurance consultants unless they meet the
following requirements:
a. Hold a current license.
b. Have practiced chiropractic in the state of Iowa for
a minimum of five years.
c. Are actively involved in a chiropractic practice
during the term of appointment as a chiropractic insurance consultant.
645—43.5(151) Acupuncture.
43.5(1) Acupuncture is the procedure of puncturing the
skin with needles for treatment.
43.5(2) Venipuncture for withdrawal of blood is not an
acupuncture procedure.
645—43.6(151) Nonprofit nutritional product
sales.
43.6(1) Profit shall mean all moneys remaining after
the cost of operating a chiropractic practice.
43.6(2) The sale price of the nutritional product may
not include a profit exceeding the cost of the practice overhead and the
product.
645—43.7(151) Adjunctive procedures.
43.7(1) Adjunctive procedures are defined as
procedures related to differential diagnosis.
43.7(2) For any applicant for licensure to practice
chiropractic in the state of Iowa who chooses to be tested in limited adjunctive
procedures, those limited procedures must be adequate for the applicant to come
to a differential diagnosis in order to pass the examination.
43.7(3) Applicants for licenses to practice
chiropractic who refuse to utilize any of the adjunctive procedures which they
have been taught in approved colleges of chiropractic must adequately show the
board that they can come to an adequate differential diagnosis without the use
of adjunctive procedures.
645—43.8(151) Physical examination. The
chiropractic physician is to perform physical examinations to determine human
ailments, or the absence thereof, utilizing principles taught by chiropractic
colleges. Physical examination procedures shall not include prescription drugs
or operative surgery.
645—43.9(151) Gonad shielding. Gonad shielding
of not less than 0.25 millimeter lead equivalent shall be used for chiropractic
patients who have not passed the reproductive age during radiographic procedures
in which the gonads are in the useful beam, except for cases in which this would
interfere with the diagnostic procedures.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
151.
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered rule
645—44.2(272C) by renumbering subrules 44.2(2) to 44.2(5) as
44.2(3) to 44.2(6) and adopting the following new
subrule:
44.2(2) Continuing education credit earned from
January 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, may be used for either the July 2002
compliance period or the following biennial compliance period. The licensee may
use the continuing education credit hours earned only once. Credit may not be
duplicated for both compliance periods. This subrule applies only for the
renewal biennium of 2002 and the following renewal biennium.
ITEM 6. Rescind renumbered rule
645—44.6(272C) and adopt the following new rule in
lieu thereof:
645—44.6(272C) Reinstatement of lapsed
license.
44.6(1) Failure by the licensee to renew within 30
days after the expiration date shall cause the license to lapse. A person who
allows the license to lapse shall not engage in practice in Iowa without first
complying with all regulations governing reinstatement as outlined in the board
rules. A person who allows the license to lapse must apply to the board for
reinstatement of the license. Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be
granted by the board if the applicant:
a. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
b. Pays all renewal fees;
c. Pays the late fee which has been assessed by the board for
failure to renew;
d. Pays the reinstatement fee;
e. Has a personal interview with the board at the
board’s request; and
f. Provides verification of license(s) from every state in the
United States and the District of Columbia in which the licensee has practiced
since the Iowa license lapsed.
44.6(2) If the license has been lapsed for two
bienniums or less, the licensee shall, in addition to meeting the requirements
of 44.6(1), provide evidence of one of the following:
a. Satisfactory completion of board–approved continuing
education requirements during the period since the license lapsed. The total
number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is
computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed;
or
b. Current full–time practice in another state of the
United States or the District of Columbia and completion of the continuing
education requirement of that state.
44.6(3) If the license has been lapsed for three or
more bienniums, the applicant shall meet the requirements of 44.6(1), and the
following criteria shall apply:
a. If the applicant provides evidence of a current license and
proof of active practice in another state of the United States or the District
of Columbia during the immediately preceding five years, the applicant shall
comply with the requirements of subrule 44.6(2).
b. If the applicant does not have a current license in another
state of the United States or in the District of Columbia and cannot provide
evidence of active practice in the United States during the immediately
preceding five years, the applicant shall provide:
(1) Evidence of satisfactory completion of
board–approved continuing education during the period since the license
lapsed. The total number of continuing education hours required for license
reinstatement is computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the
license lapsed to a maximum of three bienniums or 180 hours; and
(2) Evidence of successful completion of the SPEC examination
within one year prior to reinstatement.
ITEM 7. Amend renumbered rule
645—44.9(272C) as follows:
645—44.9(272C) Continuing education
waiver exemption for disability or illness. The
board may, in individual cases involving disability or illness, grant
waivers exemptions of the minimum
educational continuing education requirements or
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports.
No waiver exemption or extension of time shall be
granted unless written application therefor is made on forms provided by the
board and signed by the licensee and appropriate licensed health care
practitioners. The board may grant a waiver an
exemption of the minimum educational continuing
education requirements for any period of time not to exceed one calendar
year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the disability
or illness upon which a waiver an exemption has
been granted continues beyond the period of waiver
exemption, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the
waiver exemption. The board may, as a condition of any
waiver exemption granted, require the applicant to make
up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational
continuing education requirements waived exempted
by such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
ITEM 8. Rescind renumbered subrule
44.10(4) and adopt the following new subrules in lieu
thereof:
44.10(4) Provide verification(s) of license(s) from
every state in the United States and the District of Columbia in which the
licensee has practiced since the Iowa license lapsed;
44.10(5) If the license has been inactive for two
bienniums or less, furnish in the application evidence of one of the
following:
a. Satisfactory completion of board–approved continuing
education requirements during the period since the license became inactive. The
total number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is
computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the license became
inactive; or
b. Current full–time practice in another state of the
United States or in the District of Columbia and completion of the continuing
education requirement of that state.
44.10(6) If the license has been inactive for three or
more bienniums, the following criteria shall apply:
a. If the applicant provides evidence of a current license and
proof of active practice in another state of the United States or in the
District of Columbia during the immediately preceding five years, the applicant
shall comply with the requirements of subrule 44.10(5).
b. If the applicant does not have a current license in another
state of the United States or in the District of Columbia and cannot provide
evidence of active practice in the United States during the immediately
preceding five years, the applicant shall provide:
(1) Evidence of satisfactory completion of
board–approved continuing education during the period since the license
lapsed. The total number of continuing education hours required for license
reinstatement is computed by multiplying 60 by the number of bienniums since the
license became inactive to a maximum of three bienniums or 180 hours;
and
(2) Evidence of successful completion of the SPEC examination
within one year prior to reinstatement.
ITEM 9. Adopt the following
new 645—Chapter 46:
CHAPTER 46
FEES
645—46.1(151) License fees. All fees are
nonrefundable.
46.1(1) Licensure fee for license to practice
chiropractic is $225.
46.1(2) Issuance of annual temporary certificate is
$100.
46.1(3) Biennial license renewal fee is
$100.
46.1(4) Late fee for failure to renew before the
expiration date is $50.
46.1(5) Reinstatement fee for a lapsed license or an
inactive license is $50.
46.1(6) Duplicate license fee is $10.
46.1(7) Fee for verification of license is
$10.
46.1(8) Returned check fee is $15.
46.1(9) Disciplinary hearing fee is a maximum of
$75.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 151
and 272C.
ARC 1590B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Examiners for Nursing Home Administrators hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to rescind Chapter 140, “Administrative and Regulatory
Authority,” and adopt new Chapter 140, “Administrative and
Regulatory Authority for the Board of Examiners for Nursing Home
Administrators,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment rescinds the current rules about the
organization and purpose of the Board and adopts new rules on the purpose of the
Board, organization and proceedings of the Board, official communication, office
hours, and public meetings.
These rules were revised in accordance with Executive Order
Number 8. Staff and Board members had input on these rules. Decisions were
made based on need, clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and
fairness.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendment no later than May 21, 2002, addressed to Ella Mae Baird,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State Office
Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
A public hearing will be held on May 21, 2002, from 9 to 11
a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At the
hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record
and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed amendment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapters 17A, 155 and 272C.
The following amendment is proposed.
Rescind 645—Chapter 140 and adopt the following
new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 140
ADMINISTRATIVE AND REGULATORY AUTHORITY FOR
THE BOARD OF EXAMINERS FOR
NURSING HOME ADMINISTRATORS
645—140.1(17A,155) Definitions.
“Board” means the board of examiners for nursing
home administrators.
“Board office” means the office of the
administrative staff.
“Department” means the department of public
health.
“Disciplinary proceeding” means any proceeding
under the authority of the board pursuant to which licensee discipline may be
imposed.
“License” means a license to practice as a nursing
home administrator under the laws of this state.
“Licensee” means a person licensed to practice as
a nursing home administrator in the state of Iowa.
“Nursing home” means any institution or facility,
or part thereof, defined as such for licensing purposes under state law or
pursuant to the rules for nursing homes established by the department of
inspections and appeals, whether proprietary or nonproprietary, including but
not limited to nursing homes owned and administered by the federal or state
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
“Nursing home administrator” means a person who
administers, manages, supervises, or is in general administrative charge of a
nursing home whether or not such individual has an ownership interest in such
home and whether or not the individual’s functions and duties are shared
with one or more individuals. A member of a board of directors, unless also
serving in a supervisory or managerial capacity, shall not be considered a
nursing home administrator.
“Peer review” means evaluation of professional
services rendered by a professional practitioner.
“Peer reviewer(s)” means one or more persons
acting in a peer review capacity who have been appointed by the board for such
purpose.
645—140.2(17A,155) Purpose of board. The
purpose of the board is to administer and enforce the provisions of Iowa Code
chapters 17A, 147, 155 and 272C with regard to practicing as a nursing home
administrator. The mission of the board is to protect the public health, safety
and welfare by licensing qualified individuals who provide services to consumers
and by fair and consistent enforcement of the statutes and the rules of the
licensure board. Responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
140.2(1) Licensing of qualified applicants by
examination, renewal, endorsement, and reciprocity.
140.2(2) Developing and administering a program of
continuing education to ensure the continued competency of individuals licensed
by the board.
140.2(3) Imposing discipline on licensees as provided
by statute or rule.
645—140.3(17A,147,272C) Organization of board and
proceedings.
140.3(1) The board is composed of nine members
appointed by the governor and confirmed by the senate.
140.3(2) The members of the board shall
include:
a. Four members who shall be licensed nursing home
administrators, one of whom shall be an administrator of a nonproprietary
nursing home;
b. Three members shall be persons who are licensed members of
any of the professions concerned with the care and treatment of chronically ill
or elderly patients and who are not nursing home administrators or nursing home
owners; and
c. Two members who are not licensed nursing home
administrators or licensed persons under Iowa Code chapter 147 and who shall
represent the general public. The members shall be interested in the problems
of elderly patients and nursing home care, but shall have no financial interest
in any nursing home.
140.3(3) The board shall elect a chairperson, vice
chairperson, and secretary from its membership at the first meeting after April
30 of each year.
140.3(4) The board shall hold at least one annual
meeting.
140.3(5) A majority of the members of the board shall
constitute a quorum.
140.3(6) Board meetings shall be governed in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 21, and the board’s proceedings shall be
conducted in accordance with Robert’s Rules of Order, Revised.
140.3(7) The professional licensure division shall
furnish the board with the necessary facilities and employees to perform the
duties required by this chapter, but shall be reimbursed for all costs incurred
from funds appropriated to the board.
140.3(8) The board has the authority to:
a. Develop and implement a program of continuing education to
ensure the continued competency of individuals licensed by the board.
b. Establish fees.
c. Establish committees of the board, the members of which
shall be appointed by the board chairperson and shall not constitute a quorum of
the board. The board chairperson shall appoint committee
chairpersons.
d. Hold a closed session if the board votes to do so in a
public roll–call vote with an affirmative vote of at least
two–thirds if the total board is present or a unanimous vote if fewer are
present. The board will recognize the appropriate statute allowing for a closed
session when voting to go into closed session. The board shall keep minutes of
all discussion, persons present, and action occurring at a closed session and
shall tape–record the proceedings. The records shall be stored securely
in the board office and shall not be made available for public
inspection.
e. Investigate alleged violations of statutes or rules that
relate to practicing as a nursing home administrator upon receipt of a complaint
or upon the board’s own initiation. The investigation will be based on
information or evidence received by the board.
f. Initiate and impose licensee discipline.
g. Monitor licensees who are restricted by a board
order.
h. Establish and register peer reviewers.
i. Refer a complaint to one or more registered peer reviewers
for investigation and review. The peer reviewers will review cases and
recommend appropriate action. However, the referral of any matter shall not
relieve the board of any of its duties and shall not divest the board of any
authority or jurisdiction.
645—140.4(17A) Official
communications.
140.4(1) All official communications, including
submissions and requests, may be addressed to the Board of Examiners for Nursing
Home Administrators, Professional Licensure Division, Fifth Floor, Lucas State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
140.4(2) Notice of change of address. Each licensee
shall notify the board in writing of a change of the licensee’s current
mailing address within 30 days after the change of address occurs.
645—140.5(17A) Office hours. The board office
is open for public business from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday to Friday of each
week, except holidays.
645—140.6(17A) Public meetings. Members of the
public may be present during board meetings unless the board votes to hold a
closed session. Dates and location of board meetings may be obtained from the
board’s Web site (http://www. idph.state.ia.us/licensure) or
directly from the board office.
140.6(1) At every regularly scheduled board meeting,
time will be designated for public comment. During the public comment period
any person may speak for up to two minutes. Requests to speak for two minutes
per person later in the meeting when a particular topic comes before the board
should be made at the time of the public comment period and will be granted at
the discretion of the chairperson. No more than ten minutes will be allotted
for public comment at any one time unless the chairperson indicates
otherwise.
140.6(2) Persons who have not asked to address the
board during the public comment period may raise their hands to be recognized by
the chairperson. Acknowledgment and an opportunity to speak will be at the
discretion of the chairperson.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147, 155 and 272C.
NOTICE—USURY
In accordance with the provisions of Iowa Code section 535.2,
subsection 3, paragraph “a,” the Superintendent of Banking has
determined that the maximum lawful rate of interest shall be:
April 1, 2001 — April 30, 2001 7.00%
May 1, 2001 — May 31, 2001 7.00%
June 1, 2001 — June 30, 2001 7.25%
July 1, 2001 — July 31, 2001 7.50%
August 1, 2001 — August 31, 2001 7.25%
September 1, 2001 — September 30, 2001 7.25%
October 1, 2001 — October 31, 2001 7.00%
November 1, 2001 — November 30, 2001 6.75%
December 1, 2001 — December 31, 2001 6.50%
January 1, 2002 — January 31, 2002 6.75%
February 1, 2002 — February 28, 2002 7.00%
March 1, 2002 — March 31, 2002 7.00%
April 1, 2002 — April 30, 2002 7.00%
May 1, 2002 — May 31, 2002 7.25%
ARC 1572B
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 96.11, the
Director of the Workforce Development Department hereby gives Notice of Intended
Action to amend Chapter 24, “Claims and Benefits,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This proposed amendment provides information about extended
benefits available as the result of the Temporary Extended Compensation Act of
2002 signed by the President on March 9, 2002, and made applicable to Iowa
pursuant to an agreement signed by Governor Vilsack on March 9, 2002.
The purpose of this amendment is to rescind rule
871- 24.50(96) and adopt
a new rule defining temporary extended unemployment compensation benefits which
defines the eligibility criteria, weekly benefit amount, compensable weeks,
overpayments, payment order, and waiver of overpayments due to equity and good
conscience.
The rule defines the criteria established by the Temporary
Extended Compensation Act of 2002 and is not subject to waiver except for the
subrule that provides for waiver of an overpayment which violates equity and
good conscience.
Interested persons, governmental agencies and associations may
present written comments or statements on the proposed amendment not later than
4:30 p.m., May 21, 2002, to Larry Venenga, Workforce Development Department,
Unemployment Insurance Services Division, 1000 E. Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319.
A public hearing will be held on May 21, 2002, at 9:30 a.m. at
the above address. The proposed amendment is subject to revision after the
Department considers all written and oral presentations. Persons who want to
convey their views orally should contact Larry Venenga at (515)281–4986 or
at the above address.
This amendment was also Adopted and Filed Emergency and is
published herein as ARC 1598B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
96.11 and 96.29.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 1592B
CORRECTIONS
DEPARTMENT[201]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 904.512, the
Department of Corrections hereby amends Chapter 20, “Institutions
Administration,” and rescinds Chapter 21, “Iowa State
Penitentiary,” Chapter 22, “Iowa State Men’s
Reformatory,” Chapter 23, “Iowa Correctional Institution for
Women,” Chapter 24, “Medium Security Facility,” Chapter 25,
“Correctional Treatment Unit,” Chapter 26, “North Central
Correctional Facility,” Chapter 27, “Iowa Medical and Classification
Center,” Chapter 28, “Newton Correctional Facility,” and
Chapter 29, “Fort Dodge Correctional Facility,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2304, was recently passed by the
Iowa General Assembly, signed into law by Governor Thomas J. Vilsack on March 1,
2002, and became effective immediately. 2002 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2304,
requires the Department to achieve mandatory furlough savings of $1.7 million by
June 30, 2002. Other budgetary reductions, staff vacancies, early retirements,
layoffs and staff turnover have directly impacted the Department’s ability
to provide the privilege of visitation for offenders.
Governor Thomas J. Vilsack issued Executive Order Number 8,
which requires state agencies to successfully identify and eliminate outdated,
redundant, ineffective, or otherwise unnecessary rules to reduce inconvenience
and confusion and increase public confidence in state government. To achieve
this goal, the Department is rescinding Chapters 21 to 29, each of which governs
institutional visitation, and is incorporating new language in Chapter 20 to
govern all institutional visitation.
The Department finds that notice and public participation are
impracticable at this time. The Department is statutorily and constitutionally
required to reduce spending obligations to the level of constitutionally
authorized appropriations. A further reduction in institutional visitation
would be required if the Department were to delay taking action to allow for
notice and public participation. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant
to Iowa Code section 17A.4(2).
In accordance with Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(1) to (3), these amendments became effective on April 8,
2002. The Department finds that the constitutional and statutory prohibitions
on deficit expenditures necessitate the immediate implementation of these
amendments. To the maximum extent possible, all reasonable efforts have been
made to give actual and timely notice of the content of these amendments to
persons affected by the amendments.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 1559B to allow for public comment.
The Department of Corrections Board approved these amendments
on April 5, 2002.
These amendments became effective on April 8, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.512.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 201—20.1(904) as
follows:
201—20.1(904) Application of rules. The rules
in this chapter apply to all adult correctional institutions unless otherwise
stated. Rules related to individual institutions can be found in
chapters on the institutions. The institutions covered by these rules
are the Iowa state penitentiary, Fort Madison, the Iowa state
men’s reformatory Anamosa state penitentiary, Anamosa, the
Iowa correctional institution for women, Mitchellville, the Iowa medical and
classification center, Oakdale, the correctional release center
Newton correctional facility, Newton, the Mt. Pleasant correctional
facility, Mt. Pleasant, the Clarinda correctional facility, Clarinda,
and the north central correctional facility, Rockwell City,
and the Fort Dodge correctional facility, Fort Dodge.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 201—20.2(904) as
follows:
201—20.2(904) Title II definitions.
“Class I Disciplinary Report” means the
same as a major report and is defined in Department Manual
department policy IN–V–36.
“Class II Disciplinary Report“ means the
same as a minor report and is defined in Department Manual
department policy IN–V–36.
“Contraband” means weapons, alcohol, drugs,
money, obscene materials, or materials advocating disruption of or injury to
inmates offenders, employees, programs, or physical
facilities. It shall also include anything which is illegal to possess under
the federal or state law, against institutional
regulations, drugs or alcohol or materials which are used in the
production or use of drugs or alcohol or used in conjunction with
the taking of illicit drugs weapons, explosives, or potential
weapons and explosives.
“Furlough” means any temporary release from
custody as granted in accordance with Iowa Code section 904.108(2).
“Furlough residence” means any private dwelling,
apartment, house, trailer court, hotel, motel or community dwelling
place.
“Immediate family” means mother, father,
sister, brother, half sister, half brother, spouse, son, daughter, natural
grandparents, and natural grandchildren. Legal guardian, foster parents,
stepparents, stepchildren, stepsister, and stepbrother will be included provided
a positive relationship exists or contact will confer a benefit to the
inmate an offender’s spouse, mother, father, sister, brother,
child, grandparent, established legal guardian or other who acted in place of
parents, and step– or half–relation if the step– or
half–relation and the offender were raised as cohabiting
siblings.
For the purpose of visitation, all the above will be included
as immediate family provided a positive relationship exists. Immediate family
members may be subject to criminal background investigation.
“Law enforcement checks” means
prescheduled, in person, check–ins at designated law enforcement agencies
such as police departments, sheriff’s offices and highway patrol
offices.
“Medical practitioner” means medical
doctor, osteopathic physician or physician’s assistant employed by the
department.
“Obscene material” means the same as that
described in 20.6(4).
“Performance evaluation” means evaluation
of work and program participation as well as other areas of behavior.
“Plan of payment” means the method by which the
inmate offender is to make restitution. The plan may
include legal financial obligations. The plan is to reflect the
offender’s present circumstances, such as income, physical and mental
health, education, employment and family circumstances.
“Plan of restitution” means a plan stating
the amount of restitution as set by the court.
“Responsible person” means an individual on
the inmate’s offender’s visiting list of
legal age and in the judgment of the staff, is a person of accountability, is
able to think and act rationally, and is willing to facilitate the
inmate’s offender’s successful completion of
furloughs within the furlough rules and facilitate the return of the
inmate offender to the institution. A responsible
person shall further mean an individual not now under indictment, sentence or
conviction of an indictable public offense. Ex–felons will not be
permitted to act as responsible persons for furlough until the demonstration of
two years’ successful adjustment in the community after release from any
supervision.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
904.108(1)“k.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 201—20.3(904),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
201—20.3(904) Visits to offenders. Visiting is
a privilege which allows offenders to maintain and strengthen relationships with
family members and friends. Though visits are encouraged, institutions’
space, schedule, personnel constraints, treatment considerations, or other
safety and security issues of the institutions and their operations may result
in limiting the number and length of visits. Visitation is additionally
governed by the provisions of department of corrections policy
IN–V–122.
ITEM 4. Adopt new subrule
20.3(2) as follows and renumber subrules 20.3(2) to 20.3(6) as
20.3(3) to 20.3(7):
20.3(2) Schedule. Each department of corrections
institution will structure a visiting schedule allowing visitation for a minimum
of four days per week. The warden/superintendent will designate the time for
visiting on certain days/holidays and advise the offenders. The offender is
responsible for informing the visitor of the days and hours for
visitation.
ITEM 5. Amend renumbered subrule
20.3(4), paragraphs “a,” “i” and
“j,” as follows:
a. Individuals discharged from a correctional institution,
from parole or from probation within the last 18 six
months. Noncontact visiting may be authorized for an offender’s spouse or
child who has been discharged from a correctional institution, from parole or
from probation within the last 18 six months.
i. Current and former employees, volunteers or
ex–volunteers, and individuals who currently are providing, or have
previously provided, contract services to the department of corrections or a
judicial district within the last six months.
j. Former department of corrections employees of this or other
federal, state, or local jurisdiction or volunteers who have left employment
voluntarily or been terminated as a result of accusation or investigation for
misconduct within the last six months shall not be allowed to visit at
the facility where they were employed or volunteered.
ITEM 6. Amend renumbered subrule 20.3(7)
as follows:
20.3(7) Special visitors. Attorneys, division of
criminal investigation agents, Federal Bureau of Investigation agents,
and law enforcement officials, and ministers shall
present proof of identity upon entrance to the institution. The offender must
express a desire to visit a minister or an attorney
before the minister or attorney will be admitted. Attorney
and minister visits shall be during normal visiting hours
unless a special visit has been requested by the offender and approved by the
warden/superintendent or designee prior to the visit.
An attorney or minister testing positive by
an electronic detection device may be required to visit without direct
contact.
ITEM 7. Adopt new subrule
20.3(8) as follows and renumber subrules 20.3(7) to 20.3(18) as
20.3(9) to 20.3(20):
20.3(8) Ministers. Ministers shall present proof of
identity upon entrance to the institution. The offender must express a desire
to visit a minister before the minister will be admitted. Minister visits shall
be during normal visiting hours unless a special visit has been requested by the
offender and approved by the warden/superintendent or designee prior to the
visit.
A minister testing positive by an electronic detection device
may be required to visit without direct contact.
ITEM 8. Amend renumbered subrule 20.3(11)
as follows:
20.3(11) Minors. Minors outside the
offender’s immediate family shall have written permission from a parent or
guardian and be accompanied by an adult on the approved visiting list
shall visit only in conjunction with their parentor legal guardian.
All minors shall have adult supervision. Exceptions shall have prior
approval of the warden/superintendent or designee.
ITEM 9. Amend renumbered subrule 20.3(17)
as follows:
20.3(17) Segregation status. Offenders who are
assigned to special units such as disciplinary detention or administrative
in segregation status may have visits modified in regard to
place, time, and visitor, depending on the staff and space available.
ITEM 10. Rescind and reserve
201—Chapter 21 through 201—Chapter 29.
[Filed Emergency 4/8/02, effective 4/8/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1589B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration
and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” Chapter 79, “Other
Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” and Chapter
81, “Nursing Facilities,” appearing in the Iowa Administrative
Code.
Executive Order Number 24 mandated an
across–the–board cut of 4.3 percent in state funding for all
appropriations. In response, the Council on Human Services adopted emergency
amendments on January 16, 2002, to implement an across–the–board
reduction of 13.2 percent to Medicaid providers for the remainder of state
fiscal year 2002. Those amendments were Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 6, 2002, as ARC
1365B.
On January 24, 2002, the Administrative Rules Review Committee
delayed the effective date of those amendments until the end of the 2002
legislative session. Subsequently, the legislature and the Governor
reappropriated funds to the Department of Human Services to restore the 4.3
percent cut to the Medicaid program through 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2245,
enacted February 8, 2002. Therefore, the legal basis and necessity for the 13.2
percent reduction to Medicaid providers for the remainder of state fiscal year
2002 are removed.
These amendments rescind the 13.2 percent cut to managed care
capitation payments and reimbursement rates for the following providers:
advanced registered nurse practitioners certified in family, pediatric, or
psychiatric mental health specialities; ambulances; ambulatory surgical centers;
audiologists; birth centers; certified registered nurse anesthetists;
chiropractors; community mental health centers; dentists; durable medical
equipment, prosthetic devices and medical supply dealers; family planning
clinics; hearing aid dispensers; home health agencies; hospitals (critical
access, inpatient, and outpatient); lead inspection agencies; maternal health
centers; nurse–midwives; nursing facilities; opticians; optometrists;
orthopedic shoe dealers; pharmacists (dispensing fee); pharmaceutical case
management services providers; physical therapists; physicians; podiatrists;
psychologists; rehabilitation agencies; and screening centers.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because they confer a benefit.
The Department of Human Services finds that notice and public
participation are unnecessary and contrary to the public interest because the
intent of 2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2245, is that these cuts not be
implemented. Therefore, these amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code
section 17A.4(2).
The Department finds that these amendments confer a benefit.
Therefore, the normal effective date of these amendments is waived and these
amendments are filed pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2).
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
These amendments became effective on April 12, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 78.3(13),
78.3(14), and 78.3(16) as follows:
78.3(13) Payment for patients in acute hospital beds
who are determined by IFMC to require the skilled nursing care level of care
shall be made at an amount equal to the sum of the direct care rate component
limit for Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities
pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(3) plus the
non–direct care rate component limit for Medicare–certified
hospital–based nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph
81.6(16)“f”(3), with the rate component limits being revised July 1,
2001, and every second year thereafter. This rate is effective (a) as of the
date of notice by IFMC that the lower level of care is required or (b) for the
days IFMC determines in an outlier review that the lower level of care was
required. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30,
2002, the payment otherwise provided by this rule shall be reduced by 13.2
percent.
78.3(14) Payment for patients in acute hospital beds
who are determined by IFMC to require nursing facility level of care shall be
made at an amount equal to the sum of the direct care rate component limit for
Medicaid nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph
81.6(16)“f”(1) plus the non–direct care rate component limit
for Medicaid nursing facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph
81.6(16)“f”(1), with the rate component limits being revised July 1,
2001, and every second year thereafter. This rate is effective (a) as of the
date of notice by IFMC that the lower level of care is required or (b) for the
days IFMC determines in an outlier review that the lower level of care was
required. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30,
2002, the payment otherwise provided by this rule shall be reduced by 13.2
percent.
78.3(16) Payment will be made for medically necessary
skilled nursing care when provided by a hospital participating in the
swing–bed program certified by the department of inspections and appeals
and approved by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Payment shall
be at an amount equal to the sum of the direct care rate component limit for
Medicare–certified hospital–based nursing facilities pursuant to
441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(3) and thenon–direct care
rate component limit for Medicare–certifiedhospital–based nursing
facilities pursuant to 441—subparagraph 81.6(16)“f”(3), with
the rate component limits being revised July 1, 2001, and every second year
thereafter. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June
30, 2002, the payment otherwise provided by this rule shall be reduced by 13.2
percent.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
441—79.1(249A) as follows:
Rescind the first unnumbered paragraph of subrule
79.1(1), paragraph “g.”
Amend subrule 79.1(2), basis of reimbursement provider
categories “Advanced registered nurse practitioners certified in family,
pediatric, or psychiatric mental health specialities”;
“Ambulance”; “Ambulatory surgical centers”;
“Audiologists”; “Birth centers”; “Certified
registered nurse anesthetists”; “Chiropractors”;
“Community mental health centers”; “Dentists”;
“Durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and medical supply
dealers”; “Family planning clinics”; “Hearing aid
dispensers”; “Home health agencies”; “Hospitals
(Critical access)”; “Hospitals (Inpatient)”; “Hospitals
(Outpatient)”; “Lead inspection agency”; “Maternal
health centers”; “Nurse–midwives”; “Nursing
facilities”; “Opticians”; “Optometrists”;
“Orthopedic shoe dealers”; “Physical therapists”;
“Physicians”; “Podiatrists”; “Prescribed
drugs”; “Psychologists”; “Rehabilitation
agencies”; and “Screening centers” as follows:
Provider category
|
Basis of reimbursement
|
Upper limit
|
Advanced registered nurse practitioners certified in family,
pediatric, or psychiatric mental health specialties
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Ambulance
|
Fee schedule
|
Ground ambulance: Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee
schedule in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
|
|
Air ambulance: A base rate of $203.25 plus $7.61 per mile for
each mile the patient is carried. For services rendered from February
1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: A base rate of $176.42 plus $6.60 per mile for
each mile the patient is carried.
|
Ambulatory surgical centers
|
Base rate fee schedule as determined by Medicare. See
79.1(3)
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Audiologists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Birth centers
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Certified registered nurse anesthetists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Chiropractors
|
Fee schedule
|
- Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%. |
Community mental health centers
|
Fee schedule
|
Reimbursement rate for center in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002:
Reimbursement rate for center in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Dentists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Durable medical equipment, prosthetic devices and medical
supply dealers
|
Fee schedule. See 79.1(4)
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Family planning clinics
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Hearing aid dispensers
|
Fee schedule plus product acquisition cost
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Home health agencies
|
|
|
(Encounter services– intermittent services)
|
Retrospective cost–related
|
Rate in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered
from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Rate in effect 1/31/02 less
13.2%.
|
(Private duty nursing or personal care and VFC vaccine
administration for persons aged 20 and under)
|
Interim fee schedule with retrospective cost settling based on
Medicaid methodology
|
Rate in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services rendered
from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Rate in effect 1/31/02 less
13.2%.
|
Hospitals (Critical access)
|
Retrospectively adjusted prospective rates. See
79.1(1)“g” and 79.1(5)
|
The reasonable cost of covered services provided to medical
assistance recipients or the upper limits for other hospitals, whichever is
greater. For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30,
2002: The reasonable cost of covered services provided to medical assistance
recipients less 13.2% or the upper limits for other hospitals, whichever is
greater.
|
Hospitals (Inpatient)
|
Prospective reimbursement. See 79.1(5)
|
Reimbursement rate in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For
services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Reimbursement
rate in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Hospitals (Outpatient)
|
Prospective reimbursement for providers listed at
441—paragraphs 78.31(1)“a” to “f.” See
79.1(16)
|
Ambulatory patient group rate (plus an evaluation rate) and
assessment payment rate in effect on 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Ambulatory patient group
rate (plus an evaluation rate) and assessment payment rate in effect on 1/31/02
less 13.2%.
|
|
Fee schedule for providers listed at 441—paragraphs
78.31(1)“g” to “n.” See 79.1(16)
|
Rates in effect on 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Rates in effect 1/31/02
less 13.2%.
|
Lead inspection agency
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Maternal health centers
|
Reasonable cost per procedure on a prospective basis as
determined by the department based on financial and statistical data submitted
annually by the provider group
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Nurse–midwives
|
Fee schedule
|
- Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%. |
Nursing facilities:
|
|
|
1. Nursing facility care
|
Prospective reimbursement. See 441—subrule 81.10(1) and
441— 81.6(249A).
The percentage of the median used to calculate the direct care
excess payment allowance ceiling under 441—
81.6(16)“d”(1)“1”and (2)“1” is 95% of the
patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used
to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance is 100%. The percentage
of the median used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance limit
is 10% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the
median used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance
ceiling under 441—
|
See 441—subrules 81.6(4) and 81.6(14) and paragraph
81.6(16)“f.” The direct care rate component limit under
441—81.6(16)“f”(1) and (2) is 120% of the
patient–day–weighted median. The non–direct care rate
component limit under 441—81.6(16)“f”(1) and (2) is 110% of
the patient–day–weighted median.
For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through
June 30, 2002, the rate otherwise provided shall be reduced by
13.2%.
|
|
81.6(16)“d”(1)“2” and
(2)“2” is 96% of the patient–day–weighted median. The
percentage of the difference used to calculate the non–direct care excess
payment allowance limit is 65%. The percentage of the median used to calculate
the non–direct care excess payment allowance limit is 8% of the
patient–day–weighted median.
|
|
2. Hospital–based, Medicare–certified nursing
care
|
Prospective reimbursement. See 441—subrule 81.10(1) and
441— 81.6(249A). The percentage of the median used to calculate the
direct care excess payment allowance ceiling under
441—81.6(16)“d”(3)“1” is 95% of the
patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used
to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance is 100%. The percentage
of the median used to calculate the direct care excess payment allowance limit
is 10% of the patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the
median used to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance
ceiling under 441— 81.6(16)“d”(3)“2” is 96% of the
patient–day–weighted median. The percentage of the difference used
to calculate the non–direct care excess payment allowance limit is 65%.
The percentage of the median used to calculate the non–direct care excess
payment allowance limit is 8% of the patient–day–weighted
median.
|
See 441—subrules 81.6(4) and 81.6(14), and paragraph
81.6(16)“f.” The direct care rate component limit under
441—81.6(16)“f”(3) is 120% of the
patient–day–weighted median. The non–direct care rate
component limit under 441—81.6(16)“f”(3) is 110% of the
patient–day–weighted median. For services rendered from
February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the rate otherwise provided shall be
reduced by 13.2%.
|
Opticians
|
Fee schedule. Fixed fee for lenses and frames; other optical
materials at product acquisition cost
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Optometrists
|
Fee schedule. Fixed fee for lenses and frames; other optical
materials at product acquisition cost
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Orthopedic shoe dealers
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Physical therapists
|
Fee schedule
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Physicians (doctors of medicine or osteopathy)
|
Fee schedule. See 79.1(7)
|
- Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%. |
Podiatrists
|
Fee schedule
|
- Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%. |
Prescribed drugs
|
See 79.1(8)
|
$5.17 dispensing fee. For services rendered from
February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: $4.48 dispensing fee. (See
79.1(8)“a” and “e”)
|
Psychologists
|
Fee schedule
|
- Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%. |
Rehabilitation agencies
|
Retrospective cost–related
|
Fee schedule in effect 6/30/01 less 3%. For services
rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002: Fee schedule in effect
1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Screening centers
|
Fee schedule
|
Reimbursement rate for center in effect 6/30/01 less 3%.
For services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002:
Reimbursement rate in effect 1/31/02 less 13.2%.
|
Amend subrule 79.1(8), paragraph
“a,” second and third unnumbered paragraphs, as
follows:
The basis of payment for prescribed drugs for which the MAC
has been established shall be the lesser of the MAC plus a professional
dispensing fee of $5.17 (reduced to $4.48 for services rendered from
February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002) or the pharmacist’s
usual and customary charge to the general public.
The basis of payment for drugs for which the MAC has not been
established shall be the lesser of the EAC plus a professional dispensing fee of
$5.17 (reduced to $4.48 for services rendered from February 1, 2002,
through June 30, 2002) or the pharmacist’s usual and customary
charge to the general public.
Rescind the unnumbered paragraph and the second table from
subrule 79.1(18).
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—81.6(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 81.6(4), paragraph
“a,” subparagraph (1), as follows:
(1) Except as provided below for services rendered
from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the The Medicaid
payment rates for services rendered from July 1, 2001, through June 30, 2002,
shall be 66.67 percent of the facility’s Medicaid rate effective June 30,
2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on amount, plus an
inflation allowance of 6.21 percent, not to exceed $94, and 33.33 percent of the
July 1, 2001, modified price–based rate pursuant to subrule 81.6(16). In
no case shall the July 1, 2001, Medicaid rate be less than the Medicaid rate
effective June 30, 2001, excluding the case–mix transition add–on
amount, and increased by a 6.21 percent inflation allowance. For
services rendered from February 1, 2002, through June 30, 2002, the payment rate
otherwise provided by this paragraph, including the rate provided by the
previous sentence, shall be reduced by 13.2 percent.
Rescind the second unnumbered paragraph of subrule
81.6(16).
[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1575B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 8,
“Fees,” and Chapter 9, “Permanent Physician Licensure,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of these amendments is to establish reinstatement
categories and requirements, including fees, for two groups of physicians:
those whose licenses have been inactive for less than one year and those whose
licenses have been inactive for one year or longer. These amendments are also
published under Notice of Intended Action herein as ARC 1574B.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation are contrary to the public interest because
the amendments expedite physicians returning to their practices. A physician
whose license becomes inactive must cease practice immediately. The current
rule requires that such physician complete a complex reinstatement process. The
amended rules will allow a physician who has an inactive license for less than
one year to reinstate more easily and to return to practice faster. Physicians,
hospitals and patients will experience the benefit.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendments
should be waived and these amendments should be made effective upon filing on
April 12, 2002, as they confer a benefit to the public and remove a restriction
on physicians who have had an inactive license for less than one year.
The Board adopted these amendments on April 10,
2002.
These amendments became effective on April 12, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
147.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 8.4(1) by
amending paragraph “f” and adopting new
paragraph “g” as follows:
f. Reinstatement of a license to practice one year or more
after becoming inactive, $400.
g. Reinstatement of a license within one year of becoming
inactive, the renewal fee for the most recent license period plus a $175
reinstatement penalty. The renewal fee is $325 except when the license in the
most recent license period had been granted for less than 24 months; in that
case, the renewal fee is prorated according to the date of issuance and the
physician’s month and year of birth.
ITEM 2. Renumber subrules 9.13(1)
and 9.13(2) as subrules 9.13(2) and 9.13(3) and adopt
new subrule 9.13(1) as follows:
9.13(1) Reinstatement within one year of
becoming inactive. An individual whose license is in inactive status for
up to one year and who wishes to reinstate the license shall submit a completed
renewal application, documentation of continuing education and mandatory
training on identifying and reporting abuse, the renewal fee, and the
reinstatement penalty. All of the information shall be received in the board
office within one year of the license becoming inactive for the applicant to
reinstate under this subrule. For example, a physician whose license became
inactive on March 1 has until the last day of the following February to renew
under this subrule.
a. Fees for reinstatement within one year of becoming
inactive. The fee shall include the renewal fee for the most recent license
period plus a $175 reinstatement penalty. The renewal fee is $325 except when
the license in the most recent license period had been granted for less than 24
months; in that case, the renewal fee is prorated according to the date of
issuance and the physician’s month and year of birth.
b. Continuing education and mandatory training requirements.
The requirements for continuing education and mandatory training on identifying
and reporting abuse are found in 653—Chapter 11. Applicants for
reinstatement shall provide documentation of having completed:
(1) The number of hours of category 1 activity needed for
renewal in the most recent license period. None of the hours obtained in the
inactive period may be carried over to a future license period; and
(2) Mandatory training on identifying and reporting abuse, if
applicable, within the previous five years.
c. Issuance of a reinstated license. Upon receiving the
completed application, staff shall administratively issue a license that expires
on the renewal date that would have been in effect if the licensee had renewed
the license before the license expired.
d. Reinstatement application process. The applicant who fails
to submit all reinstatement information required within 365 days of the license
becoming inactive shall be required to meet the reinstatement requirements of
9.13(2). For example, if a physician’s license expires on January 1, the
completed reinstatement application is due in the board office by December 31,
in order to meet the requirements of this subrule.
ITEM 3. Amend renumbered subrule 9.13(2),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
9.13(2) Application.
Reinstatement of an unrestricted Iowa license that has been inactive for one
year or longer. An individual whose license is in inactive status and
who has not submitted a reinstatement application that was received by the board
within one year of the license becoming inactive
shall follow the application cycle specified in this rule and
shall satisfy the following requirements for reinstatement:
[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1583B
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
Department of Personnel hereby amends Chapter 21, “Iowa Public
Employees’ Retirement System,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Paragraph 21.4(1)“f” is amended to exclude
recruitment bonuses, tips and honoraria from the definition of covered
wages.
Subrule 21.6(2) is amended to clarify the time that employers
have to submit wage reports to IPERS.
Subrule 21.6(4) is amended to further clarify that, for
reconciliation purposes, employers are required to remit contributions to IPERS
prior to the submission of wage reports.
Subrule 21.6(5) is amended to establish good cause for an
extension to file a wage report, and to change the length of time for filing the
wage report.
Subparagraph 21.6(9)“d”(6) is amended to
implementIPERS’ reclassification of service credit for a member who worked
in an occupation classified as regular service at the time services were
rendered, where such employment is subsequently reclassified by the legislature
as a special service occupation.
New subrule 21.6(11) is adopted requiring that
certainenrollment information for new employees be provided to IPERS by
employers.
Subrule 21.8(4) is amended to modify a general administrative
provision to provide for distribution of refund forms solely by IPERS, so as to
limit the distribution of outdated forms.
Paragraph 21.29(2)“a” is amended to add a
mandatory provision that qualified domestic relations orders shall be signed by
the judge and filed with the clerk of court pursuant to local court rules before
submission to IPERS for administration.
Subrule 21.29(3) is amended to provide that, when IPERS
receives a qualified domestic relations order that uses a service factor
formula, IPERS shall limit the denominator of the service fraction to the total
number of quarters of IPERS coverage actually used in the calculation of the
member’s retirement allowance. The subrule is also amended to add a
provision that the attorneys in a divorce action shall submit one proposed
domestic relations order approved by both parties prior to IPERS’
review.
Rule 21.34(97B) is amended to include replacement of benefit
warrants to cover additional replacement in situations such as when the member
has not notified IPERS of a new address or those warrants that are not cashed in
a timely manner.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Department
finds that, because these amendments are beneficial to members and necessary to
the current and ongoing administration of the system, additional notice and
public participation prior to implementation are impracticable, unnecessary, and
contrary to the public interest, and that these amendments should be implemented
immediately.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b,” that the normal effective date of these amendments
should be waived and these amendments should be made effective upon filing with
the Administrative Rules Coordinator on April 12, 2002, because the proposed
amendments confer benefits and are required to implement the system’s
governing statutes. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments is
published herein as ARC 1528B to give interested persons adequate notice
of the changes and an opportunity to respond.
The amendments to subrules 21.6(2), 21.6(4), and 21.6(5), new
subrule 21.6(11), paragraph 21.8(4)“a” and the amendment to rule
21.34(97B) may be subject to requests for waivers. The amendments to paragraph
21.4(1)“f,” subparagraph 21.6(9)“d”(6), and subrule
21.29(3) confer benefits or prevent abuses. The amendment to paragraph
21.29(2)“a” is required by law.
The Department adopted these amendments on April 12,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
These amendments became effective April 12, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph
21.4(1)“f” as follows:
f. Special lump sum payments. Wages do not include special
lump sum payments made during or at the end of service as a payoff of unused
accrued sick leave or of unused accrued vacation. Wages do not include special
lump sum payments made during or at the end of service as an incentive to retire
early or as payments made upon dismissal, severance, or a special bonus payment
intended as an early retirement incentive. Wages do not include catastrophic
leave paid in a lump sum, recruitment bonuses, tips or honoraria. The
foregoing items are excluded whether paid in a lump sum or in a series of
installment payments. Wages do not include catastrophic leave paid in a
lump sum.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 21.6(2) as
follows:
21.6(2) Each periodic wage reporting form must include
all employees who earned reportable wages or wage equivalents under IPERS. If
an employee has no reportable wage in a quarter but is still employed by the
employing unit, the employee should be listed with zero wages. Periodic wage
reports must be received by IPERS on or before the last day of the month
following the close of a calendar quarter in which the wages were
paid.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 21.6(4) as
follows:
21.6(4) For employers filing quarterly employer
remittance advice forms, contributions must be received byIPERS on or before the
fifteenth day of the month following the close of the calendar quarter in which
the wages were paid. and at least five days prior to the
periodic wage reports filed for the same period.
For employers filing monthly employer remittance advice forms,
contributions must be received by IPERS on or before the fifteenth day of the
month following the close of the month in which wages were
paid. and, for the third month of a quarter, at least five
days prior to periodic wage reports filed for that quarter.
Any employer filing monthly or quarterly employer remittance
advice forms for two or more entities shall attach to each remittance form the
checks covering the contributions due on that form. Improperly paid
contributions are considered as unpaid.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 21.6(5) as
follows:
21.6(5) A request for an extension of time to file
a periodic wage report or pay a contribution may be granted byIPERS for good
cause if presented before the due date, but no extension shall exceed
30 15 days after the end of the calendar
quarter beyond the due date. If an employer who has been
granted an extension fails to pay the contribution on or before the end of the
extension period, interest shall be charged and paid from the original due date
as if no extension had been granted. IPERS may adopt reasonable additional
rules imposing penalties on employers who fail to timely file periodic wage
reports on a regular basis.
To establish good cause for an extension of time to file a
periodic wage report or pay, the employer must show that the failure
to pay delinquency was not due to mere negligence, lack of
ordinary care or attention, carelessness or inattention. The employer must
affirmatively show that it did not file the report or pay timely because
of some occurrence beyond the control of the employer.
ITEM 5. Rescind subparagraph
21.6(9)“d”(6) and adopt the following new
subparagraph in lieu thereof:
(6) Except as otherwise indicated in the implementing
legislation or these rules, for a member whose prior regular service position is
reclassified by the legislature as a special service position, all prior service
by the member in such regular service position shall be coded by IPERS staff as
special service if certified by the employer as constituting special service
under current law. No additional contributions shall be required for regular
service reclassified as special service under this subrule.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 581—21.6(97B) by
adopting the following new subrule:
21.6(11) Effective September 1, 2002, covered
employers shall be required to enroll new employees prior to reporting wages for
the new employees. Enrollment information shall include, but is not limited to,
the following: member’s name, social security number, date of birth,
gender, and mailing address, and employer identification number. Employers may
submit enrollment information for new employees on paper, but are encouraged to
switch to magnetic media or Internet enrollment when available. A wage report
filed by an employer through the Internet when IPERS makes the option available
shall be rejected if the report contains new employees who have not yet been
enrolled in the IPERS system.
ITEM 7. Amend paragraph
21.8(4)“a” as follows:
a. To obtain a refund, a member must file a refund application
form, which is available from IPERS or the member’s
employer. Effective December 31, 2002, refund application forms
shall only be available from IPERS.
ITEM 8. Amend paragraph
21.29(2)“a” by adopting new subparagraph (6)
as follows:
(6) Is clearly signed by the judge and filed with the clerk of
court. IPERS will consider an order duly signed if it carries an original
signature, a stamp bearing the judge’s signature, or is conformed in
accordance with local court rules.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 21.29(3) by
adopting new paragraphs “l” and
“m” as follows:
l. If an order that is determined to be a qualified domestic
relations order divides a member’s account using a service factor formula,
IPERS shall limit the number of quarters used in the denominator of the service
fraction to be the number of quarters actually used in the calculation of IPERS
benefits.
m. The parties or their attorneys in a dissolution action
involving an IPERS member shall decide between themselves which attorney will
submit a proposed domestic relations order to IPERS for review. IPERS shall not
review a proposed order that has not been approved as to form by both parties or
their counsel. A rejection under this paragraph shall not preclude IPERS from
placing a hold on a member’s account until the qualified status of a
proposed order is resolved.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 581—21.34(97B)
as follows:
581—21.34(97B) Error–prone
replacement Replacement warrants. Effective July 1, 2002,
for a member or beneficiary who, due to the member’s or
beneficiary’s own actions or inactions, has benefits warrants replaced
as a result of a mail loss, before or after delivery to the member, for
two months twice in a six–month period, except when the
loss occurs because of need for a replacement warrant is
caused by IPERS’ failure to mail to the address specified by the
recipient, payment shall be suspended until such time as the recipient
establishes a direct deposit account in a bank, credit union or similar
financial institution and provides IPERS with the information necessary to make
electronic transfer of said monthly payments. Persons subject to said
error–prone cases may be required to provide a
face–to–face interview and additional documentation to prove that
such a suspension would result in an undue hardship.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1597B
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
DIVISION[876]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 8,
“Substantive and Interpretive Rules,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment provides reference to current tables which
determine payroll taxes.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner finds that notice and public
participation are unnecessary. Rule 8.8(85,17A) is noncontroversial and,
further, Iowa Code section 85.61(6) requires adoption of current tables to
determine payroll taxes by July 1 of each year. The Division must wait until
the Internal Revenue Service and Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance
determine whether there will be changes in their publications on July 1 of the
current year.
The Division also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of this amendment, 35
days after publication, should be waived and the amendment made effective July
1, 2002, as it confers a benefit upon the public to ensure speedy and uniform
compliance with the Division’s legislative mandate.
The Division has determined that the amendment will have no
impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section
17A.31.
The amendment does not include a waiver provision because rule
876—12.4(17A) provides the specified situations for waiver of
Workers’ Compensation Division rules.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
85.61(6).
This amendment will become effective on July 1,
2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 876—8.8(85,17A) as follows:
876—8.8(85,17A) Payroll tax tables. Tables for
determining payroll taxes to be used for the period July 1,
2001 2002, through June 30, 2002
2003, are the tables in effect on July 1, 2001
2002, for computation of:
1. Federal income tax withholding according to the percentage
method of withholding for weekly payroll period. (Internal Revenue Service,
Circular E, Employer’s Tax Guide, Publication 15 [Rev. January
2001 2002].)
2. Iowa income tax withholding computer formula for weekly
payroll period. (Iowa Department of Revenue and Finance Iowa Withholding Tax
Guide, Publication 44–001 [Rev. January 1998],
for all wages paid on or after January 1, 1998.)
3. Social Security and Medicare withholding (FICA) at the rate
of 7.65 percent (Internal Revenue Service, Circular E, Employer’s
Tax Guide, Publication 15 Employer’s Supplemental Tax Guide,
Publication 15–A [Rev. January 2001
2002].)
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
85.61(6).
[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1598B
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT
DEPARTMENT[871]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 96.11, the
Director of the Workforce Development Department hereby amends Chapter 24,
“Claims and Benefits,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This rule defines the eligibility criteria, weekly benefit
amount, compensable weeks, overpayments, payment order, and waiver of
overpayments due to equity and good conscience for temporary extended
unemployment compensation.
In compliance with Iowa Code sections 17A.4(2) and
17A.5(2)“b,” the Department finds that notice and public
participation are unnecessary because the amendment confers an immediate benefit
to the general public since federal legislation was enacted on March 9, 2002,
and benefits became payable starting on March 10, 2002.
The Department also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the amendment
should be waived and this amendment should be made effective upon filing with
the Administrative Rules Coordinator on April 12, 2002, as it confers a benefit
on the general public by providing the payment of temporary extended
unemployment compensation to unemployed Iowans.
The Department of Workforce Development adopted this amendment
on April 12, 2002.
This amendment is also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 1572B to allow public comment. This emergency
filing permits the Department to implement the new provisions of the
law.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
96.11 and 96.29.
This amendment became effective April 12, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind rule 871-24.50(96) and
adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
871-24.50(96)
Temporary extended unemployment compensation.
24.50(1) Temporary extended unemployment compensation
benefits are payable in Iowa pursuant to an agreement entered into by the state
of Iowa and the federal government pursuant to the Temporary Extended
Unemployment Compensation Act of 2002. All requirements of Iowa Code chapter 96
and the Iowa administrative rules apply except as provided in this rule or
required by the Temporary Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of
2002.
24.50(2) An individual whose most recent claim which
is monetarily eligible and for which the individual earned $250 since filing the
individual’s previous unemployment benefit claim will be eligible for
temporary extended unemployment compensation if the individual meets the
following requirements:
a. The individual is unemployed and meets the availability,
ability to work, and actively seeking work requirements of Iowa Code chapter
96.
b. The individual is not disqualified due to any separation,
availability, suitable work, administrative penalty, or other
disqualification.
c. The individual is not eligible for regular benefits in Iowa
or another state, any federal benefits or unemployment benefits from
Canada.
d. The individual exhausted benefits or the individual’s
claim expired after March 11, 2001.
e. The individual has filed an Iowa unemployment benefit
initial or additional claim or a temporary extended unemployment compensation
initial claim after March 10, 2001.
f. The individual has one and one–half times the high
quarter wages. An individual is required to have been paid wages for insured
work during the individual’s base period in an amount at least one and
one–half times the wages paid to the individual during that quarter of the
individual’s base period in which the individual’s wages were
highest.
24.50(3) The weekly benefit amount for temporary
extended unemployment compensation is the amount established on the parent
regular unemployment benefit claim. Benefits are payable beginning March 10,
2002, and the last compensable week is the week ending December 28,
2002.
24.50(4) The individual is eligible for 50 percent of
the individual’s entitlement for regular unemployment insurance without
taking into consideration additional benefits for business closing, and the
maximum for temporary extended unemployment compensation is 13 weeks.
24.50(5) The order of payment on a claim shall be
regular Iowa unemployment insurance benefits, then any temporary extended
unemployment benefits and then any additional benefits due to the business
closing provision or Trade Readjustment Act.
24.50(6) Overpayments will be offset up to and
including 50 percent of the temporary extended unemployment compensation benefit
payment.
24.50(7) Waiver of overpayments.
a. Individuals who have received amounts of temporary extended
unemployment compensation to which they were not entitled shall be required to
repay the amounts of such temporary extended unemployment compensation except
that the state repayment may be waived if the workforce development department
determines that:
(1) The payment of such temporary extended unemployment
compensation was without fault on the part of the individual; and
(2) Such repayment would be contrary to equity and good
conscience.
b. In determining whether fault exists, the following factors
shall be considered:
(1) Whether a material statement or representation was made by
the individual in connection with the application for temporary extended
unemployment compensation that resulted in the overpayment and whether the
individual knew or should have known that the statement or representation was
inaccurate.
(2) Whether the individual failed or caused another to fail to
disclose a material fact in connection with an application for temporary
extended unemployment compensation that resulted in the overpayment and whether
the individual knew or should have known that the fact was material.
(3) Whether the individual knew or could have been expected to
know that the individual was not entitled to the temporary extended unemployment
compensation payment.
(4) Whether, for any other reason, the overpayment resulted
directly or indirectly, and partially or totally, from any act or omission of
the individual or of which the individual had knowledge and which was erroneous
or inaccurate or otherwise wrong.
c. In determining whether equity and good conscience exist,
the following factors shall be considered:
(1) Whether the overpayment was the result of a decision on
appeal;
(2) Whether the state agency had given notice to the
individual that the individual may be required to repay the overpayment in the
event of a reversal of the eligibility determination on appeal; and
(3) Whether recovery of the overpayment will cause financial
hardship to the individual.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 96.11
and 96.29.
[Filed Emergency 4/12/02, effective 4/12/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
FILED
ARC 1581B
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING
BOARD[193A]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542C.3, the
Accountancy Examining Board hereby rescinds Chapters 1 to 19 and adopts new
Chapter 1, “Definitions”; Chapter 2, “Organization and
Administration”; Chapter 3, “Certification of CPAs”; Chapter
4, “Licensure of LPAs”; Chapter 5, “Registration and Renewal
of Certificates and Licenses”; Chapter 6, “Attest Services”;
Chapter 7, “Registration and Renewal of Certified Public Accounting
Firms”; Chapter 8, “Licensed Public Accounting Firms”; Chapter
9, “Substantial Equivalency”; Chapter 10, “Continuing
Education”; Chapter 11, “Peer Review”; Chapter 12,
“Fees’’; Chapter 13, “Rules of Professional
Conduct”; Chapter 14, “Disciplinary Authority and Grounds for
Discipline”; Chapter 15, “Disciplinary Investigations”;
Chapter 16, “Disciplinary Proceedings”; Chapter 17,
“Enforcement Proceedings Against Nonlicensees”; Chapter 18,
“Licensees’ Duty to Report”; and Chapter 19,
“Transitional Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on March 6, 2002, as ARC 1408B.
A public hearing was held on March 26, 2002, and comments were
received from members of the Iowa Society of Certified Public
Accountants.
The concerns expressed by the Society relate to the
Board’s decision not to adopt a rule exempting certain persons holding
certificates from continuing education. The Board’s choice is expressly
allowed by law.
The Board has worked cooperatively with the Iowa Society of
Certified Public Accountants, the Iowa Society of Accounting Practitioners and
the Accountants Association of Iowa during the drafting of these rules. Prior
to the formal rule–making process, the Board shared drafts of the rules
with these organizations. The Iowa Society of Certified Public Accountants
provided 63 comments on the rules. All comments received from all sources were
successfully resolved, except one.
The major issue relating to the use of the CPA designation
without a continuing education requirement centers around the definition of the
“practice of public accounting.” The Society believes that the
“practice of public accounting” relates only to a person or persons
working in an accounting firm providing services to clients. It is the
Board’s position that the practice of public accounting relates to
discharging responsibilities to clients, employers, the business community,
governmental bodies and the general public. As the Board’s purpose for
existence is to protect the public interest, the Board feels that the public is
better served by CPAs and LPAs who continue to upgrade and improve their skills
regardless of who their clients or employers may be.
During the period of public comment it became apparent to the
Board that there is not a clear understanding of the definition of the
“practice of public accounting” even among those who hold a CPA
certificate. Examples of comments received include individuals who offer
financial and managerial advice to clients as “business consultants”
while using the title “CPA,” but do not consider providing such
service to be the practice of accounting. These individuals do not think that
they should be required to acquire continuing education to maintain
competency.
As a result of this confusion and the differing opinions, the
Board decided to make no changes with regard to continuing education.
Attempting to hastily add a provision on “inactive status” when the
Board adopts the rules would only add to the existing confusion and could be
harmful to the public.
The most immediate concern expressed in the comments received
from the Society related to the current requirement that a CPA or LPA who fails
to renew a certificate or license because the CPA or LPA does not meet the
continuing education requirements might be required to surrender possession of
the lapsed certificate or license. Since the Board traditionally has not
required a lapsed certificate or license to be returned, the Board addressed
this issue by amending rule 193A—5.6(79GA,ch55) by adding the following
new sentence to the end of the paragraph:
“However, a person shall be entitled to retain
possession of a lapsed certificate or license which has not been revoked,
suspended or voluntarily surrendered in a disciplinary action as long as the
person complies with all provisions of 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 55, sections 10
and 13. A lapsed certificate or license may be reinstated to effective status
at any time pursuant to 193A—subrule 5.2(2).”
Additional changes made to this Notice as a result of comments
received from the Iowa Society of CPAs are as follows:
1. Rule 193A—1.1(79GA,ch55) was changed by adding the
word “corporation” to the definitions of “firm” and
“licensed public accounting firm” as follows:
“‘Firm’ means a sole proprietorship,
partnership, corporation, professional corporation, professional limited
liability company, limited liability partnership or any other form of
organization issued a permit to practice as a firm under 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter
55, section 7 or 8, or the office of the auditor of state, state of Iowa, when
the auditor of state is a certified public accountant.
“‘Licensed public accounting firm’ means
sole proprietorship, corporation, professional corporation, partnership,
professional limited liability company, limited liability partnership or any
other form of organization issued a permit to practice as a firm of licensed
public accountants under 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter 55, section 8.”
2. The title of Chapter 3 was changed to “Certification
of CPAs.”
3. The title of Chapter 4 was changed to “Licensure of
LPAs.”
4. In 193A—subrule 5.4(3), the word
“certificate” was changed to “certification.” The
subrule now reads as follows:
“5.4(3) A licensee who performs compilation
services for the public other than through a certified public accounting or
licensed public accounting firm shall submit a certification of completion of a
peer review conducted in accordance with 193A—Chapter 11 no less often
than once every three years.”
5. 193A—subrule 7.1(8) was changed by adding the word
“active.” The subrule now reads as follows:
“7.1(8) The application shall affirm that all
nonlicensee owners are active participants in the firm or an affiliated
entity.”
6. 193A—subrule 10.6(3), paragraph “c,” now
reads as follows:
“c. Distance learning programs or group study webcast
programs.”
7. Comments were received from the Certified Financial Planner
Board of Standards, Inc., regarding its trademark and requesting
“Certified Financial Planner/CFP” be listed exactly as registered in
order to protect the trademark. 193A—subrule 10.6(9), the first sentence,
now reads as follows:
“10.6(9) Credit may be allowed for the
successful completion of examinations for Certified ManagementAccountant/CMA,
Certified Information Systems Auditor/CISA, Certified Financial Planner/CFP,
Enrolled Agent/EA, as well as other similar examinations approved by the
board.”
The Board voted to adopt these rules with the outlined changes
by conference call on April 10, 2002. The meeting was held by conference call
in lieu of an on–site meeting due to severe budget constraints and for the
convenience of the practicing CPAs and LPAs who are extremely busy at this time
of year.
These rules are intended to implement 2001 Iowa Acts, chapter
55, which becomes effective July 1, 2002.
These rules shall become effective July 1, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [Chs 1 to 19] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes
noted above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC
1408B, IAB 3/6/02.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published
5/1/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/1/02.]
ARC 1561B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
17A.3(1)“a” and 217.6, the Department of Human Services hereby
amends Chapter 1, “Departmental Organization and Procedures,” and
Chapter 3, “Department Procedures for Rule Making,” appearing in the
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments describe the new field operations service
delivery structure and revise the locations for oral proceedings regarding
proposed rules directly affecting indigent clients to correspond to the new
structure.
Executive Order Number 24 mandated an
across–the–board cut of 4.3 percent in state funding for all
appropriations. If the Department were to accomplish the necessary reductions
under the existing structure, there would be a significant reduction to line
staff. This new structure enables the Department to minimize the impact on line
staff by reducing and streamlining the supervisory and support structure. Under
the new structure:
• The five regional offices
and the 38 county clusters are replaced by eight service areas. The positions
of the regional administrators and the human services area administrators are
eliminated. A service area manager, who reports directly to the deputy director
for field operations, heads each service area. The service area manager has a
core management team consisting of a social work supervisor, an income
maintenance supervisor, a community liaison, a personnel and business management
specialist, a quality assurance consultant, and a secretary.
The service area staff are located in local offices within the
service delivery area in the following locations: Ames, Cedar Rapids, Council
Bluffs, Davenport, Des Moines, Dubuque, Waterloo, and Sioux City. The primary
reason for selecting these locations is that they have a larger concentration of
staff. The service area staff are expected to travel frequently to all of the
offices in the service area to maintain strong contact with staff and community
partners.
The Department has consulted with county boards of supervisors
about service area boundaries and ways of ensuring client access to services.
The configuration of the service areas is a means by which the Department
organizes and manages its staff and resources across the entire state. The
boundaries of the service areas also enable the Department to define who will be
responsible for relationships with county boards, decategorization boards,
empowerment boards and other groups. A map follows.
The Department reviewed many service area configurations,
including historical Department areas, other state agency areas, judicial
boundaries and current county partnerships. Because common service areas do not
exist, it is particularly difficult to determine that any single other boundary
is relevant for the state’s human service delivery system. The Department
coordinates and interfaces with many other systems, such as education,
judiciary, workforce development, area agencies on aging, correctional, and
mental health. The Department also took into account commerce patterns,
historical county relationships, population, and the Department’s
resources. The service area boundaries maintain the majority of the
Department’s previous county cluster boundaries.
• An additional 31 local
offices are projected to become less than full–time offices. Given the
increasingly high demands and reduced resources, the Department is no longer
able to maintain full–time offices in counties with less than five income
maintenance and social work staff. The Department is consulting with county
boards of supervisors and other community partners to determine the best way to
transition these offices to less than full–time offices and ensure client
access to the Department’s services.
Under this structure, clients may go to the location where the
staff are based, or the income maintenance and service staff will travel to the
less than full–time office. The amount of travel depends upon the
alternative strategies to ensure client accessibility and the number of days a
week that the Department needs to be face to face with clients in the less than
full–time offices.
Wherever the term “district office” or
“regional office” appears in the Department’s rules, the term
“service area” shall now apply. Wherever the term “regional
administrator,” “district administrator,” “human
services area administrator,” or “area administrator” appears,
the term “service area manager or designee” shall now
apply.
These amendments do not provide for waivers because the
amendments do allow for flexibility in establishing the service areas and hours
of operation of the less than full–time offices.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the December 12, 2001, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1155B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comment on that submission was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on December 12, 2001, as ARC
1156B. No comments were received. These amendments are identical to those
published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.3(1)“a” and Iowa Code Supplement section 217.42.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
April 10, 2002.
These amendments will become effective July 1, 2002, at which
time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Rescind rule 441—1.4(17A)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
441—1.4(17A) Field operations
structure.
1.4(1) Delivery system. The department’s
community service delivery system is based on service areas with offices in each
county that are strategically located for purposes of client accessibility.
Each service area is headed by a service area manager who is responsible for the
following within the service area: effective management of the delivery of
social services within the area, management of the department offices, directing
all personnel, implementation of departmental policies and procedures, support
for the development of social service resources within the community, and
resolution of service delivery complaints. The services delivered in a service
area include income maintenance and social service programs, child protection
and other specialized services.
1.4(2) Local offices. There shall be at least one
local office in each county. These local offices may be full–time or less
than full–time. Full–time offices will provide income maintenance
and social service program delivery and will serve as a base for the less than
full–time office staff. Additional services offered in local offices may
include child protection and other specialized services. Less than
full–time offices will be operated on a reduced number of days per week
based on county need and will provide income maintenance and social
services.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
17A.3(1)“a.”
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 3.5(2),
second unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Oral proceedings scheduled by the department regarding rules
directly affecting indigent clients shall be held in each of the five
regions service areas defined in rule 441— 1.4(17A)
and in the Mason City, Davenport, and Ottumwa area
offices.
[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1562B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 239B.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 41, “Granting
Assistance,” and Chapter 93, “PROMISE JOBS Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments eliminate the PROMISE JOBS exemption for
disabled people who do not receive Supplemental Security Income (SSI) benefits
and require application for SSI and social security disability benefits as a
condition of Family Investment Program (FIP) eligibility when a person in the
FIP–eligible group or a parent living in the home of a child in the
eligible group claims a disability or otherwise appears eligible for these
benefits.
Currently, disabled FIP recipients and disabled parents living
in the home of a child on FIP are exempt from participation in a Family
Investment Agreement (FIA) and from participation in employment and training
activities through the PROMISE JOBS program. To be exempt, the person must be
disabled according to the federal Americans with Disabilities Act and to the
extent that the person is unable to participate in the program. People
receiving SSI or social security benefits due to disability or blindness are
considered disabled to this extent. FIP participants who are disabled to this
extent may volunteer for PROMISE JOBS services.
With these changes, the Department will refer disabled FIP
recipients and disabled parents living in the home of a child on FIP to PROMISE
JOBS for employment and training opportunities to help the family become
self–supporting. Disabled PROMISE JOBS participants will be required to
sign an FIA and to carry out the activities of the agreement to continue
receiving FIP assistance. These people will have access to the same supportive
PROMISE JOBS services as a FIP participant with no disability.
Lawsuits have been filed against several states alleging
failure to make accommodations in their Temporary Assistance for Needy Families
(TANF) programs for people with learning disabilities. The Office of Civil
Rights has provided federal guidance on the issue to state TANF administrators.
The Department is adopting these amendments to FIP (Iowa’s TANF cash
assistance program) based on this federal guidance and out of concern that the
current exemption does not meet the intent of federal law. The Department
believes that exempting people with disabilities from employment and training
opportunities is in conflict with other Iowa efforts to support the employment
of these people.
Under current rules, every person in the FIP–eligible
group must apply for and accept other income benefits for which that person may
be qualified. The needs of any person who refuses to cooperate in applying for
or accepting benefits from other sources are removed from the eligible group.
This cooperation includes application for social security benefits. While these
rules do not specifically exclude application for SSI benefits, current policy
excludes application for SSI from this requirement.
These changes will require people in the FIP–eligible
group and parents living in the home of a child in the eligible group who claim
a disability that will last more than 12 months, or who otherwise appear
eligible, to apply for all disability benefits available through the Social
Security Administration, including SSI, as a means of assisting the
participant’s family to overcome its barriers through increased financial
support. When the person refuses to cooperate in applying for or accepting
these benefits, the entire family is not eligible for FIP.
These amendments do not provide for waivers to the eligibility
requirements because individuals may request a waiver of the eligibility
requirements under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441—1.8(17A,217).
Notice of Intended Action concerning these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on November 14, 2001, as ARC
1076B. (Amendments to shorten the limited benefit plan resolution process
were Adopted and Filed and published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin as
ARC 1337B on February 6, 2002.) Public hearings were held on December 5
and 6, 2001. Four people attended the public hearings and written comments were
received from two people. As a result of these comments, the Department has
made the following changes to the Notice of Intended Action:
• Language is added to
subrule 41.24(7) to specify that only people with a disability that results in a
substantial employment limitation will be referred to the Division of Vocational
Rehabilitation Services.
• Language requiring appeal
of a denial of social security or SSI benefits is removed from subrule 41.27(1),
paragraph “g,” and this paragraph is revised to further define the
conditions related to age, blindness, or disability that will require
application for social security or SSI benefits as a condition of FIP
eligibility. The dates for imposing this requirement are adjusted to reflect
the effective date of these amendments.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
April 10, 2002.
These amendments shall become effective on July 1,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
239B.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—41.24(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 41.24(2) by rescinding paragraph
“d” and adopting the following new paragraph
“d” in lieu thereof:
d. A person found eligible for supplemental security income
(SSI) benefits based on disability or blindness. The exemption based on
disability is amended effective April 1, 2002. A person exempt from PROMISE
JOBS partici–pation before July 1, 2002, due to a disability according
tothe Americans with Disabilities Act and determined un–able to
participate in PROMISE JOBS shall be referred to PROMISE JOBS, unless eligible
for SSI benefits due to disability or blindness. The referral shall occur at
the time of the next semiannual or annual review or exempt status
redetermination as described at subrule 41.24(5), but no later than June 30,
2003.
Amend subrule 41.24(7) as follows:
41.24(7) Referral to vocational rehabilitation. The
department shall make the department of education, division of vocational
rehabilitation services, aware of any person determined exempt from
referral to PROMISE JOBS because of who is referred to PROMISE JOBS
and who has a medically determined physical or mental
impairment disability and a substantial employment
limitation resulting from the disability. However, acceptance of vocational
rehabilitation services by the client is optional.
Rescind and reserve subrule 41.24(8), paragraph
“f,” subparagraph (1).
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 41.27(1),
paragraph “g,” as follows:
g. Every person in the eligible group and any parent living
in the home of a child in the eligible group shall take all steps
necessary to apply for benefits and, if entitled, accept
any financial benefit for which that person may be qualified and
accept those benefits, even though the benefit may be reduced because
of the laws governing a particular benefit. The needs of any individual
who refuses to cooperate in applying for or accepting benefits from other
sources shall be removed from the eligible group. The individual is eligible
for the 50 percent work incentive deduction in paragraph
41.27(2)“c.” When the person claims a physical or
mental disability that is expected to last continuously for 12 months from the
time of the claim or to result in death and the person is unable to engage in
substantial activity due to the disability, or the person otherwise appears
eligible, as the person is aged 65 or older or is blind, the person shall apply
for social security benefits and supplemental security income
benefits.
(1) Except as described in the next subparagraph, the needs
of any person who refuses to take all steps necessary to apply for and, if
eligible, to accept other financial benefits shall be removed from the eligible
group. The person is eligible for the 50 percent work incentive deduction in
paragraph 41.27(2)“c.”
(2) The entire assistance unit is ineligible for FIP when a
person refuses to apply for or, if entitled, to accept social security or
supplemental security income. For applicants, this subparagraph applies to
those who apply on or after July 1, 2002. For FIP recipients, this subparagraph
applies at the time of the next six–month or annual review as described at
441—subrule 40.27(1) or when the recipient reports a change that may
qualify a person in the eligible group or a parent living in the home for these
benefits, whichever occurs earlier.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—41.28(239B)
as follows:
Amend subrule 41.28(1), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
41.28(1) Definition of the eligible group. The
eligible group consists of all eligible persons people
specified below and living together, except when one or more of these
persons people have elected to receive
supplemental security income under Title XVI of the Social Security Act. There
shall be at least one child in the eligible group except when the only eligible
child is receiving supplemental security income. The unborn child is not
considered a member of the eligible group for purposes of establishing the
number of persons people in the eligible
group.
Amend subrule 41.28(1), paragraph
“b,” subparagraph (3), numbered paragraph
“2,” as follows:
2. The determination of incapacity shall be supported by
medical or psychological evidence. The evidence may be submitted in the
same manner specified in paragraph 41.24(2)“d.” obtained
from either an independent physician or psychologist or the state rehabilitation
agency. The evidence may be submitted either by letter from the physician or on
Form 470–0447, Report on Incapacity. When an examination is required and
other resources are not available to meet the expense of the examination, the
physician shall be authorized to make the examination and submit the claim for
payment on Form 470–0502, Authorization for Examination and Claim for
Payment. A finding of eligibility for social security benefits or supplemental
security income benefits based on disability or blindness is acceptable proof of
incapacity.
Amend subrule 41.28(2), paragraph
“b,” subparagraph (3), as follows:
(3) When a person who would ordinarily be in the eligible
group has elected to receive is receiving supplemental
security income benefits, the person, income, and
resources, shall not be considered in determining family
investment program benefits for the rest of the family.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 93.110(6),
paragraph “e,” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (1) as follows:
(1) Medical evidence of disability or incapacity
may shall be obtained from either an independent
physician or psychologist or the state rehabilitation agency. in
the same manner specified in 441—paragraph
41.24(2)“d.”
Adopt the following new subparagraph
(3):
(3) The evidence may be submitted either by letter from the
physician or on Form 470–0447, Report on Incapacity. When an examination
is required and other resources are not available to meet the expense of the
examination, the physician shall be authorized to make the examination and
submit claim for payment on Form 470–0502, Authorization for Examination
and Claim for Payment. A finding of eligibility for social security benefits or
supplemental security income benefits based on disability or blindness is
acceptable proof of disability.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441—93.134(239B)
as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
441—93.134(239B) Barriers to participation.
Problems with participation of a permanent or long–term nature shall be
considered barriers to participation and shall be identified in the FIA as
issues to be resolved so that participation can result. These barriers may be
identified during assessment and shall be part of the FIA from the beginning.
When barriers are revealed by the participant during the FIA or are identified
by problems which that develop after the FIA is signed,
the FIA shall be renegotiated and amended to provide for removal of the
barriers. An FIA–responsible persons
person who choose chooses not to cooperate in
removing identified barriers to participation shall be considered to have chosen
the LBP limited benefit plan unless the following exception
applies. When a person claims a physical or mental disability that is
expected to last for more than 12 consecutive months but refuses to apply for
social security benefits or supplemental security income, the FIP household is
ineligible for FIP as described at 441—subrule 41.27(1) and the limited
benefit plan does not apply.
Adopt the following new numbered paragraph
“6”:
6. Physical or mental disability.
[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1563B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78,
“Amount, Duration and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
2002 Iowa Acts, House File 2245, limits Medicaid coverage for
dental services for adults aged 21 and older to exclude crowns, posts, cores,
periodontal treatment, endodontic treatment, and orthodontia. Adult Medicaid
recipients in need of these services must identify alternative sources of
funding or do without these services.
Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnosis and Treatment
requirements mandate dental services for children. Adult dental services are an
optional Medicaid service. Eliminating all adult dental services would increase
other Medicaid expenditures for more costly emergency care, infection, and pain
control. Cost–effective dental preventive services are being maintained
for adults. Reducing all dental fees for children and adults would worsen the
serious access problem already existing due to the relationship between access
and fees.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because of the underlying budget constraints. Needed savings would
not be achieved if waivers were provided.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1426B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comment on that submission was
published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1425B. No comments were received. These amendments are identical to those
published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments April
10, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.6 and 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective July 1, 2002, at which
time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend the introductory paragraph
of rule 441—78.4(249A) as follows:
441—78.4(249A) Dentists. Payment will be made
for medical and surgical services furnished by a dentist to the extent these
services may be performed under state law either by doctors of medicine,
osteopathy, dental surgery or dental medicine and would be covered if furnished
by doctors of medicine or osteopathy. Payment will also be made for the
following dental procedures subject to the exclusions for services to adults
21 years of age and older set forth in subrule 78.4(14):
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new subrule 78.4(14):
78.4(14) Services to adults 21 years of age and older.
Effective March 1, 2002, the following dental services are not covered for
adults 21 years of age and older:
a. Crowns, posts, and cores.
b. Periodontal services.
c. Endodontic services.
d. Orthodontic procedures.
[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1564B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 78, “Amount, Duration
and Scope of Medical and Remedial Services,” and Chapter 79, “Other
Policies Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments make the following changes to Medicaid policy
governing dental services. The changes:
• Remove
the requirement to submit with a claim documentation supporting the need for
oral prophylaxis performed more than once in a six–month period. The
dentist must maintain the documentation. It is more cost–effective to
review documentation of necessity through the utilization review process than
through review of every claim.
• Allow
an exception to the six–month limit for topical application of fluoride
and for coverage for sealants for people with a physical or mental disability.
Exceptions to policy for people with a physical or mental disability are
routinely approved.
• Remove the requirement to
provide oral prophylaxis before applying fluoride.
• Raise
age limit for coverage for sealants for children from 15 years of age to 18
years of age. The clinical consensus is that there are frequently situations
where first and second permanent molars do not develop until after age
15.
• Remove
the restriction on coverage for sealants to one application per tooth in a
child’s lifetime. Exceptions to policy for children are routinely
approved.
• Allow
a comprehensive oral evaluation once per patient per dentist every three years
instead of once in a lifetime, when the dentist has not seen the patient for
three years. The Dental Advisory Group and the dental consultant advised that a
more extensive evaluation is medically necessary and cost–effective after
a person’s extended absence from seeing the same dentist.
• Allow
for the payment of more than two laboratory–fabricated crowns using
nonprecious materials other than stainless steel per 12–month period with
prior authorization. Exceptions to policy have routinely been approved. The
prior authorization process is a more efficient method of review for additional
porcelain crowns.
• Allow
payment for noble metals such as gold when recipients are allergic to all other
restorative materials.
• Remove
coverage for Class III restorations, as they are no longer performed.
• Clarify
billing for periodontal procedures in response to an appeal hearing.
• Remove
the 24–month limit on payment for periodontal scaling and root planing.
It is cost–effective to approve this more frequently.
• Remove
the requirement to submit a treatment plan, periodontal probe chart, and
radiographs for prior approval for pedicle soft tissue grafts and free soft
tissue grafts. The Department’s dental consultant has advised that
written narrative is sufficient to determine medical necessity for these
procedures.
• Allow
the use of non–intravenous conscious sedation when indicated (particularly
for children).
• Clarify
that resorption is not a criterion for replacement of dentures in less than five
years. The Department of Inspections and Appeals requested this
clarification.
• Add
a description of payable and nonpayable denture adjustments.
• Replace
the dollar limit on tooth guidance with the limitation “when extensive
treatment is not required.”
• Identify
the definitions in the most recent edition of the Dentist’s Current Dental
Terminology as the basis for the fee schedule for dentists.
• Remove
and revise outdated terminology and misspelled words identified during the rules
review process.
Notice of Intended Action concerning these rules was published
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on January 9, 2002, as ARC 1228B.
The Department received comments on these amendments from the University of Iowa
College of Dentistry and the Medicaid Fraud Control Unit in the Iowa Department
of Inspections and Appeals. The following changes have been made to the noticed
amendments as a result of these comments:
• Remove
the requirement for oral prophylaxis before topical application of fluoride in
subrule 78.4(1), paragraph “b.”
• Add
a requirement for documentation of the medical necessity of replacing pit and
fissure sealants to subrule 78.4(1), paragraph “c.”
• Add
a limitation to subrule 78.4(2), paragraph “a,” to specify that a
comprehensive evaluation is covered only when the patient has not seen that
dentist for three years.
• Combine
paragraphs “b” and “c” under subrule 78.4(3) to clarify
that the two–year limit for repeating restorations applies to all types of
filling materials.
• Add
a provision to subrule 78.4(6), paragraph “i,” allowing the use of
non–intravenous conscious sedation when indicated (particularly for
children).
• Add
a description of payable and nonpayable denture adjustments to subrule 78.4(7),
paragraph “k.”
• Replace
the dollar limit on tooth guidance in subrule 78.4(8), paragraph
“c,” with the limitation “when extensive treatment is not
required.”
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because they either confer benefits or merely clarify and update the
rules. Individuals may request a waiver of requirements for payment for dental
services under the Department’s general rule on exceptions at rule
441— 1.8(17A,217).
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
April 10, 2002.
These amendments shall become effective on July 1,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—78.4(249A)
as follows:
Amend subrule 78.4(1), paragraphs “a,”
“b,” and “c,” as follows:
a. Oral prophylaxis, including necessary scaling and
polishing, is payable only once in a six–month period except for persons
who, because of physical or mental disability, need more frequent care.
Documentation supporting the need for oral prophylaxis performed more than once
in a six–month period must accompany the claim be
maintained.
b. Topical application of fluoride is payable once in a
six–month period and only when preceded by an oral
prophylaxis except for people who need more frequent applications
because of physical or mental disability. (This does not include the use of
fluoride prophylaxis paste as fluoride treatment.)
c. Pit and fissure sealants are payable for placement on first
and second permanent molars only. Reimbursement for sealants is restricted to
work performed on children through 15 18 years of age
for first and second permanent molars and on people who have a physical or
mental disability that impairs their ability to maintain adequate oral
hygiene. Payment will be approved for only one application per
tooth in a child’s lifetime. Replacement sealants are covered
when medically necessary, as documented in the patient record.
Amend subrule 78.4(2), paragraphs
“a” and “h,” as follows:
a. An initial oral examination A
comprehensive oral evaluation is payable once per patient per dentist in
a three–year period when the patient has not seen that dentist during the
three–year period.
h. Posteroanterior
Posterior–anterior and lateral skull and facial bone radiograph,
survey film.
Amend subrule 78.4(3) as follows:
Amend subrule 78.4(3), paragraph
“b,” as follows:
b. Amalgam alloy, silicate, acrylic or
and compositeresin–type filling materials are payable
benefits of the program are reimbursable only once for the same
restoration in a two–year period.
Rescind and reserve subrule 78.4(3), paragraph
“c.”
Amend subrule 78.4(3), paragraph
“d,” as follows:
d. Two laboratory–fabricated crowns
utilizing using nonprecious materials, other than
stainless steel, are payable per patient in a 12–month period.
Additional laboratory–fabricated crowns using nonprecious materials,
other than stainless steel, are payable when prior authorization has been
obtained. Two gold crowns are payable in a 12–month period
when patients are allergic to all other restoration material. Noble
metals are payable for crowns when recipients are allergic to all other
restorative materials. Stainless steel crowns may be
are payable when a more conservative procedure would not be serviceable.
(Cross–reference 78.28(2)“e”)
Amend paragraph “f” by rescinding and
reserving subparagraph (4).
Amend subrule 78.4(4) as follows:
Amend paragraphs “a,” “b,” and
“c” as follows:
a. Periodontal scaling performed in the presence of
gingival inflammation (gross debridement) Full–mouth
debridement to enable comprehensive periodontal evaluation and diagnosis is
payable once every 24 months. This procedure is not payable on the same date
of service when other prophylaxis or periodontal services are
performed.
b. Periodontal scaling and root planing is payable
once in a 24–month period and when prior approval has
been received. A request for approval must be accompanied by a plan for
treatment, a completed copy of a periodontic periodontal
probe chart which that exhibits pocket depths, history
and radiograph(s). Payment for periodontal scaling and root planing will be
approved when interproximal and subgingival calculus is evident in X–rays
or when justified and documented that curettage, scaling or root planing is
required in addition to routine prophylaxis. (Cross–reference
78.28(2)“c a”(1))
c. Periodontal surgical procedures which include
gingivoplasty, osseous surgery, and osseous allograft, pedicle
soft tissue graft, and free soft tissue graft are payable services when
prior approval has been received. A request for approval must be accompanied by
a plan for treatment, a completed copy of a periodontal probe chart
which that exhibits pocket depths, history and
radiograph(s). Payment for these surgical procedures will be approved after
periodontal scaling and root planing have has been
provided, a reevaluation examination has been completed, and the patient has
demonstrated reasonable oral hygiene, unless the patient is unable to
demonstrate reasonable oral hygiene because of physical or mental disability or
in cases which demonstrate gingival hyperplasia resulting from drug therapy.
(Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c a”(2))
Reletter paragraphs “d” and
“e” as “e” and “f,”
respectively, and adopt the following new paragraph
“d”:
d. Pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue graft are
payable services with prior approval based on a written narrative describing
medical necessity. (Cross–reference 78.28(2)“c
a”(3))
Amend relettered paragraph “e,”
parenthetical cross–reference, as follows:
(Cross–reference
78.28(2)“a”(3 4))
Amend subrule 78.4(6), paragraph
“i,” as follows:
i. General anesthesia, and intravenous
sedation, and non–intravenous conscious sedation are payable
services when the extensiveness of the procedure indicates it or there is a
concomitant disease or impairment which warrants its use.
Amend subrule 78.4(7), paragraphs “a,”
“b,” “c,” and “k,” as
follows:
a. An immediate denture and a first–time complete
denture including six months’ postdelivery care. An immediate denture and
a first–time complete denture are payable when the denture is provided to
establish masticatory function. An immediate denture or a first–time
complete denture is payable only once following the removal of teeth it
replaces. A complete denture is payable only once in a five–year period
except when the denture is broken beyond repair, lost or stolen, or no longer
fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is required to prevent
significant dental problems. Replacement of complete dentures due to
resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable.
b. A removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth,
including six months’ postdelivery care. A removable partial denture
replacing anterior teeth is only payable only once in a
five–year period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond
repair, lost or stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw
structure and is required to prevent significant dental problems.
Replacement of a removable partial denture replacing anterior teeth due to
resorption in less than a five–year period is not payable.
c. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth
including six months’ postdelivery care when prior approval has been
received. A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth shall be
approved when the recipient has fewer than eight posterior teeth in occlusion or
the recipient has a full denture in one arch, and a partial denture replacing
posterior teeth is required in the opposing arch to balance occlusion. When one
removable partial denture brings eight posterior teeth in occlusion, no
additional removable partial denture will be approved. A removable partial
denture replacing posterior teeth is payable only once in a five–year
period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or
stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure and is
required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable
partial denture replacing posterior teeth due to resorption in less than a
five–year period is not payable. (Cross–reference
78.28(2)“c”(1))
k. Adjustments to a complete or removable partial denture are
payable when medically necessary after six months’ postdelivery care.
An adjustment consists of removal of acrylic material or adjustment of teeth
to eliminate a sore area or to make the denture fit better. Warming dentures
and massaging them for better fit or placing them in a sonic device does not
constitute an adjustment.
Amend subrule 78.4(8), paragraph
“c,” as follows:
c. Tooth guidance for a limited number of teeth or
interceptive orthodontics is a payable service when the total cost of
treatment does not exceed $125 extensive treatment is not
required. Pretreatment records are not required.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 78.28(2) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a” as follows:
Amend subparagraph (2) as follows:
(2) Payment for pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft
tissue graft will be approved when the written narrative describes medical
necessity. Payment for other periodontal surgical procedures will be
approved after periodontal scaling and root planing has been provided, a
reevaluation examination has been completed, and the patient has demonstrated
reasonable oral hygiene, unless the patient is unable to demonstrate reasonable
oral hygiene because of physical or mental disability or in cases which
demonstrate gingival hyperplasia resulting from drug therapy.
(Cross–reference 78.4(4)“c”)
Renumber subparagraph (3) as subparagraph (4)
and adopt the following new subparagraph (3):
(3) Payment for pedicle soft tissue graft and free soft tissue
graft will be approved when the written narrative describes medical necessity.
(Cross–reference 78.4(4)“d”)
Amend renumbered subparagraph (4), parenthetical
cross–reference, as follows:
(Cross–reference 78.4(4)“d
e”)
Amend paragraph “c,” subparagraph
(1), as follows:
(1) A removable partial denture replacing posterior teeth will
be approved when the recipient has fewer than eight posterior teeth in occlusion
or the recipient has a full denture in one arch, and a partial denture replacing
posterior teeth is required in the opposing arch to balance occlusion. When one
removable partial denture brings eight posterior teeth in occlusion, no
additional removable partial denture will be approved. A removable partial
denture replacing posterior teeth is payable only once in a five–year
period unless the removable partial denture is broken beyond repair, lost or
stolen, or no longer fits due to growth or changes in jaw structure, and is
required to prevent significant dental problems. Replacement of a removable
partial denture replacing posterior teeth due to resorption in less than a
five–year period is not payable. (Cross–reference
78.4(7)“c”)
Adopt the following new paragraph
“e”:
e. More than two laboratory–fabricated crowns will be
approved in a 12–month period for anterior teeth that cannot be restored
with a composite or amalgam restoration andfor posterior teeth that cannot be
restored with a compositeor amalgam restoration or stainless steel crown.
(Cross–reference 78.4(3)“d”)
ITEM 3. Amend rule 441—79.1(249A)
by adopting the following new subrule:
79.1(20) Dentists. The dental fee schedule is based
on the definitions of dental and surgical procedures given in the Current Dental
Terminology, Third Edition (CDT–3).
[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1565B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the
Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 79, “Other Policies
Relating to Providers of Medical and Remedial Care,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments revise policy governing reimbursement to
inpatient and outpatient hospitals as follows:
• The historical data and
cost reporting time periods used for the rebasing of base and capital costs and
the recalibration of diagnosis–related group (DRG) weights for inpatient
hospital reimbursement and the rebasing of base costs and the recalibration of
ambulatory patient group (APG) weights for outpatient hospital reimbursement are
updated. Current rules require that the rebasing and recalibration project be
completed every three years.
• Unnecessary detail
regarding the review of outliers by the professional review organization (PRO)
is eliminated and replaced with a reference to the Department’s contract
with the PRO.
• The current requirements
of the PRO in reviewing outlier cases are clarified.
• The federal regulation
citations are updated.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specified
situations because the Department believes that the same data should be used for
redetermining rates for all hospitals. Hospitals may request a waiver of any
part of the reimbursement methodology under the Department’s general rule
on exceptions at rule 441—1.8(17A,217).
Notice of Intended Action concerning these amendments was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on February 6, 2002, as ARC
1381B. The Department received comments on these amendments from the Iowa
Hospital Association. As a result of these comments, revisions have been made
to the Notice of Intended Action as follows:
• Language specifying that
inpatient and outpatient reimbursement for critical access hospitals is not
subject to inflation factors, rebasing, and recalibration, and that data from
those hospitals is excluded from DRG and APG calculations has been added to
441—subrule 79.1(1), paragraph “g”; 441—subrule 79.1(5),
paragraphs “a,” “k,” “y,” and
“aa”; and 441—subrule 79.1(16), paragraph
“j.”
• Language has been added to
441—subrule 79.1(5), paragraph “f,” and 441—subrule
79.1(16), paragraph “u,” specifying where the PRO contract is
available for review.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on
April 10, 2002.
These amendments shall become effective on July 1,
2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
249A.4.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 79.1(1),
paragraph “g,” by adopting the following new
unnumbered paragraph:
Once a hospital begins receiving reimbursement as a critical
access hospital, prospective DRG and APG paymentsare not subject to the
inflation factors, rebasing, or recalibration as provided in 441—paragraph
79.1(5)“k” and 441— paragraph
79.1(16)“j.”
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 79.1(5) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” definitions of
“base year cost report” and “blended base amount,” as
follows:
“Base year cost report” shall mean the
hospital’s cost report with fiscal year end on or after January 1,
1998 2001, and prior to before
January 1, 1999 2002, except as noted in
79.1(5)“x.” Cost reports shall be reviewed using Medicare’s
cost reporting and cost reimbursement principles for those cost reporting
periods.
“Blended base amount” shall mean the
case–mix adjusted, hospital–specific operating cost per discharge
associated with treating Medicaid patients, plus the statewide average
case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid discharge, divided by two.
This base amount is the value to which add–on payments for
inflation, and capital costs, direct medical
education costs, and costs associated with treating a disproportionate share of
poor patients and indirect medical education are added to form a final
payment rate. The costs of hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical
access hospitals shall not be used in determining the statewide average
case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid discharge.
Amend paragraph “c” as follows:
c. Calculation of Iowa–specific weights and
case–mix index. Using all applicable claims for the period January 1,
1997 2000, through December 31, 1998
2001, and paid through March 31, 1999 2002, the
recalibration will use all normal inlier claims, discard short stay outliers,
discard transfers where the final payment is less than the full DRG
payment, and including include transfers where
the full payment is greater than or equal to the full DRG payment, and use only
the estimated charge for the inlier portion of long stay outliers and cost
outliers for weighting calculations. These are referred to as trimmed
claims.
(1) Iowa–specific weights are calculated from Medicaid
charge data on discharge dates occurring from January 1, 1997
2000, to December 31, 1998 2001, and paid through
March 31, 1999 2002. One weight is determined for each
DRG with noted exceptions. Weights are determined through the following
calculations:
1. to 5. No change.
(2) The hospital–specific case–mix index is
computed by taking each hospital’s trimmed claims that match the
hospital’s 1998 2001 fiscal year and paid through
March 31, 1999 2002, summing the assigned DRG weights
associated with those claims and dividing by the total number of Medicaid claims
associated with that specific hospital for that period.
Amend paragraph “f,” introductory
paragraph, as follows and rescind the four unnumbered paragraphs:
f. Outlier payment policy. Additional payment is made for
approved cases meeting or exceeding Medicaid criteria for day and cost outliers
for each DRG. Effective for claims with dates of services ending July 1, 1993,
and after, 100 percent of outlier costs will be paid to facilities at the time
of claim reimbursement. The PRO will select a 10 percent random sample
of outlier cases identified on fiscal agent claims data from all Iowa and
bordering state hospitals shall perform retrospective outlier
reviews in accordance with the terms in the contract between the department and
the PRO. At least one case every six months per facility will be
selected for review if available. The PRO contract is available for
review at the Iowa Department of Human Services,Hoover State Office Building,
1305 E. Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa.
Amend paragraph “k” as follows:
k. Inflation factors, rebasing, and recalibration.
Inflation of base payment amounts by the Data Resources, Inc. hospital
market basket index shall be performed annually, subject to legislative
appropriations. Base amounts shall be rebased and weights recalibrated every
three years. The graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund
shall be updated as provided in subparagraphs 79.1(5)“y”(3), (6),
and (9). Hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals
shall not receive inflation of base payment amounts and shall not have base
amounts rebased or weights recalibrated pursuant to this
paragraph.
Amend paragraph “t,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
t. Limitations and application of limitations on payment.
Diagnosis related group payments are subject to the upper payment limits as
stated in 42 CFR 447.271 and 42 CFR 447.272 as amended to September 26,
1991 September 5, 2001.
Amend paragraph “y,” subparagraph
(7), by adopting the following new unnumbered
paragraph:
Hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals
shall not qualify for disproportionate share payments from the fund.
Amend paragraph “aa” by adopting the
following new unnumbered paragraph:
Once a hospital begins receiving reimbursement as a critical
access hospital, prospective DRG and APG payments are not subject to inflation
factors, rebasing, or recalibration as provided in paragraph
79.1(5)“k.”
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 79.1(16) as
follows:
Amend paragraph “a,” definitions of
“base year cost report” and “blended base amount,” as
follows:
“Base year cost report” shall mean the
hospital’s cost report with fiscal year end on or after January 1,
1998 2001, and prior to before
January 1, 1999 2002, except as noted in paragraph
“s.” Cost reports shall be reviewed using Medicare’s cost
reporting and cost reimbursement principles for those cost reporting
periods.
“Blended base amount” shall mean the
case–mix adjusted, hospital–specific operating cost per visit
associated with treating Medicaid outpatients, plus the statewide average
case–mix adjusted operating cost per Medicaid visit, divided by two. This
basic amount is the value to which add–on payments and
inflation are is added to form a final payment rate.
The costs of hospitals receiving reimbursement as critical access hospitals
shall not be used in determining the statewide average
case–mix–adjusted operating cost per Medi–caid
visit.
Amend paragraph “d,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
d. Calculation of Iowa–specific relative weights and
case–mix index. Using all applicable claims with dates of service
occurring in the period January 1, 1997 2000, through
December 31, 1998 2001, and paid through March 31,
1999 2002, relative weights are calculated using all
valid singleton claims, which are trimmed at high and low trim points, as
discussed in paragraph “c.” Using all applicable claims with dates
of service occurring within the individual hospital’s
1998 2001 fiscal year and paid through March 31,
1999 2002, the hospital–specific case–mix
indices are calculated using all valid singleton claims, which are trimmed at
the high and low trim points, as discussed in paragraph
“c.”
Amend paragraph “i,” introductory
paragraph, as follows:
i. Services covered by APG payments. Medicaid adopts the
Medicare definition of outpatient hospital services at 42 CFR 414.32, as amended
to September 15, 1992 May 12, 1999, which will be
covered by the APG–based prospective payment system, except as indicated
herein. As a result, combined billing for physician services is eliminated
unless the hospital has approval from the Health Care Financing
Administration (HCFA) Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services
(CMS) to combine bills. Teaching hospitals having
HCFA’s CMS’s approval to receive reasonable
cost reimbursement for physician services under 42 CFR 415.58, as
amended to November 25, 1991 415.55, as amended to December 8,
1995, are eligible for combined billing status if they have filed the
approval notice with the Medicaid fiscal agent. Reasonable cost settlement for
teaching physicians for those costs not included in the APG cost–finding
process will be made during the year–end settlement process. Services
provided by certified registered nurse anesthetists (CRNAs) employed by a
physician are covered by physician reimbursement. Payment for the services of
CRNAs employed by the hospital are included in the hospital’s
reimbursement.
Amend paragraph “j,” second unnumbered
paragraph, as follows:
Inflation of base payment amounts by the Data Resources, Inc.
hospital market basket index shall be performed annually, subject to legislative
appropriations. Base amounts shall be rebased and APG weights recalibrated
every three years. Cost reports used will be hospital fiscal year–end
reports within the calendar year ending no later than December 31,
1998 2001. Case–mix indices shall be calculated
using valid claims most nearly matching each hospital’s fiscal year end.
The graduate medical education and disproportionate share fund shall be updated
as provided in subparagraph 79.1(16)“v”(3). Hospitals receiving
reimbursement as critical access hospitals shall not receive inflation of base
payment amounts and shall not have base amounts rebased or weights recalibrated
pursuant to this paragraph.
Amend paragraph “p” as follows:
p. Cost report adjustments. Hospitals with
1998 2001 cost reports adjusted by Medicare through the
cost settlement process for cost reports applicable to the APG base year may
appeal to the department the hospital–specific base cost used in
calculating the Medicaid APG rates if the Medicare adjustment results in a
material change to the rate. Any appeal of the APG rate due to Medicare’s
adjustment process must be made in writing to the department within 30 days of
Medicare’s finalization and notification to the provider. If the provider
does not notify the department of the adjusted amounts within the 30–day
period, no costs shall be reconsidered for adjustment by Iowa Medicaid. Claims
adjustment reflecting the changed rates shall only be made to claims that have
been processed within one year prior to the notification from the provider or
the beginning of the rebasing period, whichever is less.
Amend paragraph “t” as follows:
t. Limitations on payments. Ambulatory patient groups, as
well as other outpatient services, are subject to upper limits rules set forth
in Sections 42 CFR 447.321, as amended to September 5, 2001, and
447.325, as amended to July 28, 1987 January 26,
1993. Requirements under these sections state that, in general,
Medicaid may not make payments to providers that would exceed the amount that
would be payable to providers under comparable circumstances under Medicare. In
aggregate, the total Medicaid payments may not exceed the total payments
received by all providers from recipients, carriers or intermediaries for
providing comparable services under comparable circumstances under
Medicare.
Amend paragraph “u,” introductory
paragraph, as follows and rescind the two unnumbered paragraphs:
u. PRO review. For outpatient claims with dates of service
ending July 1, 1994, and after, the PRO will review a yearly random sample of
at least 500 hospital outpatient service cases performed for
Medicaid recipients and identified on fiscal agent claims data from all Iowa and
bordering state hospitals in accordance with the terms in the contract
between the department and the PRO. The PRO will perform review
activities on all APG categories for concerns relating to admission review,
quality review, and APG validation. Questionable cases will be referred to a
physician reviewer for concerns relating to medical necessity and quality of
care. The PRO will also conduct a retrospective review of hospital claims
assessing observation bed status lasting more than 24 hours. The review will
consist of an evaluation for the appropriateness of the admission and continued
stay in the observation bed status. Questionable cases will be referred to a
physician reviewer for determination of the medical necessity. The
PRO contract is available for review at the Iowa Department of Human Services,
Hoover State Office Building, 1305 E. Walnut Street, Des Moines,
Iowa.
[Filed 4/10/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1587B
IOWA FINANCE
AUTHORITY[265]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
17A.3(1)“b” and 16.5(17), the Iowa Finance Authority hereby amends
Chapter 15, “Housing Assistance Fund (HAF),” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of this amendment is to delete, in its entirety,
the definition of “hard–to–house populations” found in
Chapter 15. This definition, although contained in Chapter 15, has no practical
effect, as there is no reference to this defined term in Chapter 15. Thus,
deletion of this defined term will not affect the programs and operation of
Chapter 15.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the February 6,
2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 1371B. No public comment was
received on this amendment. The adopted amendment is identical to that
published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Authority adopted this amendment on April 3,
2002.
This amendment will become effective on June 5,
2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15.283 to 15.287, 16.4(3), 16.5, 16.10, 16.40, 16.100, 17A.12 and
17A.16.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 265—15.6(16) by rescinding the
definition of “hard–to–house populations.”
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1573B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 8,
“Fees,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the amendment to Chapter 8 during a
telephone conference call on April 10, 2002.
Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was
published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1449B. This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
The amendment eliminates the fee for the Special Purpose
Examination (SPEX) since it is no longer administered directly by the
Board.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.80.
This amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 653—8.3(147,148,272C) as follows:
653—8.3(147,148,272C) Examination fees for
physicians.
8.3(1) Fee to take USMLE Step
3. The fee for taking the United States Medical Licensing
Examination Step 3 administered by the board’s designated testing service
is the fee established by the Federation of State Medical Boards plus $50. See
653—subrule 9.4(2) for information about the examination.
8.3(2) Fee to take SPEX.
The fee for taking the Special Purpose Examination administered by the
board is $350.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1576B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 9, “Permanent
Physician Licensure,” and Chapter 10, “Resident, Special and
Temporary Physician Licensure,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the amendments to Chapters 9 and 10 during
a telephone conference call on April 10, 2002.
Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was
published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1452B. The amendments vary from the Notice in that the requirement
restricting a special licensee to no more than five one–year licenses was
eliminated.
These amendments assist those with special licensure in
qualifying for permanent licensure by allowing credit for postgraduate training
for the years spent practicing under a special license.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
148.3 and 148.11.
These amendments will become effective June 5, 2002.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph
9.3(1)“d” by adopting new subparagraph
(4) as follows:
(4) The board shall accept each 12 months of practice as a
special licensee as equivalent to one year of postgraduate training in a
hospital–affiliated program approved by the board.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 10.4(1) by
adopting new paragraph “i” as
follows:
i. The board shall accept each 12 months of practice as a
special licensee as equivalent to one year of postgraduate training in a
hospital–affiliated program approved by the board for the purposes of
permanent licensure.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1579B
MEDICAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[653]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 147.76 and
272C.3, the Board of Medical Examiners hereby amends Chapter 11,
“Continuing Education and Mandatory Training for Identifying and Reporting
Abuse,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The Board approved the amendment to Chapter 11 during a
telephone conference call held on April 10, 2002.
Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was
published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1441B. The amendment differs from the Notice in that the term
“general practice physician” is used in lieu of “general
practitioner” and the term “primary” is added to show that
only primary care physicians are obligated to take the mandatory training for
identifying and reporting abuse. These changes are based on public
comment.
The amendment defines which physicians must take the mandatory
training on identifying and reporting child and adult abuse.
The amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272C.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend paragraph 11.4(1)“c” as
follows:
c. Mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse for
permanent or special license renewal. The licensee shall complete the training
as part of a category 1 activity or an approved training program. The licensee
may utilize category 1 activity credit received for this training during the
license period in which the training occurred to meet continuing education
requirements in paragraph 11.4(1)“a.”
(1) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
children shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of two hours
of training in child abuse identification and reporting in the previous five
years. “A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
children” means all emergency physicians, family practitioners, general
practice physicians, pediatricians, and psychiatrists, and any other physician
who regularly provides primary care to children.
(2) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
adults shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of two hours of
training in dependent adult abuse identification and reporting in the previous
five years. “A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
adults” means all emergency physicians, family practitioners, general
practice physicians, internists, obstetricians, gynecologists, and
psychiatrists, and any other physician who regularly provides primary care to
adults.
(3) A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
adults and children shall indicate on the renewal application the completion of
training on the identification and reporting of abuse in dependent adults and
children. This training may be completed through separate courses as identified
in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above or in one combined two–hour course that
includes curricula for identifying and reporting child abuse and dependent adult
abuse. “A licensee who regularly provides primary health care to
children and adults” means all emergency physicians, family practitioners,
general practice physicians, internists, and psychiatrists, and any other
physician who regularly provides primary care to children and
adults.
(4) A licensee shall maintain a file containing records
documenting mandatory training for identifying and reporting abuse, including
dates, subjects, duration of programs, and proof of participation, for five
years after the date of the training. The board may audit this information at
any time within the five–year period.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1586B
PERSONNEL
DEPARTMENT[581]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 97B.15, the
Department of Personnel hereby amends Chapter 17, “Public Records and Fair
Information Practices”; Chapter 21, “Iowa Public Employees’
Retirement System”; Chapter 31, “Department Procedure for Rule
Making”; and Chapter 33, “Uniform Rules for Waivers,”
appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments correct IPERS’ contact address, the
title of the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the fee IPERS may
charge for processing withheld funds; include patient advocates under Iowa Code
section 229.19 as employees for counties and clarify that those counties are
responsible for patient advocates’ wage adjustments; allow public school
contract employees who retire after completing their contract obligations to
receive trailing wages for the remainder of a school year without interfering
with their first month of entitlement (FME); further define types of dividends
that may be paid to alternate payees and how information regarding successor
alternate payees shall be provided to IPERS; and create a procedure for dealing
with replacement of error–prone benefits payments.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on March 6, 2002, as ARC 1409B. In
addition, these amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the March 6, 2002, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
1410B. A public hearing was held on March 26, 2002, at 9 a.m. in the IPERS
Building, 7401 Register Drive, Des Moines, Iowa. No parties attended the public
hearing.
Two telephone comments were received on the proposed amendment
to subrule 21.18(2). Internal comments and questions pertaining to this subrule
were received from IPERS staff. Changes were made to 581—21.18(2) as a
result of the comments received in order to clarify the scope of the intended
change. No substantive changes were made to the intended scope and purpose of
the amendment.
Rule 581—21.34(97B) has been modified in accordance with
ARC 1583B published herein.
Rule 581—21.34(97B) is subject to requests for waivers.
No other amendments are subject to requests for waivers.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
These amendments will become effective June 5, 2002, at which
time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 17.3(1) as
follows:
17.3(1) Location of records. A request for access to
a record under the jurisdiction of the department shall be directed to the
office where the record is kept. Requests for access to records pertaining to
the Iowa public employees’ retirement system (IPERS) shall be
directed to the IPERS Division at 600 East Court Avenue, Des Moines,
Iowa 50319–0154 7401 Register Drive, P.O. Box 9117, Des
Moines, Iowa 50306– 9117. If the location of the record is not known
by the requester, the request shall be directed to the Iowa Department of
Personnel, East 14th Street at Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0150.
The department will forward the request appropriately. If a request for access
to a record is misdirected, department personnel will forward the request to the
appropriate person within the department.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 581—21.3(97B) by
adopting the following new subrule:
21.3(6) For patient advocates employed under Iowa Code
section 229.19, the county or counties for whom services are performed shall be
treated as the covered employer(s) of such individuals, and each such employer
is responsible for withholding and forwarding the applicable IPERS contributions
on wages paid by each employer.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph
21.5(1)“a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. A person is in employment as defined by Iowa Code
chapter 97B if the person and the covered employer enter into a relationship
which both recognize to be that of employer/employee. A person is not in
employment if the person volunteers services to a covered employer for which the
person receives no remuneration. An employee is an individual who is subject to
control by the agency for whom the individual performs services for wages. The
term control refers only to employment and includes control over the way the
employee works, where the employee works and the hours the employee works. The
control need not be actually exercised for an employer/employee relationship to
exist; the right to exercise control is sufficient. A public official may be an
“employee” as defined in the agreement between the state of Iowa and
the Secretary of Health, Education and Welfare and Human
Services, without the element of direction and control.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 21.18(2) as
follows:
21.18(2) Effective January 1, 1993, the first month of
entitlement of an employee who qualifies for retirement benefits shall be the
first month after the employee is paid the last paycheck, if paid more than one
calendar month after termination. If the final
paycheck is paid within the month after termination, the first month of
entitlement shall be the month following termination. Notwithstanding the
foregoing sentence, effective January 1, 2001, employees of a school corporation
permitted by the terms of their employment contracts to receive their annual
salaries in monthly installments over periods ranging from 9 to 12 months may
retire at the end of a school year and receive trailing wages through the end of
the contract year if they have completely fulfilled their contract obligations
at the time of retirement. For purposes of this subrule, “trailing
wages” means previously earned wage payments made to such employees of a
school corporation after the first month of entitlement. Such trailing wage
payments shall not result in more than one quarter of service credit being added
to retiring members’ earnings records. For purposes of this subrule,
“school corporation” means body politic described in Iowa Code
sections 260C.16 (community colleges), 273.2 (area education agencies) and 273.1
(K–12 public schools). This exception does not apply to hourly employees,
including those who make arrangements with their employers to hold back hourly
wages for payment at a later date, to employees who are placed on sick or
disability leave or leave of absence, or to employees who receive lump sum
leave, vacation leave, early retirement incentive pay or any other lump sum
payments in installments.
ITEM 5. Amend paragraph
21.24(14)“a,” introductory paragraph, as follows:
a. Current and former patient advocates employed under
Iowa Code section 229.19 shall be eligible for a wage adjustment under Iowa Code
section 97B.9(4) for the four quarters preceding the date that the patient
advocate began IPERS coverage, or effective July 1, 2000, whichever is earlier.
Counties shall be the covered employers responsible for contributing the
employer share of such wage adjustment. Additional service credit for
employment as a patient advocate may be purchased as follows:
ITEM 6. Amend rule
581—21.26(97B), fifth unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
Funds withheld or garnished are taxable to the member. IPERS
will may assess a fee of $2 per payment in accordance
with Iowa Code section 252D.18(1)“b.”
252D.18A(2). The fee will be deducted from the gross amount, less
federal and state income tax, before a distribution is divided.
ITEM 7. Amend subparagraphs
21.29(2)“c”(2), intro–ductory paragraph, and
21.29(2)“c”(4) as follows:
(2) Specify that the alternate payee shall be entitled
to a fixed dollar amount or percentage of dividend payments, or
cost–of–living increase or any other post–retirement benefit
increase to the member (all known as dividend payments), as follows:
(4) Name a successor alternate payee to receive the
amounts that would have been payable to the member’s spouse or former
spouse under the order, if the alternate payee dies before the member. The
designation of a successor alternate payee in an order shall be void and be
given no effect if the order IPERS does not
provide receive confirmation of the successor’s
name, Social Security number, and last–known mailing address in a cover
letter or in a copy of the court’s confidential information
form.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 581—21.34(97B)
as follows:
581—21.34(97B) Error–prone
replacement Replacement warrants. Effective July 1, 2002,
for a member or beneficiary who, due to the member’s or
beneficiary’s own actions or inactions, has benefits warrants replaced
as a result of a mail loss, before or after delivery to the member, for
two months twice in a six–month period, except when the
loss occurs because of need for a replacement warrant is
caused by IPERS’ failure to mail to the address specified by the
recipient, payment shall be suspended until such time as the recipient
establishes a direct deposit account in a bank, credit union or similar
financial institution and provides IPERS with the information necessary to make
electronic transfer of said monthly payments. Persons subject to said
error–prone cases may be required to provide a
face–to–face interview and additional documentation to prove that
such a suspension would result in an undue hardship.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
97B.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 31.1(2) as
follows:
31.1(2) For matters relating to the Iowa public
employees’ retirement system: General Counsel, Iowa Public
Employees’ Retirement System (IPERS), 600 East Court
Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309 7401 Register Drive, P.O. Box 9117,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306–9117.
ITEM 10. Amend rule
581—33.3(17A,19A,97B), first unnumbered paragraph, as
follows:
A petition for a waiver must be submitted in writing to the
administrative rules coordinator of the division of the department having
jurisdiction over the particular issue. For IPERS issues, such petitions shall
be directed to Administrative Rules Coordinator, Iowa Public Employees’
Retirement System (IPERS), 7401 Register Drive, P.O. Box 9117, Des
Moines, Iowa 50331–0150 50306–9117. For all
other department matters, such petitions shall be directed to Administrative
Rules Coordinator, Department of Personnel, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319. If the request relates to a pending contested case, the
request shall also be filed in the contested case proceedings. Waiver rulings
shall be made by department staff having jurisdiction over the particular issue
and having the authority to issue final rulings on appeals regarding such
issues, provided that the director shall have final authority with respect to
all waiver rulings.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1591B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.53, the
Professional Licensure Division hereby amends Chapter 17, “Materials for
Board Review,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment increases the time frame for items to be placed
on the board agenda.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the
IowaAdministrative Bulletin on October 31, 2001, as ARC 1058B. A public
hearing was held on November 21, 2001, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor
Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No public
comments were received at the hearing. One written response was received
stating the respondent had no objections to the amendment. This amendment is
identical to that published under Notice.
The Division has determined that this amendment will have no
impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section
17A.4A(2)“b.”
This amendment was adopted by each board with the last
signature date on April 4, 2002.
This amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.53.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 645—17.1(147) as follows:
645—17.1(147) Materials for board review.
Materials received at least one week two weeks
before a regularly scheduled meeting shall be placed on the agenda for board
review. Materials from emergency or unusual circumstances may be added to the
agenda with the chairperson’s approval. All other materials received
after this deadline will be reviewed at the next regularly scheduled meeting of
the board.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
147.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1584B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 17A.4, 68B.2A, and 476.2
(2001), the Utilities Board (Board) gives notice that on April 12, 2002, the
Board issued an order in Docket No. RMU–02–4, In re: Sale of
Goods and Services, “Order Adopting Amendment.” The amendment
to 199 IAC 1.6(2) adopts the language in paragraph 581 IAC 18.2(1) to make the
Board’s rule consistent with rules of the Department of Personnel. Notice
of Intended Action was published in IAB Vol. XXIV, No. 18 (3/6/02), p. 1419, as
ARC 1456B.
Written comments in this rule making were to be filed on or
before March 26, 2002. The Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of
Justice and Interstate Power and Light Company (IP&L) filed comments stating
they supported the proposed amendment. IP&L suggested that the Board
consider defining “outside” in the phrase “outside employee
activities.”
The Board has considered IP&L’s suggestion and
reviewed the other parts of 581 IAC 18.2(68B), from which the language in the
amendment was copied. It seems clear from the additional provisions of rule
18.2(68B) that the term “outside” means an employer–employee
relationship with an entity or person other than the agency that employs the
employee in question. An additional definition of the term does not appear to
be necessary at this time.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections
17A.4, 68B.4A, and 476.2.
This amendment will become effective June 5, 2002.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 1.6(2), definition of “selling
goods or services,” as follows:
“Selling goods or services” may include
“employment by” or “employment on behalf of.”
means the receipt of compensation by an employee for providing goods or
services, except the selling of goods or services shall not apply to outside
employment activities that constitute an employer–employee
relationship.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
ARC 1585B
UTILITIES DIVISION[199]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 476.1, 476.2, 278.2, 479.5,
479.29, 479A.14, 479B.20, and 17A.4 (2001), theUtilities Board (Board) gives
notice that on April 12, 2002, the Board issued an order in Docket No.
RMU–02–2, In re: Update of Pipeline and Transmission Line
Rules, “Order Adopting Amendments.” The Board proposed to amend
199 IAC 10.2(1), 10.3(4)“a,” 11.5(1)“a,” and 13.2(1).
The amendments to 10.2(1) and 13.2(1) will add the requirement of filing Exhibit
“I,” the land restoration plan that must be filed if a company is
proposing to construct a pipeline on agricultural land as defined in 199 IAC
9.1(3). The Board proposed to amend 199 IAC 10.3(4)“a” to bring the
notice requirements for informational meetings prior to filing a petition for a
permit to construct a natural gas pipeline into compliance with Iowa Code
section 479.5. The Board proposed to amend 199 IAC 11.5(1)“a” to
bring the notice requirements for informational meetings prior to the filing of
a petition for a franchise to construct an electric transmission line into
compliance with Iowa Code section 478.2. Notice of Intended Action was
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin (IAB) Vol. XXIV, No. 18 (3/6/02),
p. 1420, as ARC 1455B.
Written comments in this rule making were to be filed on or
before March 26, 2002. The Consumer Advocate Division of the Department of
Justice, MidAmerican Energy Company, and Interstate Power and Light Company
filed comments stating they supported the proposed amendments. No party
requested an oral presentation. Since no comments were filed suggesting any
revisions to the proposed amendments, the Board will adopt the amendments as
published under Notice.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
476.1, 476.2, 478.2, 479.5, 479.29, 479A.14, 479B.20, and 17A.4.
These amendments will become effective June 5, 2002.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [10.2(1), 10.3(4)“a,” 11.5(1)“a,”
13.2(1)] is being omitted. These amendments are identical to those published
under Notice as ARC 1455B, IAB 3/6/02.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 6/5/02]
[Published
5/1/02]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
5/1/02.]
ARC 1596B
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
DIVISION[876]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 86.8, the
Workers’ Compensation Commissioner hereby amends Chapter 3,
“Forms,” and Chapter 4, “Contested Cases,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments update references to the Iowa Rules of Civil
Procedure. The amendments also eliminate the current agency practice of mailing
a prehearing conference order in workers’ compensation contested
cases.
Notice of Intended Action for these amendments was published
in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin March 6, 2002, as ARC
1447B.
Written comments were solicited until March 26, 2002. Written
comments were received about rule 876—4.20(86) in Item 4, and those
comments resulted in the addition of suggested language to the rule. Items 2
and 3 have been added to reflect the proper reference to the current rule
numbers in the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure.
These amendments will become effective July 1, 2002.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
17A.3(1), 17A.12, 85.45, 86.13, 86.17, 86.18 and 86.24.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 876—3.1(17A) by
adopting the following new subrule:
3.1(20) Form—prehearing conference report.
(Form No. 14–0049) This form is used by the parties in a contested case
proceeding to inform the agency when a case may be scheduled for an evidentiary
hearing and to identify issues in dispute.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 876—4.2(86),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
876—4.2(86) Separate evidentiary hearing or
consolidation of proceedings. In addition to applying the provision of Iowa
Rule of Civil Procedure 116 1.454, a person presiding
over a contested case proceeding in a workers’ compensation matter may
conduct a separate evidentiary hearing for determination of any issue in the
contested case proceeding which goes to the whole or any material part of the
case. An order determining the issue presented shall be issued before a hearing
is held on the remaining issues. The issue determined in the separate
evidentiary hearing shall be precluded at the hearing of the remaining issues.
If the order on the separate issue does not dispose of the whole case, it shall
be deemed interlocutory for purposes of appeal.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 876—4.9(17A) as
follows:
Amend subrule 4.9(6), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
4.9(6) Form, submission and ruling on motions. All
motions, including pre–answer motions, motions for summary judgment and
applications for adjudication of law points, shall have appended to them a
concise memorandum brief and argument. All motions and applications for
adjudication of law points except motions for summary judgment shall be deemed
submitted without hearing on the record presented on the tenth day following
filing. Motions for summary judgment shall be deemed submitted as provided in
Iowa Rule of Civil Procedure 237 1.981. Resistances to
motions and applications for adjudication of law points shall have appended to
them a concise memorandum brief and argument, and shall be filed on or before
the date of submission. Briefs and arguments are waived unless appended to the
motion, application or resistance.
Amend subrule 4.9(9) as follows:
4.9(9) Requests for default. Requests or motions for
default shall be as provided in Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure
230 1.971 to 236 1.977 except
that entry of default shall be by order of the workers’ compensation
commissioner or a deputy workers’ compensation commissioner.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
876—4.20(86) as follows:
876—4.20(86) Prehearing procedure.
4.20(1) A deputy commissioner or the
workers’ compensation commissioner may order parties in the case to either
appear before the commissioner or a deputy commissioner for a conference, or
communicate with the commissioner or the commissioner’s designee and with
each other in any manner as may be prescribed to consider, so far as applicable
to the particular case:
4.20(1) a. The necessity or
desirability of amending pleadings by formal amendment or prehearing
order;
4.20(2) b. Agreeing to
admissions of facts, documents or records not really controverted, to avoid
unnecessary proof;
4.20(3) c. Limiting the number
of witnesses;
4.20(4) d. Settling any facts
of which the commissioner or deputy commissioner is to be asked to take official
notice;
4.20(5) e. Stating and
simplifying the factual and legal issues to be determined;
4.20(6) f. Specifying the items
and amounts of compensation claimed;
4.20(7) g. Specifying all
proposed exhibits and proof thereof;
4.20(8) h. Consolidation,
separation for hearing, and determination of points of law;
4.20(9) i. Specifying all
witnesses expected to testify;
4.20(10) j. Possibility of
settlement;
4.20(11) k. Filing of advance
briefs, if any;
4.20(12) l. Setting or altering
dates for completion of discovery or completion of medical evidence by each
party;
4.20(13) m. Any other matter
which may facilitate, expedite, or simplify any contested case.
4.20(2) Prehearing conference report. For
petitions filed on or after July 1, 2002, all parties, or their counsel if a
party is represented, shall jointly complete and sign an original prehearing
conference report, Form No. 14–0049, within 120 days of the date the
original notice and petition is filed. Claimant shall initiate preparation of
the report by communicating with defendant(s) regarding a proposed case
preparation completion date and length of hearing by marking claimant’s
hearing issues on the report, and by signing the report and sending it to
defendant(s) to be received not less than ten days before the report is due to
be filed. Defendant(s) shall file the completed original report with the
workers’ compensation commissioner. The case preparation completion date
specified in the prehearing conference report shall not be more than six months
from the date the report is filed, unless fixed by agreement of the parties or
ordered by a deputy workers’ compensation commissioner upon a showing of
good cause. In no event shall a case preparation completion date be specified
for a date more than nine months from the date the report is filed unless
ordered by a deputy workers’ compensation commissioner following a
prehearing conference. If the report or any portion of the report is not filed
as required by this rule, discovery shall be deemed completed, unless the
parties mutually agree that discovery may continue. A hearing for three hours
will be scheduled as soon as practicable, and rescheduling as provided in the
hearing assignment order shall not be allowed. One report shall be filed for
all claims that have been consolidated, or that the parties agree to consolidate
through the filing of the report. A copy shall be filed for each case involved.
The time in which to file the report for consolidated cases shall begin with the
date the latest original notice and petition is filed. Failure to comply with
this rule may result in sanctions as provided in 4.36(86).
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 86.17
and 86.18.
[Filed 4/12/02, effective 7/1/02]
[Published 5/1/02]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 5/1/02.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2002 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Tue Apr 30 22:20:01 2002
URL: /Rules/2002/Bulletin/ACB020501.html
rfc